Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
     
(Mark One)
   
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004
 
or
 
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from           to
Commission file number: 0-11634
 
STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
  95-3797439
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
1911 Walker Avenue
Monrovia, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
  91016
(Zip Code)
(626)303-7902
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $.01 par value
(Title of class)
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  þ           No  o
      Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.      þ
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes  þ           No  o
      The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of July 2, 2004, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $153,394,326 based on the closing price per share of $7.51 of the registrant’s Common Stock on that date.
      The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock as of March 25, 2005 was 20,690,638.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
      Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2005 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s last fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.
 
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
         
  PART I
    Business     2  
    Properties     12  
    Legal Proceedings     12  
    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     13  
 
  PART II
    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     13  
    Selected Financial Data     14  
    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     15  
    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     36  
    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     36  
    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     36  
    Controls and Procedures     36  
    Other Information     38  
 
  PART III
    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant     38  
    Executive Compensation     38  
    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     38  
    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     38  
    Principal Accountant Fees and Services     38  
 
  PART IV
    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     39  
  Signatures     43  
  EX-10.10
  EX-10.11
  EX-10.12
  EX-10.13
  EX-10.20
  EX-10.21
  EX-10.24
  EX-10.25
  EX-10.26
  EX-10.27
  EX-10.28
  EX-10.29
  EX-10.30
  EX-10.32
  EX-10.34
  EX-10.35
  EX-10.36
  EX-10.37
  EX-10.38
  EX-10.39
  EX-10.40
  EX-10.41
  EX-10.42
  EX-10.43
  EX-10.44
  EX-10.45
  EX-10.46
  EX-10.56
  EX-14.1
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1

1


Table of Contents

PART I
      This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements which constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These statements include comments regarding the intent, belief or current expectations of the Company and its management. Prospective investors are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Factors.”
Item 1. Business
General
      STAAR Surgical Company develops, manufactures and distributes worldwide products used by ophthalmologists and other eye care professionals to improve or correct vision in patients with cataracts, refractive conditions, and glaucoma. Originally incorporated in California in 1982, STAAR Surgical Company reincorporated in Delaware in 1986. Unless the context indicates otherwise “we,” “us,” “the Company,” and “STAAR” refer to STAAR Surgical Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.
      Cataract Surgery. Our main products are foldable silicone and Collamer® intraocular lenses (“IOLs”) used after minimally invasive small incision cataract extraction. Over the years, we have expanded our range of products for use in cataract surgery to include:
  •  the Preloaded Injector, a three-piece silicone IOL preloaded into a single-use disposable injector,
 
  •  toric silicone IOLs to treat astigmatic abnormalities,
 
  •  STAARVISC tm  II, a viscoelastic material which is used as a tissue protective lubricant and to maintain the shape of the eye during surgery,
 
  •  STAAR SonicWAVE tm Phacoemulsification System, which is used to remove a cataract patient’s cloudy lens and has low energy and high vacuum characteristics, and
 
  •  Cruise Control, a disposable filter which allows for a significantly faster, cleaner phacoemulsification procedure and is compatible with all phacoemulsification equipment utilizing Venturi and peristaltic pump technologies.
Currently, the majority of our revenues are generated from these products.
      Refractive Surgery. In the area of refractive surgery, we have used our biocompatible Collamer material to develop and manufacture the Visian tm ICL (“ICL”) and the Visian tm TICL (“TICL”) to treat refractive disorders such as myopia (near-sightedness), hyperopia (far-sightedness) and astigmatism. These disorders of vision affect a large proportion of the population. Unlike the intraocular lens (“IOL”), which replaces a cataract patient’s cloudy lens, these products are designed to work with the patient’s natural lens to correct refractive errors. The Company’s goal is to establish the ICL and TICL as the next paradigm shift in refractive surgery, making the products significant revenue generators for the Company over the next four to five years.
      The ICL and TICL have not yet been approved for use in the United States. If approved, we believe that the ICL will have a significant market as an alternative to LASIK and other available refractive surgical procedures and could replace cataract surgery products as STAAR’s largest source of revenue. The ICL is approved for use in the European Union and in Korea and Canada. The TICL is approved for use in the European Union. For a discussion of the status of the FDA review of the ICL, see “— Regulatory Matters — FDA Review of the ICL.”
      Glaucoma Surgery. We have also developed the AquaFlow tm Collagen Glaucoma Drainage Device (the “Aqua Flow Device”), as an alternative to current methods of treating open-angle glaucoma. The

2


Table of Contents

AquaFlow Device is implanted in the sclera (the white of the eye), using a minimally invasive procedure, for the purpose of reducing intraocular pressure.
      Within each of these segments, we also sell other instruments, devices and equipment that we manufacture or that are manufactured by others in the ophthalmic industry. In general, these products complement STAAR’s proprietary product range and allow us to compete more effectively.
Recent Developments
      For a description of financial and other recent developments, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview.”
Strategy
      Our mission is to develop, manufacture and distribute worldwide visual implants and other ophthalmic products that improve the vision of patients with cataracts, refractive conditions and glaucoma. The key elements of the Company’s strategy are as follows:
      Expanding the market for the ICL. We are seeking to expand the market for our ICL and TICL by the following means:
  •  obtaining the approval of the FDA to market the ICL and the TICL in the United States;
 
  •  obtaining the approval of the ICL and the TICL in new international markets; and
 
  •  expanding the market share of the ICL and the TICL in existing international markets.
      Revitalizing our IOL business. We are seeking to rebuild the market share of our IOLs in the United States by the following means:
  •  increasing the awareness of ophthalmologists of the advantages of our proprietary Collamer material as an alternative to either silicone or acrylic for the manufacture of IOLs;
 
  •  improving the injector systems for our lenses; and
 
  •  obtaining U.S. approval for our preloaded injector technology and expanding it to all of our lenses.
      Improving regulatory compliance. We are seeking to improve our quality systems to correct any deficiencies identified in the FDA’s December 22, 2003 Warning Letter and the 483 Observations. For a description of these regulatory issues, see “— Regulatory Matters — Warning Letters and the 483 Observations.”
      Reducing operating expenses and seeking additional financing. During late 2004 and early 2005, we took steps to reduce our operating expenses by, among other things, reducing our use of independent consultants and reducing our direct sales force. In addition, we are seeking additional financing. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Factors — We have only limited working capital” and “— We have only limited access to financing.”
Financial Information about Segments and Geographic Areas
      The Company has expanded its marketing focus beyond the cataract surgery market to include the refractive surgery and glaucoma markets. However, during 2004 the cataract segment accounted for 90.4% the majority of the Company’s revenues and, thus, the Company operates as one business segment for financial reporting purposes. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information about product lines and operations in geographic areas.
Background
      The human eye is a specialized sensory organ capable of receiving visual images that are transmitted to the visual center in the brain. The main parts of the eye are the cornea, the iris, the lens, the retina, and the

3


Table of Contents

trabecular meshwork. The cornea is the clear window in the front of the eye through which light first passes. The iris is a muscular curtain located behind the cornea which opens and closes to regulate the amount of light entering the eye through the pupil, an opening at the center of the iris. The lens is a clear structure located behind the iris that changes shape to better focus light to the retina, located in the back of the eye. The retina is a layer of nerve tissue consisting of millions of light receptors called rods and cones, which receive the light image and transmit it to the brain via the optic nerve. The anterior chamber of the eye, located in front of the iris, is filled with a watery fluid called the aqueous humour, while the portion of the eye behind the lens is filled with a jelly-like material called the vitreous humour. The trabecular meshwork, a drainage channel located between the iris and the surrounding white portion of the eye, maintains a normal pressure in the anterior chamber of the eye by draining excess aqueous humour.
      The eye can be affected by common visual disorders, disease or trauma. The most prevalent ocular disorders or diseases are cataracts and glaucoma. Cataract formation is generally an age related situation that involves the hardening and loss of transparency of the natural crystalline lens, impairing visual acuity.
      Glaucoma is a progressive ocular disease that manifests itself through increased intraocular pressure. This, in turn, may result in damage to the optic disc and a decrease of the visual field. Untreated, progressive glaucoma can result in blindness.
      Refractive disorders include myopia, hyperopia, astigmatism and presbyopia. Myopia and hyperopia are caused by either overly curved or flat corneas which result in improper focusing of light on the retina. They are also known as near-sightedness and far-sightedness, respectively. Astigmatism is characterized by an irregularly shaped cornea resulting in blurred vision. Presbyopia is an age related condition caused by the loss of elasticity of the natural crystalline lens, reducing the eye’s ability to accommodate or adjust for varying distances.
Principal Products
      Our products are designed to:
  •  Improve patient outcomes,
 
  •  Minimize patient risk and discomfort, and
 
  •  Simplify ophthalmic procedures or post-operative care for the surgeon and the patient.
      Intraocular Lenses (IOLs) and Related Cataract Treatment Products. We produce and market a line of foldable IOLs for use in minimally invasive cataract surgical procedures. Our IOLs can be folded, and therefore can be implanted into the eye through an incision as small as 2.8 mm. Once inserted, the IOL unfolds naturally to replace the cataractous lens.
      In late 2003, we introduced, through our joint venture company, Canon Staar, the first preloaded lens injector system in international markets. We believe the Preloaded Injector offers surgeons improved convenience and reliability. The Preloaded Injector is not yet available in the U.S.
      Currently, our foldable IOLs are manufactured from both our proprietary Collamer material and silicone. Both materials are offered in two differently configured styles, the single-piece plate haptic design and the three-piece design where the optic is combined with polyimide loop haptics. The selection of one style over the other is primarily based on the preference of the ophthalmologist. The Collamer IOL is offered in a single-piece design. A redesign of the three-piece version of the lens has been completed along with a dedicated injection system which is in the final stages of development.
      We have developed and currently market globally the Toric IOL, a toric version of our single-piece silicone IOL, which is specifically designed for patients with pre-existing astigmatism. The Toric IOL is the first refractive product we offered in the U.S.
      Sales of foldable IOLs accounted for approximately 56% of our total revenues for the 2004 fiscal year, 61% of total revenues for the 2003 fiscal year and 65% of total revenues for the 2002 fiscal year.

4


Table of Contents

      As part of our approach to providing complementary products for use in minimally invasive cataract surgery, we also market STAARVISC II, a viscoelastic material which is used as a protective lubricant and to maintain the shape of the eye during surgery, the STAAR SonicWAVE Phacoemulsification System, which is used to remove a cataract patient’s cloudy lens and has low energy and high vacuum characteristics, and Cruise Control, a single-use disposable filter which allows for a significantly faster, cleaner phacoemulsification procedure and is compatible with all phacoemulsification equipment utilizing Venturi and peristaltic pump technologies. We also sell other related instruments, devices, surgical packs and equipment that we manufacture or that are manufactured by others. Sales of other cataract products accounted for approximately 32% of our total revenues for the 2004 fiscal year, 29% of total revenues for the 2003 fiscal year and 26% of total revenues for the 2002 fiscal year.
      AquaFlow Collagen Glaucoma Drainage Device. Our AquaFlow Device is surgically implanted in the outer tissues of the eye to maintain a space that allows increased drainage of intraocular fluid so as to reduce intraocular pressure. It is made of collagen, a porous material that is compatible with human tissue and facilitates drainage of excess eye fluid. The AquaFlow Device is specifically designed for patients with open-angled glaucoma, which is the most prevalent type of glaucoma. In contrast to conventional and laser glaucoma surgeries, implantation of the AquaFlow Device does not require penetration of the anterior chamber of the eye. Instead, a small flap of the outer eye is folded back and a portion of the sclera and trabecular meshwork is removed. The AquaFlow Device is placed above the remaining trabecular meshwork and Schlemm’s canal and the outer flap is refolded into place. The device swells, creating a space as the eye heals. It is absorbed into the surrounding tissue within six months to nine months after implantation, leaving the open space and possibly creating new fluid collector channels. The 15 to 45 minute surgical procedure to implant the AquaFlow Device is performed under local or topical anesthesia, typically on an outpatient basis.
      While we believe the glaucoma market is very conservative, there is a continuing interest in learning the surgical procedure to implant the AquaFlow Device. Adoption by ophthalmic surgeons, however, will be dependent upon the rate at which they learn to perform the surgical procedure or the development of instrumentation to simplify the procedure. Sales of AquaFlow Devices accounted for approximately 2% of our total revenues in each of the 2004, 2003, and 2002 fiscal years.
      Refractive Correction — Visian ICL tm (ICLs). ICLs are implanted into the eye in order to correct refractive disorders such as myopia, hyperopia and astigmatism. Lenses of this type are generically called “phakic IOLs” or “phakic implants” because they work along with the patient’s natural lens, or phakos , rather than replacing it. The ICL is capable of correcting a wide range of refractive disorders from low to severe conditions.
      The ICL is folded and implanted into the eye behind the iris and in front of the natural crystalline lens using minimally invasive surgical techniques similar to implanting an IOL during cataract surgery, except that the human lens is not removed. The surgical procedure to implant the ICL is typically performed with topical anesthesia on an outpatient basis. Visual recovery is within one to 24 hours.
      We believe the ICL will complement current refractive technologies and allow refractive surgeons to expand their treatment range and customer base.
      The ICL and TICL have not yet been approved for use in the United States. The ICL for myopia is approved for use in the European Union and in Korea and Canada, and applications are pending in Australia. The TICL is approved for use in the European Union, and applications are pending in Australia, Korea and Canada. The Company has completed enrollment in the U.S. clinical trials for the TICL and expects to file its submission with the FDA in late 2005. For a discussion of the status of the FDA review of the ICL, see “— Regulatory Matters — FDA Review of the ICL.”
      The Hyperopic ICL is approved for use in the European Union and in Canada, and is currently in clinical trials in the United States.
      The ICL is available internationally for myopia in five lengths, with 41 powers for each length, and for hyperopia in five lengths, with 38 powers for each length, which equates to approximately 400 inventoried parts. This requires the Company to carry a significant amount of inventory to meet the customer demand for

5


Table of Contents

rapid delivery. The Toric ICL is available for myopia in the same powers and lengths but carries additional parameters of cylinder and axis with 11 and 180 possibilities, respectively. As such, the Toric ICL is made to order.
      Sales of ICLs accounted for approximately 8% of our total revenues for the 2004 fiscal year, 6% of total revenues for the 2003 fiscal year and 5% of total revenues for the 2002 fiscal year.
Sources and Availability of Raw Materials
      The Company uses a wide range of raw materials in the production of our products. Most of the raw materials and components are purchased from external suppliers. Some of our raw materials are single-sourced due to regulatory constraints, cost effectiveness, availability, quality, and vendor reliability issues. Many of our components are standard parts and are available from a variety of sources although we do not typically pursue regulatory and quality certification of multiple sources of supply. With the exception of our silicone material, we do not believe that the loss of any existing external supply source would have material adverse effect on us.
      The proprietary collagen-based raw material used to manufacture our IOLs, ICLs and the AquaFlow Device is internally sole-sourced from one of our facilities in California. If the supply of these collagen-based raw materials is disrupted we know of no alternative supplier, and therefore, any such disruption could result in our inability to manufacture the products and would have a material adverse effect on the Company.
Patents, Trademarks and Licenses
      We strive to protect our investment in the research, development, manufacturing and marketing of our products through the use of patents, licenses, trademarks, and copyrights. We own or have rights to a number of patents, licenses, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property directly related and important to our business. As of December 31, 2004, we owned approximately 84 United States and foreign patents and had approximately 66 patent applications pending.
      We believe that our patents are important to our business. Of significant importance to the Company are the patents, licenses, and technology rights surrounding our Visian ICL (“ICL”) and Collamer material. In 1996, we were granted an exclusive royalty- bearing license to manufacture, use, and sell ICLs in the United States, Europe, Latin America, Africa, and Asia using the uniquely biocompatible Collamer material. The Collamer material is also used in certain of our IOLs. We have also acquired or applied for various patents and licenses related to our Aqua Flow Device, our phacoemulsification system, our insertion devices, and other technologies of the Company.
      Patents for individual products extend for varying periods of time according to the date a patent application is filed or a patent is granted and the term of patent protection available in the jurisdiction granting the patent. The scope of protection provided by a patent can vary significantly from country to country.
      Our strategy is to develop patent portfolios for our research and development projects in order to obtain market exclusivity for our products in our major markets. Although the expiration of a patent for a product normally results in the loss of market exclusivity, we may continue to derive commercial benefits from these products. We routinely monitor the activities of our competitors and other third parties with respect to their use of intellectual property, including considering whether or not to assert our patents where we believe they are being infringed.
      Worldwide, all of our major products are sold under trademarks we consider to be important to our business. The scope and duration of trademark protection varies widely throughout the world. In some countries, trademark protection continues only as long as the mark is used. Other countries require registration of trademarks and the payment of registration fees. Trademark registrations are generally for fixed but renewable terms.
      We protect our proprietary technology, in part, through confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with employees, consultants and other parties. Our confidentiality agreements with employees and consultants

6


Table of Contents

generally contain standard provisions requiring those individuals to assign to STAAR, without additional consideration, inventions conceived or reduced to practice by them while employed or retained by STAAR, subject to customary exceptions.
Seasonality
      We experience some seasonality in demand for our products with sales in the third quarter generally being the lowest due to the impact of summer vacations on elective surgeries.
Distribution and Customers
      We market our products to a variety of health care providers, including surgical centers, hospitals, managed care providers, health maintenance organizations, group purchasing organizations and government facilities. The primary user of our products is the ophthalmologist. No material part of our business, taken as a whole, is dependant upon a single or a few customers.
      We maintain direct distribution to the physician or facility in the United States, Canada, Germany and Australia. Sales efforts in Germany and Australia are primarily supported through a direct sales force. Sales efforts in the United States and Canada are primarily supported through a network of independent manufacturers’ representatives. The independent representatives are compensated through the payment of commissions based on sales and may represent manufacturers other than STAAR, although not in competing products. In all other countries where we do business, we sell principally through independent distributors.
      We support the sales efforts of our agents, employees and distributors through the activities of our internal marketing department. Sales efforts are supplemented through the use of promotional materials, educational courses, speakers programs, participation in trade shows and technical presentations.
      The dollar amount of the Company’s backlog orders is not significant in relation to total annual sales. The Company generally keeps sufficient inventory on hand to ship product when ordered.
Competitive Conditions
      Competition in the ophthalmic medical device field is intense and characterized by extensive research and development and rapid technological change. Development by competitors of new or improved products, processes or technologies may make our products obsolete or less competitive. We will be required to devote continued efforts and significant financial resources to enhance our existing products and to develop new products for the ophthalmic industry.
      We believe our primary competition in the development and sale of products used to surgically correct cataracts, namely foldable IOLs and phacoemulsification machines, includes Alcon Laboratories, Advanced Medical Optics (“AMO”), and Bausch & Lomb. Currently, Alcon holds 48.2% of the U.S. IOL market, followed by AMO with 30.4% and Bausch & Lomb with 10.7%. We hold approximately 6.1% of the U.S. IOL market. Our competitors have been established for longer periods of time than we have and have significantly greater resources than we have, including greater name recognition, larger sales operations, greater ability to finance research and development and proceedings for regulatory approval, and more developed regulatory compliance and quality control systems.
      In the U.S. market, physicians prefer IOLs made out of acrylic. Acrylic IOLs currently account for a 53.8% share of the U.S. IOL market. We believe that we are positioned to compete effectively in this market segment with the Collamer IOL, and that the introduction of the three-piece Collamer IOL will strengthen our position and allow for a gain in overall IOL market share. Silicone IOLs, which currently account for 42% of the U.S. market, also provide an opportunity for us as we introduce improvements in silicone IOL technology and Collamer IOL injection systems to facilitate delivery of the IOL.
      Our primary competition in the development and sale of products used to treat glaucoma is from pharmaceutical companies, primarily because drug therapy is, and for years has been, the accepted treatment for glaucoma. The portion of this market held by medical devices used to treat glaucoma is insignificant at

7


Table of Contents

present. We believe that Merck & Company, Pfizer, Novartis, Alcon, Allergan and Bausch & Lomb are the largest providers of drugs used to treat glaucoma. There are also devices under development by others to be used in conjunction with a non-penetrating deep sclerectomy for the surgical management of glaucoma.
      Our ICL will face significant competition in the marketplace from products that improve or correct refractive conditions, such as corrective eyeglasses, external contact lenses, and conventional and laser refractive surgical procedures. These are products long established in the marketplace and familiar to patients in need of refractive correction. Furthermore, corrective eyeglasses and external contact lenses are more easily obtained, in that a prescription is usually written following a routine eye examination in a doctor’s office, without admitting the patient to a hospital or surgery center.
      We believe that the following providers of laser surgical procedures comprise our primary competition in the marketplace for patients requiring refractive corrections: Alcon, Bausch & Lomb, VISX, Nidek and Wave Light all market Excimer lasers for corneal refractive surgery. Approval of custom ablation, along with the addition of wavefront technology, has increased awareness of corneal refractive surgery by patients and practitioners. Conductive Keratoplasty (CK) by Refractec competes for the hyperopic market for +1.0 to +3.0 diopters. In the phakic IOL market, the ICL faces the Ophtec Verisyse or Artisan IOL, distributed in the United States by AMO, IOLTech’s PRL, as well as phakic IOLs under investigation by Ophthalmic Innovations International, Tekia, Alcon, Vision Membrane and ThinOptX.
Regulatory Matters
Regulatory Requirements
      Our products are subject to regulatory approval in the United States and in foreign countries. We are also subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws applicable to our operations including, among other things, working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices, and the use and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances.
      The following discussion outlines the various kinds of reviews to which our products or production facilities may be subject.
      Regulatory Requirements in the United States. Under the federal Food, Drug & Cosmetic Act as amended by the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 (the “Act”), the FDA has the authority to adopt regulations that:
  •  set standards for medical devices,
 
  •  require proof of safety and effectiveness prior to marketing devices which the FDA believes require pre-market clearance,
 
  •  require test data approval prior to clinical evaluation of human use,
 
  •  permit detailed inspections of device manufacturing facilities,
 
  •  establish “good manufacturing practices” that must be followed in device manufacture,
 
  •  require reporting of serious product defects to the FDA, and
 
  •  prohibit device exports that do not comply with the Act unless they comply with established foreign regulations, do not conflict with foreign laws, and the FDA and the health agency of the importing country determine export is not contrary to public health.
Most of our products are medical devices intended for human use within the meaning of the Act and, therefore, are subject to FDA regulation.
      The FDA establishes procedures for compliance based upon regulations that designate devices as Class I (general controls, such as labeling and record-keeping requirements), Class II (performance standards in addition to general controls) or Class III (pre-market approval (“PMA”) before commercial marketing). Class III devices are the most extensively regulated because the FDA has determined they are life-supporting,

8


Table of Contents

are of substantial importance in preventing impairment of health, or present a potential unreasonable risk of illness or injury. The effect of assigning a device to Class III is to require each manufacturer to submit to the FDA a PMA that includes information on the safety and effectiveness of the device.
      A medical device that is substantially equivalent to a directly related medical device previously in commerce may be eligible for the FDA’s pre-market notification “510(k) review” process. FDA 510(k) clearance is a “grandfather” process. As such, FDA clearance does not imply that the safety, reliability and effectiveness of the medical device has been approved or validated by the FDA, but merely means that the medical device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared commercial medical device. The review period and FDA determination as to substantial equivalence generally is made within 90 days of submission of a 510(k) application, unless additional information or clarification or clinical studies are requested or required by the FDA. As a practical matter, the review process and FDA determination may take longer than 90 days.
      Our IOLs and ICLs are Class III devices, our AquaFlow Devices, phacoemulsification equipment, ultrasonic cutting tips and surgical packs are Class II devices, and our lens injectors are Class I devices. We have received FDA pre-market approval for our IOLs (including the toric and the Collamer IOLs) and AquaFlow Device and 510(k) clearance for our phacoemulsification equipment, lens injectors, and ultrasonic cutting tips.
      As a manufacturer of medical devices, our manufacturing processes and facilities are subject to continuing review by the FDA and various state agencies to ensure compliance with quality system regulations. These agencies inspect our facilities from time to time to determine whether we are in compliance with various regulations relating to manufacturing practices, validation, testing, quality control and product labeling.
      Regulatory Requirements in Foreign Countries. There is a wide variation in the approval or clearance requirements necessary to market medical products in foreign countries. The requirements range from minimal requirements to requirements comparable to those established by the FDA. For example, many countries in South America have minimal regulatory requirements, while many developed countries, such as Japan, have requirements at least as stringent as those of the FDA. Foreign governments do not always accept FDA approval as a substitute for their own approval or clearance procedures.
      As of June 1998, the member countries of the European Union (the “Union”) require that all medical products sold within their borders carry a Conformite’ Europeane Mark (“CE Mark”). The CE Mark denotes that the applicable medical device has been found to be in compliance with guidelines concerning manufacturing and quality control, technical specifications and biological or chemical and clinical safety. The CE Mark supersedes all current medical device regulatory requirements for Union countries. We have obtained the CE Mark for all of our principal products including our ICL and TICL, IOLs (including the Toric IOL and Collamer IOL), SonicWAVE Phacoemulsification System and our AquaFlow Device.
Warning Letters and the 483 Observations
      The Company received a Warning Letter issued by the FDA, dated December 22, 2003 which outlined deficiencies related to the manufacturing and quality assurance systems of its Monrovia, California facility. To assist it in correcting the issues raised in the Warning Letter, the Company engaged the services of Quintiles Consulting (“Quintiles”), a well regarded consulting organization that specializes in FDA related compliance matters. The Company, with Quintiles’ help, assessed the state of its quality system in light of the FDA’s concerns, developed an improvement plan, and took corrective actions to improve the Company’s processes, procedures, and controls.
      The Company received a second Warning Letter from the FDA dated April 26, 2004, which outlined deficiencies noted in an audit by the FDA in December 2003. The Company provided the FDA with its planned corrective actions to the issues raised, and in a letter dated July 1, 2004, the FDA responded that they found the corrective and preventative action plans described in the Company’s response “adequate.”
      On June 17, 2004, the FDA completed an audit of the Company’s Nidau, Switzerland manufacturing facility. The FDA did not observe any violations of quality system requirements during this audit.

9


Table of Contents

      On September 23, 2004, as a follow-up to the December 22, 2003 Warning Letter, the FDA completed a re-audit of the Company’s Monrovia, California manufacturing facility. At the conclusion of the audit, the FDA issued a form “FDA 483 Inspectional Observations” described more fully in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2004 (the “483 Observations”). The Company delivered its response to the FDA on November 5, 2004. On January 27, 2005, the Company and its representatives met with the FDA to update them on the corrective actions taken by the Company in response to the 483 Observations. During the meeting, the FDA gave no indication of the status of their review of the response or the nature or timing of future communications to the Company. However, subsequent to the meeting the FDA confirmed with the Company’s regulatory counsel, with respect to issues relating to the Collamer material addressed in the 483 Observations, that “materials issues with regard to stability have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction.”
      Until the FDA is satisfied with the adequacy of the Company’s corrective actions, it may take further actions which could include conducting another inspection, seizure of the Company’s products, injunction of the Monrovia facility to compel compliance (which may include suspension of production operations and/or recall of products), or other actions. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s established lines of business, results of operations and liquidity.
      The Company is not able to predict whether the FDA will conclude that the Company’s corrective actions to date or those included in its response to the 483 Observations satisfactorily resolve its concerns. Nor can the Company predict the likelihood, nature of, or timing of any additional action by the FDA or the impact of any other FDA action on the Company’s established lines of business, results of the operations or liquidity or the approval of the ICL for the United States market.
FDA Review of the ICL
      On October 3, 2003, the FDA Ophthalmic Devices Panel recommended that, with certain conditions, the FDA approve the ICL for use in correcting myopia in the range of -3 to -15 diopters and reducing myopia in the range of - 15 to -20 diopters. However, until the FDA is satisfied with the Company’s corrective actions to the deficiencies identified in the December 22, 2003 Warning Letter and the 483 Observations, it is unlikely to grant the Company approval to market the ICL in the United States.
      On December 16, 2004, the Company submitted to the FDA a supplement to the Company’s investigational device exemptions application for the ICL. The supplement requested permission for each of the active clinical centers to continue enrollment of eyes in the ICL clinical investigation while the pre-market approval is pending with the FDA so that the physicians may continue to expand on their clinical experience with implantation of the ICL. On January 14, 2005, the FDA approved the supplement allowing 18 investigational sites to enroll a combined total of 75 additional eyes each month.
Research and Development
      We are focused on furthering technological advancements in the ophthalmic products industry through the development of innovative ophthalmic products and materials and related surgical techniques. We maintain an active internal research and development program which includes research and development, clinical activities, and regulatory affairs and is comprised of 23 employees. In order to achieve our business objectives, we will continue the investment in research and development. Over the past year, we have principally focused our research and development efforts on:
  •  improving regulatory and compliance systems and procedures,
 
  •  obtaining approval for the ICL,
 
  •  completing enrollment in the U.S. clinical trials for the TICL,
 
  •  redesigning the three-piece Collamer IOL,
 
  •  designing an insertion system for the three-piece Collamer IOL,
 
  •  improving insertion and delivery systems for our other foldable products,

10


Table of Contents

  •  improving manufacturing systems and procedures for all products to reduce manufacturing costs and improve yields, and
 
  •  developing products and extending foreign registrations.
      Research and development expenses were approximately $6,246,000, $5,120,000, and $4,016,000 for our 2004, 2003 and 2002 fiscal years, respectively.
Environmental Matters
      The Company is subject to federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. We believe that our operations comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and regulations in each country where we do business. We do not anticipate that compliance with these laws will have any material impact on our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. We currently have no plans to invest in material capital expenditures for environmental control facilities for the remainder of our current fiscal year or for the next fiscal year. We are not aware of any pending actions, litigation or significant financial obligations arising from current or past environmental practices that are likely to have a material adverse impact on our financial position. However, environmental problems relating to our properties could develop in the future, and such problems could require significant expenditures. Additionally, we are unable to predict changes in legislation or regulations that may be adopted or enacted in the future and that may adversely affect us.
Significant Subsidiaries
      The Company’s only significant subsidiary is STAAR Surgical AG, a wholly owned entity incorporated in Switzerland. This subsidiary develops, manufactures and distributes products worldwide including Collamer IOLs, ICLs, TICLs, and the AquaFlow Device. STAAR Surgical AG also controls 100% of Domilens GmbH, a European sales subsidiary that distributes both STAAR products and products from other ophthalmic manufacturers.
Canon Staar Joint Venture
      In 1988, the Company entered into a joint venture with Canon Inc. and Canon Sales Co., Inc. for the principal purpose of designing, manufacturing, and selling in Japan intraocular lenses and other ophthalmic products. The joint venture will market its products worldwide through Canon, Canon Sales or STAAR or such other distributors as the Board of Directors of the joint venture may approve. The terms of any distribution arrangement will require the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors of the joint venture. Each joint venture party is entitled to appoint one member of the Board of Directors of the joint venture. Certain matters require the unanimous approval of the directors. Upon the occurrence of certain events, including the merger, sale of substantially all of the assets or change in the management of one of the parties, any of the other parties may have the right to acquire the first party’s interest in the joint venture at book-value. The Company also granted to the joint venture a perpetual exclusive license under the Licensed Technology (as defined in the license agreement) to make and sell any products in Japan, and a perpetual non-exclusive license to do so in the rest of the world.
      In 2001, the parties entered into a settlement agreement whereby (i) they reconfirmed the joint venture agreement and the license agreement, (ii) they agreed that the Company would promptly commence the transfer of the Licensed Technology to the joint venture, (iii) the Company granted the joint venture an exclusive license to make any products in China and sell such products in Japan and China (subject to the existing rights of third parties), (iv) the Company agreed to provide the joint venture with raw materials, (v) the joint venture granted Canon Sales Co., Inc. the right to distribute its products in Japan on specified terms, and (iv) the parties settled certain patent disputes.
      The foregoing description of the joint venture agreement, technical assistance and license agreement and settlement agreement is qualified in its entirety by the full text of such agreements, which have been filed as exhibits or incorporated by reference to this report. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial

11


Table of Contents

Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Factors — We have licensed our technology to our joint venture company and have granted certain rights to the partners that could be exercised in the event of a change in control of the Company.”
Employees
      As of February 25, 2005, we employed approximately 247 persons.
Additional Information
      The Company makes available free of charge through our website, www.staar.com, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
      The public may read any of the items we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding the Company and other issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
Item 2. Properties
      Our operations are conducted in leased facilities throughout the world. Our executive offices, manufacturing, warehouse and distribution, and primary research facilities are located in Monrovia, California. STAAR Surgical AG maintains office, manufacturing, and warehouse and distribution facilities in Nidau, Switzerland. The Company has one additional facility in Aliso Viejo, California for raw material production and research and development activities. The Company leases additional sales and distribution facilities in Germany and Australia. We believe our manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and Switzerland are suitable and adequate for our current and future planned requirements. The Company could increase capacity by adding additional shifts at our existing facilities. However, the Company is at capacity in the U.S. and Switzerland in the area of administration. The Company would require additional space to support growth in those areas, although this is not anticipated for 2005.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
      We are currently party to various claims and legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of our business. These claims and legal proceedings relate to contractual rights and obligations, employment matters, and claims of product liability. We do not believe that any of the claims known to us is likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
      Since September 1, 2004, multiple class action lawsuits have been filed in the United States District Courts for the Central District of California and the District of New Mexico against the Company and its Chief Executive Officer on behalf of all persons who acquired the Company’s securities during various periods between April 3, 2003 and September 28, 2004. On December 15, 2004, the Court ordered consolidation of the complaints that had been filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California and directed that the plaintiffs file a consolidated complaint as soon as practicable. The plaintiffs have proposed a stipulation pursuant to which they would file a consolidated amended complaint on or about April 29, 2005. The New Mexico action was voluntarily dismissed on January 28, 2005. The lawsuits generally allege that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, by issuing false and misleading statements regarding intraocular lenses and implantable lenses, and failing timely to disclose significant problems with the lenses, as well as the existence of serious injuries and/or malfunctions attributable to the lenses, thereby artificially inflating the price of the Company’s Common Stock. The plaintiffs generally seek to recover compensatory damages, including interest. The Company intends to vigorously defend the consolidated lawsuits.

12


Table of Contents

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
      There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter ended December 31, 2004.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
      Our Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “STAA.” The following table sets forth the reported high and low bid prices of the Common Stock as reported by Nasdaq for the calendar periods indicated:
                   
Period   High   Low
         
2005
               
 
First Quarter (through March 25, 2005)
  $ 7.300     $ 3.830  
2004
               
 
Fourth Quarter
  $ 6.400     $ 3.500  
 
Third Quarter
    7.480       2.880  
 
Second Quarter
    9.730       6.250  
 
First Quarter
    11.260       7.230  
2003
               
 
Fourth Quarter
  $ 12.000     $ 8.360  
 
Third Quarter
    15.440       9.750  
 
Second Quarter
    15.250       5.050  
 
First Quarter
    6.550       3.050  
      On March 25, 2005, the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock was $3.95. Stockholders are urged to obtain current market quotations for the Common Stock.
      As of March 25, 2005, there were approximately 565 record holders of our Common Stock.
      We have not paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock since our inception. We currently expect to retain any earnings for use to further develop our business and not to declare cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The declaration and payment of any such dividends in the future depends upon the Company’s earnings, financial condition, capital needs and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors and may be restricted by future agreements with lenders.
      As of March 25, 2005, options to purchase 2,719,379 shares of Common Stock were exercisable.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securites
      On June 10, 2004, the Company sold 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock at a price per share of $6.25. The Company sold the shares of Common Stock directly, without the services of an underwriter, in a private placement made in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933. The purchasers were all “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D. The Company received proceeds, net of placement agent fees and other expenses, of approximately $11,646,000.
      We also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with the purchasers, in which we agreed to file a “shelf” registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 providing for the public resale of their shares, and to keep the registration statement effective for up to two years. After the expiration of that two-year period, to the extent any of the investors have shares purchased in the 2004 private placement that are not eligible for public sale under Rule 144 or Regulation S, the investors may have a right under the Registration Rights Agreement to “piggyback” on other registered offerings of the Company to resell those shares.

13


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data
      The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data with respect to the five most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, January 3, 2003, December 28, 2001, and December 29, 2000. The selected consolidated statement of income data set forth below for each of the three most recent fiscal years, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data set forth below at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, are derived from the consolidated financial statements which have been audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, independent certified public accountants, as indicated in their report which is included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected consolidated statement of income data set forth below for each of the two fiscal years in the periods ended December 28, 2001, and December 29, 2000, and the consolidated balance sheet data set forth below at January 3, 2003, December 28, 2001 and December 29, 2000 are derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report. The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company, and the Notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Annual Report, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7.
                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended
     
    December 31,   January 2,   January 3,   December 28,   December 29,
    2004   2004   2003   2001   2000
                     
    (In thousands except per share data)
Statement of Operations
                                       
Sales
  $ 51,685     $ 50,409     $ 47,880     $ 50,237     $ 53,986  
Royalty and other income
          49       368       549       448  
                               
Total revenues
    51,685       50,458       48,248       50,786       54,434  
Cost of sales
    25,542       22,621       24,099       28,203       26,329  
                               
Gross profit
    26,143       27,837       24,149       22,583       28,105  
                               
Selling, general and administrative expenses
                                       
General and administrative
    9,253       9,343       8,959       8,746       8,593  
Marketing and selling
    20,302       19,509       16,833       20,043       21,254  
Research and development
    6,246       5,120       4,016       3,800       4,215  
Other charges
    500       390       1,454       7,780       15,276  
                               
Total selling, general and administrative expenses
    36,301       34,362       31,262       40,369       49,338  
                               
Operating loss
    (10,158 )     (6,525 )     (7,113 )     (17,786 )     (21,233 )
                               
Total other expense, net
    (88 )     (637 )     (785 )     (724 )     (4,630 )
                               
Loss before income taxes and minority interest
    (10,246 )     (7,162 )     (7,898 )     (18,510 )     (25,863 )
Income tax provision (benefit)
    1,057       1,127       8,805       (3,649 )     (6,758 )
Minority interest
    29       68       75       139       87  
                               
Net loss
  $ (11,332 )   $ (8,357 )   $ (16,778 )   $ (15,000 )   $ (19,192 )
                               
Basic net loss per share
  $ (0.58 )   $ (0.47 )   $ (0.98 )   $ (0.88 )   $ (1.25 )
Diluted net loss per share
  $ (0.58 )   $ (0.47 )   $ (0.98 )   $ (0.88 )   $ (1.25 )
Weighted average number of basic shares
    19,602       17,704       17,142       17,003       15,378  
Weighted average number of diluted shares
    19,602       17,704       17,142       17,003       15,378  
Balance Sheet Data
                                       
Working capital
  $ 19,103     $ 15,883     $ 7,095     $ 16,780     $ 24,153  
Total assets
    51,973       47,376       45,220       64,650       79,745  
Notes payable and current portion of long-term debt
    3,004       2,950       5,845       8,216       7,944  
Stockholders’ equity
    37,840       35,219       30,551       46,142       58,060  

14


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
      Except for the historical information contained in this Annual Report, the matters discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” are forward-looking statements, the accuracy of which is necessarily subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ significantly from the discussion of such matters in the forward-looking statements. See “Risk Factors.”
      In the discussion of the material changes in our financial condition and results of operations between the reporting periods in the consolidated financial statements, management has sought to identify and, in some cases, quantify, the factors that contributed to such material changes. However, quantifying these factors may involve the presentation of numerical measures that exclude amounts that are included in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Management uses this information to assess material changes in our financial condition and results of operations and is providing it to assist investors and potential investors to understand these assessments. In each instance, such information is presented immediately following (and in connection with an explanation of) the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, and includes other material information necessary to reconcile the information with the comparable GAAP financial measure.
Overview
      STAAR Surgical Company develops, manufactures and distributes worldwide visual implants and other ophthalmic products to improve or correct the vision of patients with cataracts, refractive conditions, and glaucoma. Originally incorporated in California in 1982, STAAR Surgical Company reincorporated in Delaware in 1986. Unless the context indicates otherwise “we,” “us,” the “Company,” and “STAAR” refer to STAAR Surgical Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.
History
  •  STAAR developed, patented, and licensed the first foldable intraocular lens, or IOL, for cataract surgery. Made of pliable material, the foldable IOL permitted surgeons for the first time to replace a cataract patient’s natural lens with minimally invasive surgery. The foldable IOL quickly became the standard of care for cataract surgery throughout the world. STAAR introduced its first versions of the lens, made of silicone, in 1991.
 
  •  In 1996, STAAR commenced commercial sales of its VISIAN tm ICL (“ICL”) in certain foreign countries, and in 1997, the ICL received CE Marking which allowed STAAR to market the product in the European Union. Using the unique biocompatible properties of the Collamer material, the ICL is implanted in front of the patient’s natural lens to treat refractive errors, such as myopia (nearsightedness) and hyperopia (farsightedness). In 2003, the ICL became the first phakic IOL to receive an “approvable” recommendation from the FDA’s Ophthalmic Devices Panel. Currently, the ICL is approved for sale in 38 countries and has been implanted in approximately 40,000 eyes worldwide.
 
  •  In 1998, STAAR introduced the Toric IOL, the only implantable lens approved for the treatment of astigmatism. The Toric IOL was STAAR’s first venture into the refractive market in the United States.
 
  •  In 2000, STAAR introduced an IOL made of our proprietary Collamer® lens material, a unique biocompatible polymerized collagen. Collamer mimics the clarity and refractive qualities of the natural human lens better than acrylic lens materials, and is better tolerated by the eye than either silicone or acrylic.
 
  •  In 2001, STAAR commenced commercial sales of its VISIAN tm Toric ICL (“TICL”) on a limited basis in certain foreign countries, and in 2002, the TICL received CE Marking which allowed STAAR to market the product in the European Union.
 
  •  In 2004, STAAR, through its joint venture company, Canon Staar, introduced the first preloaded lens injector system in international markets. The Preloaded Injector offers surgeons improved convenience and reliability. The Preloaded Injector is not yet available in the U.S.

15


Table of Contents

Principal Products
      Cataract Surgery. The production and sale of IOLs for use in cataract surgery remains our core business. Our products for cataract surgery include the following:
  •  Silicone IOLs, in both three-piece and one-piece designs;
 
  •  Silicone Toric IOLs, used in cataract surgery to treat astigmatism;
 
  •  Collamer® IOLs, in a one-piece design, with a three-piece redesigned lens scheduled for introduction in the second quarter of 2005;
 
  •  the Preloaded Injector, a three-piece silicone IOL preloaded into a single-use disposable injector;
 
  •  STAARVISC tm  II, a viscoelastic material, which is used as a tissue protective lubricant and to maintain the shape of the eye during surgery;
 
  •  SonicWAVE tm Phacoemulsification System, which is used to remove a cataract patient’s cloudy lens and has low energy and high vacuum characteristics;
 
  •  Cruise Control, a disposable filter used to increase safety and control during phacoemulsification; and
 
  •  Other auxiliary products for cataract surgery, manufactured by others, which strengthen our ability to offer an expanded range of procedural products.
      Sales of cataract surgery products accounted for approximately 90% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 and 92% for the 2003 fiscal year.
      Refractive Surgery. We have used our unique biocompatible Collamer material to develop and manufacture lenses to treat refractive disorders such as myopia (near-sightedness), hyperopia (far-sightedness) and astigmatism. These include the VISIAN tm ICL, or ICL®, and the Toric VISIAN tm TICL, or TICL®. Lenses of this type are generically called “phakic IOLs” or “phakic implants” because they work along with the patient’s natural lens, or phakos , rather than replacing it.
      The ICL and TICL have not yet been approved for use in the United States. The ICL is approved for use in the European Union and in Korea and Canada. The TICL completed enrollment in clinical trials in the United States in early 2005, and is approved for use in the European Union.
      Glaucoma Surgery. We have developed the AquaFlow tm Collagen Glaucoma Drainage Device, also referred to as the AquaFlow Device, as an alternative to current methods of treating open angle glaucoma. The AquaFlow Device is implanted in the sclera (the white of the eye), using a minimally invasive procedure, for the purpose of reducing intraocular pressure.
Significant Factors Affecting Our Business and Recent Highlights
      Changing Focus of Research and Development. STAAR’s executive management was completely replaced commencing in 2001. The new management team assumed control of a company with a long record of innovation in ophthalmology, but one that had failing financial results and was expending cash at a significant rate. STAAR was also embroiled in several legal actions which affected our cash reserves. The new management implemented significant restructuring and other cost-cutting measures in 2001 to conserve our cash resources. Despite these cutbacks, STAAR has continued to devote a significant amount of its resources to developing and introducing the ICL.
      Because of its significant investment in ICL technology, STAAR had limited resources for further developing its mature and well accepted IOL products for cataract treatment. Nevertheless, in the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company introduced the first preloaded injector system which was developed by its joint venture company in Japan, Canon Staar. Management believes, however, that during the long process of developing and seeking approval for the ICL, STAAR overall failed to match some of its competitors’ improvements to IOL technology and standard delivery systems resulting in a loss of U.S. market share.
      As U.S. approval of the ICL appeared more likely in late 2003, and the focus of the ICL project shifted from development to marketing, management began to devote research and development resources to making STAAR’s IOL delivery systems more competitive. In an effort to strengthen the areas of research and

16


Table of Contents

development, we separated our research and development function from our regulatory and compliance function and hired Tom Paul, PhD as Vice President, Research and Development and James Farnworth as Vice President, Regulatory and Quality Assurance. The resources for these efforts were made available by STAAR’s 2003 private sale of Common Stock, the proceeds of which were intended to fund the launching and marketing of the ICL.
      The Warning Letter received from the FDA on December 29, 2003 caused STAAR to accelerate its efforts to improve its quality and regulatory compliance systems. The delay in the approval of the ICL until compliance issues were resolved further accelerated the need to invest in improvements to its IOL delivery systems in order to maintain its core cataract business.
      As a result of the above factors and the receipt of a second Warning Letter, 2004 saw significant new investments in the restructuring of STAAR’s quality assurance and regulatory compliance functions, and in improving IOL technology, particularly lens delivery systems. While some R&D expense is directly attributable to the response to the FDA’s Warning Letters and related audits of STAAR’s facilities, the bulk of the expense results from systemic changes intended to produce a permanent improvement in the areas of research and development and quality assurance and regulatory compliance.
      As described below, the initiative to improve IOL delivery technology resulted in progress towards the completion of an improved one-piece Collamer IOL injector, continuous improvement efforts to cartridge injector components for all lenses and a redesigned three-piece Collamer IOL injector. The continuous effort to improve cartridges resulted in supply problems, particularly in the second quarter of 2004. The timing of this interruption in supply, which coincided with increased R&D expenditures and a decline in sales of silicone IOLs, contributed to the drop in earnings in the second quarter. The decision to upgrade our three-piece Collamer lens design to coincide with the introduction of the first dedicated injector for this lens, coupled with a revised quality system, have resulted in the combined introduction being delayed.
      Contraction of Silicone IOL Market. Our market share for silicone IOLs has steadily decreased over the last several years, as many surgeons now choose lenses made of acrylic material rather than silicone for their patients. Management believes that Collamer lens material will ultimately be competitive with acrylic, but to date sales of Collamer IOLs have only partially offset declining sales of silicone IOLs.
      Redesign of Injectors and Three-Piece Collamer IOL. In an effort to improve the competitiveness of our lens injection systems for Collamer IOLs, during 2004 we devoted significant resources to improving the injector for the one-piece Collamer IOL and redesigning the three-piece Collamer injector. The redesign of the three-piece Collamer injector resulted in a hiatus in three-piece Collamer lens production, which STAAR took as an opportunity to make minor improvements and enhancements to the lens design. As a result of these efforts, three-piece Collamer IOLs had limited availability during 2004.
      Decline in U.S. Sales of IOLs. During the year ended December 31, 2004, decreasing sales of silicone IOLs were further intensified by the negative perception in the marketplace caused by the Warning Letters and recalls described below, resulting in a 14% decline in U.S. silicone IOL sales compared to fiscal 2003. The market’s reaction to the compliance issues, along with an interruption in the supply of cartridges, also resulted in a decline in sales of Collamer IOLs. In contrast to recent periods in which improving sales of Collamer IOLs partially offset declining sales of silicone IOLs, sales of Collamer IOLs declined 8% in 2004 compared to fiscal 2003, worsening overall results for the U.S. cataract business and resulting in an overall decline of 7.8% in U.S. sales in 2004 compared to fiscal 2003.
      Growth in International Sales of VISIAN ICLs and Preloaded Silicone IOLs. The decline in the U.S. cataract business during 2004 was offset in part by a 37.6% increase in international sales of the VISIAN ICL and TICL. In addition, our preloaded silicone lens injector system, newly launched in international markets, experienced strong sales. This growth in the business resulted in an increase in international sales of 11.5% in 2004 compared to 2003.
      FDA Warning Letters and the 483 Observations. In 2004, we received Warning Letters and 483 Observations issued by the FDA, which outlined deficiencies related to our manufacturing and quality assurance systems in our Monrovia, California facility. For a discussion of the Warning Letters and 483

17


Table of Contents

Observations, see “Business — Regulatory Matters — Warning Letters and the 483 Observations.” Costs associated with the preparation for these FDA inspections, and the improvements made to the quality assurance and regulatory compliance functions, contributed to the 22% increase in our research and development expenses (which included regulatory and quality assurance expenses) for fiscal 2004, compared to fiscal 2003. Additionally, the Warning Letters and 483 Observations have affected the Company’s reputation in the ophthalmic market and have adversely affected product sales for fiscal 2004. Until the FDA is satisfied with the Company’s response, it is unlikely to grant the Company approval to market the ICL in the United States. See “Risk Factors — We have received 483 Inspectional Observations and Warning Letters from the FDA, which until resolved to the satisfaction of the FDA will continue to delay approval of the ICL and could limit our existing business in the United States.” and “— Our success depends on the ICL, which has not been approved for use in the United States.”
      Foreign Currency Fluctuations. Our products are sold in more than 45 countries. For the year ended December 31, 2004, revenues from international operations were 58% of total revenues. The results of operations and the financial position of certain of our offshore operations are reported in the relevant local currencies and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements, exposing us to currency translation risk. For the year ended December 31, 2004, currency exchange rates had a favorable impact on product sales of approximately $2.2 million, and an adverse impact on our marketing and selling expenses of approximately $777,000.
      Product Recalls. During 2004, we initiated several voluntary recalls of STAAR manufactured product including 33 lots of IOL cartridges, three lots of injectors, and 529 lenses. In an action considered a recall, but with no requirement for product to be returned to us, we issued letters to healthcare professionals advising them of the potential for a change in manifest refraction over time in rare cases involving the single-piece Collamer IOL. Although the direct costs associated with recalls have not been material, we believe recalls have adversely affected our revenues from product sales, although the amount of the impact cannot be determined.
      Gross Profit. Our gross profit margin decreased to 50.6% in fiscal 2004 from 55.2% in fiscal 2003. Among the factors contributing to the decline in our gross profit margin were increased expenses associated with manufacturing engineering and quality control and assurance, an increase in inventory provisions, higher unit costs due to process changes and reduced volumes, and a shift in geographical and product mix.
      Research and Development. We spent 12.1% of our revenue on research and development (which includes regulatory and quality assurance expenses) for the year ended December 31, 2004, and we expect to spend approximately 10% of our revenue on an annual basis in the future. For the year ended December 31, 2004, research and development expenses increased 22% compared to 2003. This was primarily due to our increased investment in injection systems, the redesign of the Collamer three-piece IOL and injector and preparation for the FDA audit of our facilities in Nidau, Switzerland and Monrovia, California, described above. Increases in research and development expense were partially offset by decreased expenses at subsidiaries, as all research and development efforts were consolidated into one location.
      Private Placement. Due to the issues raised the FDA’s Warning Letters and the delay in the FDA approval of the ICL, we sought additional cash to invest in research and development, regulatory and compliance, and manufacturing engineering and to support other operating activities. This was accomplished through the private placement of 2,000,000 shares of our Common Stock on June 10, 2004 generating net proceeds of $11.6 million during the second quarter of 2004.
      Cash Flow and the Need for Further Financing. During fiscal 2004, we used $8.8 million in cash for operating activities and $1.7 million for property plant and equipment, ending fiscal 2004 with $9.3 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments compared to $7.3 million in cash and cash equivalents at the end of fiscal 2003. We used $2.5 million in cash in the fourth quarter of 2004 and expect to use $3.5 million in the first quarter of 2005. During the fourth quarter of 2004, we took steps to reduce operating expenses by reducing our reliance on outside consultants. This reduction in spending is expected to result in savings of approximately $1.0 million annually. In early February 2005, we implemented additional cost reduction strategies, including the reduction in size of our direct sales force, which are expected to result in

18


Table of Contents

another $1.0 million in annualized cost savings. We will continue to pursue other cost savings opportunities with the goal of realizing a total of $3.0 million in annual cost savings. We do not expect to realize significant benefits from the cost reductions in the first quarter of 2005 and while the benefit of the cost reductions will be fully implemented in the second quarter, a continued decline in U.S. sales could offset some of the savings for future periods. As a result of the level of cash available to the Company to fund ongoing operations as well as new product initiatives, we are exploring opportunities to raise additional financing. The Company expects operating losses and negative cash flows to continue until such time as the issues presented in the FDA Warning Letter dated December 22, 2003 and the 483 Observations are resolved and the ICL is approved for sale in the United States.
      Going Concern. Our recurring losses from operations, negative cash flows, and accumulated deficit raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, we have received a report from our independent registered public accounting firm regarding our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 that included an explanatory paragraph stating that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
      Retention of Morgan Stanley. In December 2004, we engaged Morgan Stanley to assist our Board of Directors in a review of the strategic and financial options available to us.
      Litigation. During 2004, multiple class action lawsuits, which were subsequently consolidated, were filed against the Company and its Chief Executive Officer on behalf of all persons who acquired the Company’s securities during various periods between April 3, 2003 and September 28, 2004. See “Item 3. Legal Proceedings.”
      Purchase of Minority Interest. In May 2004, we entered into an agreement for the purchase of the 20% minority interest of an 80% owned subsidiary, ConceptVision Australia Pty Limited, in exchange for cash of $768,000 and a long-term note in the amount of $542,000 due on November 1, 2007. The transaction resulted in the recording of goodwill of $1.1 million.
Results of Operations
      The following table sets forth the percentage of total revenues represented by certain items reflected in the Company’s income statement for the period indicated and the percentage increase or decrease in such items over the prior period.
                                             
    Percentage of Total Revenues   Percentage Change
         
    December 31,   January 2,   January 3,   2004 vs.   2003 vs.
    2004   2004   2003   2003   2002
                     
Total revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     2.4 %     (4.6 )%
Cost of sales
    49.4 %     44.8 %     49.9 %     12.9 %     (6.1 )%
Gross profit
    50.6 %     55.2 %     50.1 %     (6.1 )%     15.3 %
Costs and expenses:
                                       
 
General and administrative
    17.9 %     18.5 %     18.6 %     (1.0 )%     4.3 %
 
Marketing and selling
    39.3 %     38.7 %     34.9 %     4.1 %     15.9 %
 
Research and development
    12.1 %     10.1 %     8.3 %     22.0 %     27.5 %
 
Other charges
    1.0 %     0.8 %     3.0 %     28.2 %     (73.2 )%
   
Total costs and expenses
    70.3 %     68.1 %     64.8 %     5.6 %     9.9 %
Operating loss
    (19.7 )%     (12.9 )%     (14.7 )%     55.7 %     (8.3 )%
Other expense, net
    (0.1 )%     (1.3 )%     (1.7 )%     (86.2 )%     (18.9 )%
Loss before income taxes
    (19.8 )%     (14.2 )%     (16.4 )%     43.1 %     (9.3 )%
Income tax provision (benefit)
    2.0 %     2.2 %     18.2 %     (6.2 )%     (87.2 )%
Minority interest
    0.1 %     0.1 %     0.2 %     (57.4 )%     (9.3 )%
Net loss
    (21.9 )%     (16.5 )%     (34.8 )%     35.6 %     (50.2 )%

19


Table of Contents

2004 Fiscal Year Compared to 2003 Fiscal Year
      Revenues. Product sales for the years ended December 31, 2004 (“fiscal 2004”) and January 2, 2004 (“fiscal 2003”) were $51.7 million and $50.4 million, respectively. Changes in currency exchange rates had a favorable impact on product sales of approximately $2.2 million for fiscal 2004. The primary reason for the decrease in product sales, excluding the impact of exchange rates, was a decrease in U.S. IOL sales due to (i) the decline in the silicone IOL market as many surgeons now choose lenses made of acrylic material, (ii) the Company’s failure to match competitors’ improvements to IOL technology, (iii) the market response to the Company’s compliance issues with the FDA and (iv) the lack of competitive lens delivery systems. The Company also experienced decreased sales of distributed products as it concentrates on the distribution of its higher margin proprietary products. The decreases in U.S. IOL sales and sales of distributed products were partially offset by increased sales of the Company’s Visian tm ICL (“ICL”) and Visian tm TICL (“TICL”) in international markets, sales of the newly launched preloaded IOLs in international markets, and increased sales of Cruise Control.
      Total revenues for 2003 included $49,000 in royalties from technology licenses that terminated in 2003.
      Gross profit. Gross profit margin decreased to 50.6% of revenues for fiscal 2004, from 55.2% of revenues for fiscal 2003. The most significant impact on gross margins resulted from increased expenses associated with manufacturing engineering and quality control and assurance, an increase in inventory provisions, higher unit costs due to process changes and reduced volumes, and a shift in geographical and product mix.
      Marketing and selling expenses. Marketing and selling expenses for fiscal 2004 increased $793,000, or 4%, over fiscal 2003. The increase is principally due to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates which negatively impacted marketing and selling expenses by $777,000. International sales and marketing expenses increased due to increased salaries, travel, and commissions. Headcount in the U.S. increased due to the addition of direct sales representatives for a newly established sales territory in the Pacific Northwest Region and as a result of the addition of proctors-trainers used principally to train physicians in the ICL implantation technique. These increases were offset by decreased promotional activities, primarily in response to the delay in the launch of the Visian tm ICL in the U.S. and the cost savings realized from the closure of a subsidiary.
      Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses for the fiscal 2004, increased $1,127,000, or 22%, compared to fiscal 2003. This was primarily due to our increased investment in insertion systems, the redesign of the Collamer three-piece IOL and injector and preparation for the FDA audit of our facilities in Nidau, Switzerland and Monrovia, California. Increases in research and development expense were partially offset by decreased research and development expenses of subsidiaries, as all research and development efforts were consolidated into one location.
      Other charges. Other charges for fiscal 2004 were $500,000 compared to $390,000 in fiscal 2003. During fiscal 2004, the Company recorded a $500,000 reserve against the notes of a former director of the Company which total $1.8 million including accrued interest. The notes are collateralized by 120,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock and a second mortgage on a home in Florida. The current value of the collateral is approximately $1.3 million. The amount of the reserve is based on the difference between the note amount and the collateral value.
      Other expense, net. Other expense for fiscal 2004 decreased $549,000 over fiscal 2003. Included in other expense for fiscal 2003 was the write-off of a note receivable in the amount of $430,000. During fiscal 2004, the Company recovered $200,000 of the note and recorded the cash received as other income. These increases in other income were partially offset by losses recorded in 2004 by the Company’s joint venture, Canon Staar.
      Income taxes. For each of fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003, the Company recorded income taxes of $1.1 million primarily based on the income of the Company’s German subsidiary.
      In 1995, a subsidiary of the Company obtained retroactively to 1993, a ten-year tax holiday for the payment of federal, cantonal and municipal income taxes in Switzerland. As such, Swiss income taxes were not due on the operations of this subsidiary for the ten-year period that ended on December 31, 2002. For 2004

20


Table of Contents

and 2003, as the tax holiday from Swiss taxes has expired, the appropriate federal, cantonal and municipal income taxes have been included in the foreign tax provision.
      Negotiations to extend the Swiss tax holiday are ongoing. The Swiss tax authorities are considering granting an extension of the tax holiday with respect to “new” products including the ICL, the Toric ICL and the AquaFlow Device. If the tax holiday is extended, it will likely be applied prospectively.
2003 Fiscal Year Compared to 2002 Fiscal Year
      Revenues. Revenues for fiscal 2003 increased over the year ended January 3, 2003 (“fiscal 2002”) by 4.6% or $2,210,000 due to the favorable impact of foreign exchange on sales of other ophthalmic products distributed in international markets. Excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange, sales decreased 2%. The decrease in sales is due primarily to a decrease in unit volume of the Company’s single and three-piece silicone IOL, primarily in the U.S. market, due to a decline in competitiveness of the Company’s lens delivery systems and believed contraction of this market segment. The decrease in sales of silicone IOLs was partially offset by increased sales in the U.S. of Collamer IOLs (28% increase in volume partially offset by a 6% decrease in average selling price “ASP”). As a result of the decreased silicone IOL sales in the U.S., overall sales in that market declined 3%. Sales of the AquaFlow Device decreased 19% (15% decrease in volume and a 5% decrease in ASP) over 2002. This sales decrease was also realized in the U.S. and was the result of sales and marketing resources which have been diverted from AquaFlow proctoring and training to surgical evaluations of silicone lens injection systems and preparation for possible FDA approval of the ICL.
      The decreases in single and three-piece silicone IOL and AquaFlow sales were further offset by increased sales of ICLs, Toric IOLs, STAARVisc, and Cruise Control. Sales of ICLs in international markets increased 31% due to a 26% increase in units and a 4% increase in ASP. Sales of STAARVisc increased 17% on a 25% increase in volume partially offset by a 7% decrease in ASP. Sales of Toric IOLs increased 3% due to a 10% increase in volume partially offset by a 6% decline in ASP. Sales in international markets decreased 2% (excluding the impact of exchange) due to a decrease in equipment sales in Australia.
      Gross profit. Gross profit for fiscal 2003 was 55.2% of revenues compared to fiscal 2002 when it was 50.1% of revenues. The improvement in gross profit margin is the result of successfully increasing standard margins across all of our primary product lines through reduced cost structures resulting from better yields, efficiencies and volume, and reducing other costs of sales through better management of excess and obsolete inventories. Additionally, the Company streamlined its phacoemulsification manufacturing and repair division, during the year, resulting in lower costs and improved gross profit for this product line.
      Marketing and selling expenses. Marketing and selling expenses for fiscal 2003 increased $2.7 million, or 16%, over fiscal 2002. Marketing and selling expense in the U.S. increased by $1.7 million as a result of marketing and promotional costs which increased, as planned, in preparation for the launch of the ICL and increased headcount and associated recruiting costs in preparation for launch of the ICL in the U.S., the addition of direct sales representatives for a newly established Pacific Northwest Region, increased travel expenses and increased salaries. Marketing and selling expense increased internationally by $1.0 million primarily due to the unfavorable impact of exchange rates partially offset by reduced expenses of subsidiaries which were closed in 2002 and 2003.
      Other charges. Other charges for fiscal 2003 were $390,000 compared to fiscal 2002 when they were $1.5 million. The charges in 2003 related to the write-down of $2.1 million (net book value) in capitalized patent costs in connection with the Company’s routine evaluation of such costs in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144 (“SFAS 144”) — “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.” The write-down related to patents acquired in 1999 in the purchase of the Company’s majority interest in Circuit Tree Medical, a developer and manufacturer of phacoemulsification equipment, whose ongoing operations were moved to the Company’s Monrovia, California facility. The $2.1 million charge was partially offset by the reversal of $1.7 million of reserves against former officers’ notes which were paid during the year.

21


Table of Contents

      Other expense, net. Other expense for fiscal 2003 decreased $148,000 over fiscal 2002. The decreased expense is due to decreased interest expense and foreign exchange losses partially offset by decreased interest income from officers’ notes that were paid in full and a $430,000 reserve on a note receivable the Company recorded during the year.
      Income taxes. Income taxes for fiscal 2003 decreased $7.7 million over the fiscal 2002. The high provision for income taxes in 2002 was the result of a valuation allowance of $9.0 million recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets, partially offset by an income tax benefit of approximately $1.0 million related to a federal carryback claim filed in 2002. The tax refund from the carryback claim was received in 2003.
      In 1995, a subsidiary of the Company obtained retroactively to 1993, a ten-year tax holiday for the payment of federal, cantonal and municipal income taxes in Switzerland. As such, Swiss income taxes were not due on the operations of this subsidiary for the ten-year period that ended on December 31, 2002. For 2003, as the tax holiday from Swiss taxes has expired, the appropriate federal, cantonal and municipal income taxes have been included in the foreign tax provision.
      Negotiations to extend the Swiss tax holiday are ongoing. The Swiss tax authorities are considering granting an extension of the tax holiday with respect to “new” products including the ICL, the Toric ICL and the AquaFlow Device. If the tax holiday is extended, it will likely be applied prospectively.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
      The Company has funded its activities over the past several years principally from cash flow generated from operations, credit facilities provided by institutional domestic and foreign lenders, the private placement of Common Stock, the repayment of former officers’ notes, and the exercise of stock options.
      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was ($8.8) million, ($4.1) million, and $0.6 million for fiscal 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. For fiscal 2004, cash used in operations was the result of the net loss, adjusted for depreciation, amortization, and other non-cash charges, and increases in working capital — primarily accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and other current liabilities. For fiscal 2003, cash used in operations was the result of the net loss, adjusted for depreciation, amortization, the write-off of patents, and other non-cash charges. For fiscal 2002, cash provided by operations was the result of the net loss, adjusted for depreciation, amortization, deferred income taxes, and other non-cash charges, and decreases in working capital — primarily accounts receivable, inventory, and accounts payable.
      Accounts receivable was $6.2 million in 2004, $5.7 million in 2003, and $6.0 million in 2002. The increase in accounts receivable is due to increased sales, the write-off of a receivable, reserved in the previous year, of a distributor that discontinued its operations and a slight increase in day’s sales outstanding (“DSO”). Although DSO improved from 45 days in 2002 to 39 days in 2003 it increased slightly, as expected, to 41 days in 2004. The Company expects DSO to continue in the 40-43 day range for 2005.
      Inventory at year-end 2004, 2003, and 2002 was $15.1 million, $12.8 million, and $11.8 million, respectively. Day’s inventory on hand increased from 176 days in 2002 to 204 days in 2003, and decreased to 186 days in 2004. Although inventory units have decreased overall from 2003 to 2004, the decrease was more than offset by higher cost inventory that was produced during the year as a result of lower than planned production volume resulting in an increase in inventory of $2.3 million in 2004 over 2003. Inventory, at the end of 2003, increased $1.0 million over 2002 levels due to the build-up of ICL inventory in preparation of the launch of the product in the U.S. and increased collamer IOL inventory based on increased demand for the product. High cost inventory, built in 2001, was sold during 2002 and replaced with lower cost inventory resulting in an overall decrease in inventory at the end of 2002 of $3.5 million over 2001.
      Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities was approximately ($7,294,000), $2,151,000, and ($406,000) for fiscal 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. During 2004, the Company invested $8.0 million of the proceeds of a private placement in taxable auction-rate securities which are classified as available for sale investments and sold $2.9 million of the investment during the year to provide cash for operations. Also during 2004, the Company purchased the 20% minority interest in an 80% owned subsidiary in exchange for cash of $768,000 and a long-term note in the amount of $542,000 due on November 1, 2007. The transaction resulted

22


Table of Contents

in the recording of goodwill of $1.1 million. Proceeds from the payment of notes of former officers were the primary source of cash provided by investing activities in 2003. The principal investments of the Company are in property and equipment. Investments in property and equipment were $1.7 million, $1.3 million, and $874,000 for fiscal 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. The investments are generally made to upgrade and improve existing production equipment and processes. The Company expects to spend approximately $1.0 million on property and equipment in 2005.
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities were approximately $12,547,000, $7,589,000, and ($592,000) for fiscal 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. In 2004, cash provided by financing activities resulted from the receipt of net proceeds of $11.6 million from a private placement of 2.0 million shares of the Company’s Common Stock and $829,000 received from the exercise of stock options. In 2003, cash provided by financing activities is primarily the result of net proceeds of $8.9 million from a private placement of the Company’s Common Stock and $1.6 million received from the exercise of stock options. The Company used approximately $2.1 million of the proceeds to pay off the note to its domestic lender and $812,000 to pay down other notes payable. In 2002, the Company used $592,000 in cash to pay down notes payable.
      Subsidiaries of the Company have foreign credit facilities with different banks to support operations in Switzerland and Germany.
      The Swiss credit agreement, as amended on August 2, 2004, provides for borrowings of up to 3.75 million Swiss Francs “CHF” (approximately $3.3 million based on the rate of exchange on December 31, 2004), and permits either fixed-term or current advances. The interest rate on current advances was 6.0% per annum at both December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, plus a commission rate of 0.25% payable quarterly. There were no current advances outstanding at December 31, 2004 or January 2, 2004. The base interest rate for fixed-term advances follows Euromarket conditions for loans of a corresponding term and currency, plus an individual margin (4.5% at December 31, 2004 and 4.2% at January 2, 2004). Borrowings outstanding under the facility were CHF 3.4 million at December 31, 2004 (approximately $3.0 million based on the rate of exchange at December 31, 2004) and CHF 3.7 million at January 2, 2004 (approximately $3.0 million based on the rate of exchange on January 2, 2004). The credit facility is secured by a general assignment of claims and includes positive and negative covenants which, among other things, require the maintenance of a minimum level of equity of at least $12.0 million and prevents the Swiss subsidiary from entering into other secured obligations or guaranteeing the obligations of others. The agreement also prohibits the sale or transfer of patents or licenses without the prior consent of the lender and the terms of intercompany receivables may not exceed 90 days.
      The Swiss credit facility is divided into two parts. Part A provides for borrowings of up to CHF 3.0 million ($2.7 million based on the exchange rate on December 31, 2004) and does not have a termination date. Part B presently provides for borrowings of up to CHF 750,000 ($662,000 based on the exchange rate on December 31, 2004). The loan amount under Part B of the agreement is reduced by CHF 250,000 ($220,000 based on the exchange rate on December 31, 2004) semi-annually.
      The German credit agreement, entered into during fiscal 2003, provides for borrowings of up to 210,000 EUR ($286,000 based on the exchange rate on December 31, 2004), at a rate of 8.5% per annum and renews automatically each November. The agreement prohibits our German subsidiary from paying dividends and is personally guaranteed by the president of the subsidiary. There were no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2004 or January 2, 2004.
      The Company was in compliance with the covenants of these credit facilities as of December 31, 2004.

23


Table of Contents

      The following table represents the Company’s known contractual obligations included in the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2004.
                                           
    Payments Due by Period
     
        Less       More
        Than   1-3   3-5   Than
Contractual Obligations   Total   1 Year   Years   Years   5 Years
                     
    (In thousands)
Notes payable
  $ 3,004     $ 3,004     $     $  —     $  
Capital lease obligations
    105       92       11       2        
Operating lease obligations
    2,286       927       1,307       52        
Purchase obligations
    1,222       1,022       200              
Open purchase orders
    1,212       1,212                    
Other long-term liabilities
    542             542              
                               
 
Total
  $ 8,371     $ 6,257     $ 2,060     $ 54     $  
                               
      The table presented above excludes the following information: (a) interest due on notes payable under the Swiss credit agreement and (b) employment agreements for the two previous minority owners of our Australian subsidiary. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
      Due to a continued decline in U.S. sales, lower gross profit, and increased operating expenses the Company sustained significant losses and negative cash flows from operations for the year ended December 31, 2004. Our current sources of working capital are not sufficient to satisfy our anticipated working capital requirements for fiscal 2005. The Company expects operating losses and negative cash flows to continue until such time as the issues presented in the FDA Warning Letter dated December 22, 2003 and the 483 Observations are resolved and the ICL is approved for sale in the U.S. To enhance its ability to continue as a going concern through the year ended December 30, 2005, the Company expects to take the following actions: (1) continue to aggressively address the issues presented in the FDA Warning Letter of December 22, 2003 and the 483 Observations; (2) work closely with the independent sales force and ophthalmic community to reverse the negative perceptions and sales trends of the Company’s existing lines of business; (3) further reduce discretionary spending; (4) seek other sources of funding; and (5) explore other strategic and financial options. However, there can be no assurance as to the availability or terms upon which capital might be obtained, or that the Company will be successful in executing its other strategies. Accordingly, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an opinion that substantial doubt exists as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.
      The Company’s liquidity requirements arise from the funding of its working capital needs, primarily inventory, work-in-process and accounts receivable. The Company’s primary sources for working capital and capital expenditures are cash flow from operations, proceeds from the private placement of Common Stock, proceeds from option exercises, debt repayments by former officers, and borrowings under the Company’s foreign bank credit facilities. Any withdrawal of support from its banks could have serious consequences on the Company’s liquidity. The Company’s liquidity is dependent, in part, on customers paying within credit terms, and any extended delays in payments or changes in credit terms given to major customers may have an impact on the Company’s cash flow. In addition, any abnormal product returns or pricing adjustments may also affect the Company’s short-term funding.
      The business of the Company is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that are beyond its control, including, but not limited to, those set forth above and in the other reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. See “Risk Factors.”

24


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies
      The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves and income taxes, among others. Our estimates are based upon historical experiences, market trends and financial forecasts and projections, and upon various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances and at that certain point in time. Actual results may differ, significantly at times, from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
      The Company believes the following represent its critical accounting policies.
  •  Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable. The Company recognizes revenue when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sale price is fixed and determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. We record revenue from product sales when title and risk of ownership has been transferred to the customer, which is typically upon delivery to the customer. The exception to this recognition policy is revenue from IOLs distributed on a consignment basis, which is recognized upon notification of implantation in a patient.
  The Company may bundle the sale of phacoemulsification equipment to customers with multi-year agreements to purchase minimum quantities of foldable IOLs. The Company recognizes the revenue from the equipment based on monthly purchases of minimum quantities of IOLs over the life of the agreement.
 
  Revenue from license and technology agreements is recorded as income, when earned, according to the terms of the respective agreements.
 
  The Company generally permits returns of product if such product is returned within the time allowed by the Company, and in good condition. Allowances for returns are provided for based upon an analysis of our historical patterns of returns matched against the sales from which they originated. To date, historical product returns have been within the Company’s estimates.
 
  The Company maintains provisions for uncollectible accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to remit payments. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon its historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified.
  •  Stock-Based Compensation. We measure stock-based compensation for option grants to employees and members of the Board of Directors using the intrinsic value method. The fair value of each option grant for determining the pro forma impact of stock-based compensation expense is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with weighted average assumptions. These assumptions consist of expected dividend yield, expected volatility, expected life, and risk-free interest rate. If the assumptions used to calculate the value of each option grant do not properly reflect future activity, the weighted average fair value of our grants could be impacted.
 
  •  Income Taxes. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We evaluate the need to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based upon the amount of existing temporary differences, the period in which they are expected to be recovered and expected levels of taxable income. A valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax

25


Table of Contents

  assets is established when it is “more likely than not” that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of the years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, the valuation allowance fully offsets the value of deferred tax assets on the Company’s balance sheet.

  We expect to continue to maintain a full valuation allowance on future tax benefits until an appropriate level of profitability is sustained, or we are able to develop tax strategies that would enable us to conclude that it is more likely than not that a portion of our deferred tax assets would be realizable.
  •  Inventories. Inventories are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market. On a regular basis, we evaluate inventory balances for excess quantities and obsolescence by analyzing estimated demand, inventory on hand, sales levels and other information. Based on these evaluations, inventory balances are reduced, if necessary.
 
  •  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Intangible and other long lived-assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events such as product discontinuance, plant closures, product dispositions or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In reviewing for impairment, the Company compares the carrying value of such assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. When the estimated undiscounted future cash flows are less than their carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference between the assets’ fair value and their carrying value.
 
  •  Goodwill. Goodwill, which has an indefinite life and was previously amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods benefited, is no longer amortized to earnings, but instead is subject to periodic testing for impairment. Intangible assets determined to have definite lives are amortized over their remaining useful lives. Goodwill of a reporting unit is tested for impairment on an annual basis or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. As provided under SFAS No. 142, an annual assessment was completed during 2004, and no impairment was identified. As of December 31, 2004, the carrying value of goodwill was $7.5 million.
 
  •  Patents and Licenses. The Company also has other intangible assets consisting of patents and licenses, with a gross book value of $11.5 million and accumulated amortization of $6.1 million as of December 31, 2004. Amortization is computed on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives, which are based on legal and contractual provisions, and range from 10 to 20 years.
Risk Factors
      Our short and long-term success is subject to many factors that are beyond our control. Stockholders and prospective stockholders in the Company should consider carefully the following risk factors, in addition to other information contained in this report. This Annual Report on Form l0-K contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth below.
     Risks Related to Our Business
We have a history of losses and anticipate future losses.
      We have reported losses in each of the last three fiscal years and have an accumulated deficit of $60.5 million as of December 31, 2004. There can be no assurance that we will report net income in any future period.
We have only limited working capital.
      Our current sources of working capital are not sufficient to satisfy our anticipated working capital requirements for fiscal 2005.

26


Table of Contents

We have limited access to credit and could default on the terms of our loan agreement.
      As of December 31, 2004, we have outstanding balances on the credit facility of a European subsidiary of approximately $3.0 million, based on exchange rates on that date. If our losses continue, we risk defaulting on the terms of our credit facility, particularly as it relates to the maintenance of minimum levels of equity and the payment of intercompany receivables.
We have only limited access to financing.
      Because of our history of losses, there is substantial doubt about our ability to obtain adequate financing on satisfactory terms or at all. Any such financing may involve substantial dilution to existing shareholders.
We have received a “going concern” opinion from our registered public accounting firm, which may negatively impact our business.
      We have received a report from our independent registered public accounting firm regarding our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 stating that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
      The Company expects to continue to experience negative cash flows, similar to those of fiscal 2004, until such time as the issues presented in the FDA Warning Letter of December 22, 2003 and the 483 Observations are resolved and the ICL is approved for sale in the United States. To enhance its ability to continue as a going concern through the year ended December 30, 2005, the Company expects to take the following actions: (1) continue to aggressively address the issues presented in the Warning Letter of December 22, 2003 and the 483 Observations; (2) work closely with the independent sales force and ophthalmic community to reverse the negative perceptions and sales trends of the Company’s existing lines of business; (3) further reduce discretionary spending; (4) seek other sources of funding; and (5) explore other strategic and financial options. However, there can be no assurance as to the availability or terms upon which capital might be obtained or that the Company will be successful in executing its other strategies. In addition, doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern could adversely affect our ability to enter into collaborative relationships with strategic partners and our ability to sell our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have received 483 Inspectional Observations and Warning Letters from the FDA, which until resolved to the satisfaction of the FDA will continue to delay approval of the ICL and could limit our existing business in the United States.
      On December 29, 2003 and April 26, 2004, we received Warning Letters issued by the FDA. A copy of the first Warning Letter is attached as Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 9, 2004, and a copy of the second Warning Letter is attached as Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2004.
      On September 23, 2004, the FDA completed a re-audit of our Monrovia, California manufacturing facility. At the conclusion of the audit, the FDA issued a form “FDA 483 Inspectional Observations” described more fully in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2004.
      The Warning Letters and 483 Observations have adversely affected our reputation in the ophthalmic industry and our product sales. Until the FDA is satisfied with our response, it is unlikely to grant us approval to market the ICL and the TICL in the United States and may place restrictions on our domestic lines of business. See “Business — Regulatory Matters — Warning Letters and the 483 Observations.”
Our success depends on the ICL, which has not been approved for use in the United States.
      We have devoted significant resources and management attention to the development and introduction of our ICL and TICL. Management believes that the future success of STAAR depends on the approval of the

27


Table of Contents

ICL for sale in the United States by the FDA. The ICL is already approved for use in the European Union and Canada and in parts of Asia. The TICL is approved for use in the European Union. In October 2003, the FDA Ophthalmic Devices Panel recommended that the FDA approve, with conditions, specified uses of the ICL. The FDA has not yet acted on this recommendation, and it could decide to reject the Ophthalmic Devices Panel recommendations. Until the FDA is satisfied with our response to its Warning Letter dated December 22, 2003 and its 483 Observations issued on September 23, 2004, it is unlikely to grant us approval to market the ICL and the TICL in the United States. If the FDA does not grant approval of the ICL, or significantly delays its approval, whether because of the issues contained in the Warning Letter, the 483 Observations or otherwise, our prospects for success will be severely diminished.
Our future success depends on the successful marketing of the ICL in the United States market.
      Even if it is approved by the FDA for sale in the United States, the ICL will not reach its full sales potential unless we successfully plan and execute its launch and marketing in the United States. This will present new challenges to our sales and marketing staff and to our independent manufacturers’ representatives. In countries where the ICL has been approved to date, our sales have grown steadily, but slowly. In the United States in particular, patients who might benefit from the ICL have already been exposed to a great deal of advertising and publicity about laser refractive surgery, but have little if any awareness of the ICL. As a result, we expect to make extensive use of advertising and promotion targeted to potential patients through providers, and to carefully manage the introduction of the ICL. We do not have significant resources and we cannot predict whether the particular marketing, advertising and promotion strategies we pursue will be as successful as we intend. If we do not successfully market the ICL in the United States, we will not achieve our planned profitability and growth.
Our core domestic business has suffered declining sales, which sales of new products have only partially offset.
      STAAR pioneered the foldable IOL for use in cataract surgery, and the foldable silicone IOL is one of our largest sources of revenue. Since we introduced the product, however, competitors have introduced IOLs employing a variety of designs and materials. Over the years these products have gradually taken a larger share of the IOL market, while the market share for our IOLs has decreased. In particular, many surgeons now choose lenses made of acrylic material rather than silicone for their typical patients. In an effort to maintain our competitive position we have introduced a new biocompatible lens material, Collamer, to our line of IOLs. We have also introduced new IOL designs, such as the Toric IOL, and have continued to improve and refine the silicone IOL. Sales of these new products, however, have only partially offset declining sales of our silicone IOLs.
We depend on independent manufacturers’ representatives.
      In an effort to manage costs and bring our products to a wider market, we have entered into long-term agreements with certain independent regional manufacturers’ representatives, who introduce our products to eye surgeons and provide the training needed to begin using some of our products. Under our agreements with these representatives, each receives a commission on all of our sales within a specified region, including sales on products we sell into their territories without their assistance. Because they are independent contractors, we have a limited ability to manage these representatives or their employees. In addition, a representative may represent manufacturers other than STAAR, although not in competing products. We have been relying on the independent representatives to introduce our new products like Collamer IOLs, Toric IOLs and the AquaFlow Device, and we will rely on them, in part, to help introduce the ICL if it is approved. If our independent manufacturers’ representatives do not devote sufficient resources to marketing our products, or if they lack the skills or resources to market our new products, our new products will fail to reach their full sales potential and sales of our established products could decline.

28


Table of Contents

Product recalls have been costly and may be so in the future.
      Medical devices must be manufactured to the highest standards and tolerances, and often incorporate newly developed technology. Despite all efforts to achieve the highest level of quality control and advance testing, from time to time defects or technical flaws in our products may not come to light until after the products are sold or consigned. In those circumstances, we have previously made voluntary recalls of our products. During 2004, we initiated several voluntary recalls of STAAR manufactured product including 33 lots of IOL cartridges, three lots of injectors, and 529 lenses, and in February 2004, in an action considered a recall but with no requirement for product to be returned to us, we issued a letter to healthcare professionals advising them of the potential for a change in manifest refraction over time in rare cases involving the single-piece Collamer IOL. Similar recalls could take place again. Courts or regulators can also impose mandatory recalls on us, even if we believe our products are safe and effective. Recalls can result in lost sales of the recalled products themselves, and can result in further lost sales while replacement products are manufactured, especially if the replacements must be redesigned. If recalled products have already been implanted, we may bear some or all of the cost of corrective surgery. Recalls may also damage our professional reputation and the reputation of our products. The inconvenience caused by recalls and related interruptions in supply, and the damage to our reputation, could cause some professionals to discontinue using our products.
We could experience losses due to product liability claims.
      We have in the past been, and continue to be, subject to product liability claims. As part of our risk management policy, we have obtained third-party product liability insurance coverage. Product liability claims against us may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies or cause us to record a self-insured loss. A product liability claim in excess of applicable insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if any product liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, these policies have retentions or deductibles that provide that we will not receive insurance proceeds until the losses incurred exceed the amount of those retentions or deductibles. To the extent that any losses are below these retentions or deductibles, we will be responsible for paying these losses. The payment of retentions or deductibles for a significant amount of claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
      Any product liability claim would divert managerial and financial resources and could harm our reputation with customers. We cannot assure you that we will not have product liability claims in the future or that such claims would not have a material adverse effect on our business.
We compete with much larger companies.
      Our competitors, including Alcon, Advanced Medical Optics, and Bausch & Lomb, have much greater financial resources than we do and some of them have large international markets for a full suite of ophthalmic products. Their greater resources for research, development and marketing, and their greater capacity to offer comprehensive products and equipment to providers, make it difficult for us to compete. We have lost significant market share to some of our competitors.
Most of our products have single-site manufacturing approvals, exposing us to risks of business interruption.
      We manufacture all of our products either at one of our facilities in California or at our facility in Switzerland. Most of our products are approved for manufacturing only at one of these sites. Before we can use a second manufacturing site for an implantable device we must obtain the approval of regulatory authorities. Because this process is expensive we have generally not sought approvals needed to manufacture at an additional site. If a natural disaster, fire, or other serious business interruption struck one of our manufacturing facilities, it could take a significant amount of time to validate a second site and replace lost product. We could lose customers to competitors, thereby reducing sales, profitability and market share.

29


Table of Contents

The global nature of our business may result in fluctuations and declines in our sales and profits.
      Our products are sold in more than 45 countries. Revenues from international operations make up a significant portion of our total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2004 revenues from international operations were 58% of total revenues. The results of operations and the financial position of certain of our offshore operations are reported in the relevant local currencies and then translated into United States dollars at the applicable exchange rates for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements, exposing us to translation risk. In addition, we are exposed to transaction risk because some of our expenses are incurred in a different currency from the currency in which our revenues are received. Our most significant currency exposures are to the Euro, the Swiss Franc, and the Australian dollar. The exchange rates between these and other local currencies and the United States dollar may fluctuate substantially. We have not attempted to offset our exposure to these risks by investing in derivatives or engaging in other hedging transactions. Fluctuations in the value of the United States dollar against other currencies have not had a material adverse effect on our operating margins and profitability in the past.
      Economic, social and political conditions, laws, practices and local customs vary widely among the countries in which we sell our products. Our operations outside of the United States are subject to a number of risks and potential costs, including lower profit margins, less stringent protection of intellectual property and economic, political and social uncertainty in some countries, especially in emerging markets. Our continued success as a global company depends, in part, on our ability to develop and implement policies and strategies that are effective in anticipating and managing these and other risks in the countries where we do business. These and other risks may have a material adverse effect on our operations in any particular country and on our business as a whole. We price some of our products in U.S. dollars, and as a result changes in exchange rates can make our products more expensive in some offshore markets and reduce our revenues. Inflation in emerging markets also makes our products more expensive there and increases the credit risks to which we are exposed.
We obtain some of the components of our products from a single source, and an interruption in the supply of those components could reduce our revenue.
      We obtain some of the components for our products from a single source. For example, only one supplier produces our viscoelastic product. Although we believe we could find alternate supplies for any of these components, the loss or interruption of any of these suppliers could increase costs, reducing our revenue and profitability, or harm our customer relations by delaying product deliveries.
Our activities involve hazardous materials and emissions and may subject us to environmental liability.
      Our manufacturing, research and development practices involve the controlled use of hazardous materials. We are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we have operations governing the use, manufacturing, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and certain waste products. Although we believe that our safety and environmental procedures for handling and disposing of these materials comply with legally prescribed standards, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. Remedial environmental actions could require us to incur substantial unexpected costs, which would materially and adversely affect our results of operations. If we were involved in a major environmental accident or found to be in substantial non-compliance with applicable environmental laws, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines.
We risk losses through litigation.
      Since September 1, 2004, multiple class action lawsuits have been filed in the United States District Courts for the Central District of California and the District of New Mexico against the Company and its Chief Executive Officer on behalf of all persons who acquired the Company’s securities during various periods between April 3, 2003 and September 28, 2004. On December 15, 2004, the Court ordered consolidation of the complaints that had been filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California and directed that the plaintiffs file a consolidated complaint as soon as practicable. The plaintiffs have proposed a

30


Table of Contents

stipulation pursuant to which they would file a consolidated amended complaint on or about April 29, 2005. The New Mexico action was voluntarily dismissed on January 28, 2005. The lawsuits generally allege that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, by issuing false and misleading statements regarding intraocular lenses and implantable lenses, and failing timely to disclose significant problems with the lenses, as well as the existence of serious injuries and/or malfunctions attributable to the lenses, thereby artificially inflating the price of the Company’s Common Stock. The plaintiffs generally seek to recover compensatory damages, including interest. While we intend to vigorously defend the consolidated lawsuit, the lawsuit will require significant attention of management and could result in substantial costs and harm our reputation.
      We are currently party to various claims and legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of our business. These claims and legal proceedings relate to contractual rights and obligations, employment matters, and claims of product liability. While we do not believe that any of the claims known to us is likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, new claims or unexpected results of existing claims could lead to significant financial harm.
We depend on key employees.
      We depend on the continued service of our senior management and other key employees. The loss of a key employee could hurt our business. We could be particularly hurt if any key employee or employees went to work for competitors. Our future success depends on our ability to identify, attract, train and motivate other highly skilled personnel. Failure to do so may adversely affect future results.
We have licensed our technology to our joint venture company and have granted certain rights to the partners that could be exercised in the event of a change in control of the Company.
      We have granted to the Canon Staar joint venture, a perpetual exclusive license under the Licensed Technology (as defined in the license agreement) to make and sell our products in Japan, and to make our products in China and to sell such products in Japan and China. In addition, we have granted Canon Staar a perpetual non-exclusive license under the Licensed Technology to make and sell our products in the rest of the world. Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the joint venture, such licenses may allow the Canon Staar joint venture to sell products in the rest of the world or grant others the right to do so. The term “Licensed Technology” includes any intellectual property owned or controlled by STAAR.
      Upon the occurrence of certain events, including the merger, sale of substantially all of the assets or change in the management of any party to the Canon Staar joint venture, any joint venture partner may have the right to acquire the first party’s interest in the joint venture at book value, without terminating the licenses under the Licensed Technology.
      The joint venture agreement, license agreement and settlement agreement relating to Canon Staar have been filed or incorporated by reference to this Annual Report.
     Risks Related to the Ophthalmic Products Industry
If we fail to keep pace with advances in our industry or fail to persuade physicians to adopt the new products we introduce, customers may not buy our products and our revenue may decline.
      Constant development of new technologies and techniques, frequent new product introductions and strong price competition characterize the ophthalmic industry. The first company to introduce a new product or technique to market usually gains a significant competitive advantage. Our future growth depends, in part, on our ability to develop products to treat diseases and disorders of the eye that are more effective, safer, or incorporate emerging technologies better than our competitors’ products. Sales of our existing products may decline rapidly if one of our competitors introduces a substantially superior product, or if we announce a new product of our own. Similarly, if we fail to make sufficient investments in research and development or if we focus on technologies that do not lead to better products, our current and planned products could be surpassed by more effective or advanced products.

31


Table of Contents

      In addition, we must manufacture these products economically and market them successfully by persuading a sufficient number of eye care professionals to use them. For example, glaucoma requires ongoing treatment over a long period of time; thus, many doctors are reluctant to switch a patient to a new treatment if the patient’s current treatment for glaucoma remains effective. This has been a challenge in selling our AquaFlow Device.
Resources devoted to research and development may not yield new products that achieve commercial success.
      We spent 12.1% of our revenue on research and development (including regulatory and quality assurance expenses) for the year ended December 31, 2004, and we expect to spend between 10-11% of our revenue on an annual basis in the future. Development of new implantable technology, from discovery through testing and registration to initial product launch, is expensive and typically takes from three to seven years. Because of the complexities and uncertainties of ophthalmic research and development, products we are currently developing may not complete the development process or obtain the regulatory approvals required for us to market the products successfully. It is possible that few or none of the products currently under development will become commercially successful.
Failure of users of our products to obtain adequate reimbursement from third-party payors could limit market acceptance of our products, which could affect our sales and profits.
      Many of our products, in particular IOLs and products related to the treatment of glaucoma, are used in procedures that are typically covered by health insurance, HMO plans, Medicare or Medicaid. These third-party payors have recently been trying to contain costs by restricting the types of procedures they reimburse to those viewed as most cost-effective and capping or reducing reimbursement rates. These policies could adversely affect sales and prices of our products. Physicians, hospitals and other health care providers may be reluctant to purchase our products if third-party payors do not adequately reimburse them for the cost of our products and the use of our surgical equipment. For example:
  •  Major third-party payors for hospital services, including government insurance plans, Medicare, Medicaid and private health care insurers, have substantially revised their payment methodologies during the last few years, resulting in stricter standards for reimbursement of hospital and outpatient charges for some medical procedures, including cataract procedures and IOLs;
 
  •  Numerous legislative proposals have been considered that, if enacted, would result in major reforms in the United States’ health care system, which could have an adverse effect on our business;
 
  •  Our competitors may reduce the prices of their products, which could result in third-party payors favoring our competitors;
 
  •  There are proposed and existing laws and regulations governing maximum product prices and the profitability of companies in the health care industry; and
 
  •  There have been recent initiatives by third-party payors to challenge the prices charged for medical products. Reductions in the prices for our products in response to these trends could reduce our revenues. Moreover, our products may not be covered in the future by third-party payors, which would also reduce our revenues.
We are subject to extensive government regulation, which increases our costs and could prevent us from selling our products.
      Government regulations and agency oversight apply to every aspect of our business, including testing, manufacturing, safety and environmental controls, efficacy, labeling, advertising, promotion, record keeping, the sale and distribution of products and samples. We are also subject to government regulation over the prices we charge and the rebates we offer to customers. Complying with government regulation substantially increases the cost of developing, manufacturing and selling our products.

32


Table of Contents

      In the United States, we must obtain approval from the FDA for each product that we market. Competing in the ophthalmic products industry requires us to continuously introduce new or improved products and processes, and to submit these to the FDA for approval. Obtaining FDA approval is a long and expensive process, and approval is never certain. In addition, our operations in the United States are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA. Such inspection may result in the FDA ordering changes in our business practices, which changes could be costly and have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In particular, we received Warning Letters from the FDA on December 29, 2003 and April 26, 2004, and FDA 483 Inspectional Observations on September 23, 2004, requiring us to take corrective action as discussed elsewhere in this report.
      Products distributed outside of the United States are also subject to government regulation, which may be equally or more demanding. Our new products could take a significantly longer time than we expect to gain regulatory approval and may never gain approval. If a regulatory authority delays approval of a potentially significant product, the potential sales of the product and its value to us can be substantially reduced. Even if the FDA or another regulatory agency approves a product, the approval may limit the indicated uses of the product, or may otherwise limit our ability to promote, sell and distribute the product, or may require post-marketing studies. If we cannot obtain regulatory approval of our new products, or if the approval is too narrow, we will not be able to market these products, which would eliminate or reduce our potential sales and earnings.
We depend on proprietary technologies, but may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights adequately.
      We have numerous patents and pending patent applications. We rely on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and patent, trademark, copyright and trade secrecy laws to protect the proprietary aspects of our technology. These legal measures afford limited protection and may not prevent our competitors from gaining access to our intellectual property and proprietary information. Any of our patents may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or rendered unenforceable. Furthermore, we cannot be certain that any pending patent application held by us will result in an issued patent or that if patents are issued to us, the patents will provide meaningful protection against competitors or competitive technologies. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets and to determine the validity and scope of our proprietary rights. Any litigation could result in substantial expense, may reduce our profits and may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights. In addition, we may be exposed to future litigation by third parties based on claims that our products infringe their intellectual property rights. This risk is exacerbated by the fact that the validity and breadth of claims covered by patents in our industry may involve complex legal issues that are not fully resolved.
      Any litigation or claims against us, whether or not successful, could result in substantial costs and harm our reputation. In addition, intellectual property litigation or claims could force us to do one or more of the following: to cease selling or using any of our products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property, which would adversely affect our revenue; to negotiate a license from the holder of the intellectual property right alleged to have been infringed, which license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all; or to redesign our products to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights of a third party, which may be costly and time-consuming or impossible to accomplish.
We may not successfully develop and launch replacements for our products that lose patent protection.
      Most of our products are covered by patents that give us a degree of market exclusivity during the term of the patent. We have also earned revenue in the past by licensing some of our patented technology to other ophthalmic companies. The legal life of a patent is 20 years from application. Patents covering our products will expire from this year through the next 20 years. Upon patent expiration, our competitors may introduce products using the same technology. As a result of this possible increase in competition, we may need to charge a lower price in order to maintain sales of our products, which could make these products less profitable. If we fail to develop and successfully launch new products prior to the expiration of patents for our existing products, our sales and profits with respect to those products could decline significantly. We may not

33


Table of Contents

be able to develop and successfully launch more advanced replacement products before these and other patents expire.
     Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our Certificate of Incorporation could delay or prevent an acquisition or sale of our company.
      Our Certificate of Incorporation empowers the Board of Directors to establish and issue a class of preferred stock, and to determine the rights, preferences and privileges of the preferred stock. We also have a Stockholders’ Rights Plan, which could discourage a third party from making an offer to acquire us. These provisions give the Board of Directors the ability to deter, discourage or make more difficult a change in control of our company, even if such a change in control would be in the interest of a significant number of our stockholders or if such a change in control would provide our stockholders with a substantial premium for their shares over the then-prevailing market price for the common stock.
Our bylaws contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including the following:
  •  only one of the three classes of directors is elected each year;
 
  •  stockholders have limited ability to remove directors;
 
  •  stockholders cannot call a special meeting of stockholders; and
 
  •  stockholders must give advance notice to nominate directors.
Anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company.
      We are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our Common Stock or preventing changes in our management.
Future sales of our Common Stock could reduce our stock price.
      Our Board of Directors could issue shares of common or preferred stock, to raise additional capital or for other corporate purposes without stockholder approval. In addition, the Board of Directors could designate and sell a class of preferred stock with preferential rights over the Common Stock with respect to dividends or other distributions. Sales of common or preferred stock could dilute the interest of existing stockholders and reduce the market price of our Common Stock. Even in the absence of such sales, the perception among investors that additional sales of equity securities may take place could reduce the market price of our Common Stock.
The market price of our Common Stock is likely to be volatile.
      Our stock price has fluctuated widely, ranging from $2.88 to $11.26 during the year ended December 31, 2004. Our stock price could continue to experience significant fluctuations in response to factors such as quarterly variations in operating results, operating results that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors, changes in financial estimates, changes in regulatory status, changes in market valuations of competitors, announcements by us or our competitors of a material nature, additions or departures of key personnel, future sales of Common Stock and stock volume fluctuations. Also, general political and economic conditions such as recession or interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our stock.
Foreign Exchange
      Management does not believe that the fluctuation in the value of the dollar in relation to the currencies of its suppliers or customers in the last three fiscal years has adversely affected the Company’s ability to purchase or sell products at agreed upon prices. No assurance can be given, however, that adverse currency exchange rate fluctuations will not occur in the future, which would affect the Company’s operating results.

34


Table of Contents

Inflation
      Management believes inflation has not had a significant impact on the Company’s operations during the past three years.
New Accounting Pronouncements
      In October 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“Act”) became effective in the U.S. Two provisions of the Act may impact the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes in future periods, namely those related to the qualified production activities deduction (“QPA”) and foreign earnings repatriation (“FER”).
      The QPA will be effective for the Company’s U.S. federal tax return year beginning after December 31, 2004. In summary, the Act provides for a percentage deduction of earnings from qualified production activities, as defined, commencing with an initial deduction of 3 percent for tax years beginning after 2009, with the result that the statutory federal tax rate currently applicable to the Company’s qualified production activities of 35 percent could be reduced initially to 33.95 percent and ultimately to 31.85 percent. However, the Act also provides for the phased elimination of the extraterritorial income exclusion provision of the Internal Revenue Code, which have previously resulted in tax benefits to the Company. Due to the interaction of the law provisions noted above as well as the particulars of the Company’s tax position, the ultimate effect of the QPA on the Company’s future provision (benefit) for income taxes has not been determined at this time. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position FAS 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (“FSP 109-1”), in December 2004. FSP 109-1 requires that tax benefits resulting from the QPA should be recognized no earlier than the year in which they are reported in the entity’s tax return, and that there is to be no revaluation of recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities as would be the case had there been a change in an applicable statutory rate.
      The FER provision of the Act provides generally for a one-time 85 percent dividends received deduction for qualifying repatriations of foreign earnings to the U.S. Qualified repatriated funds must be reinvested in the U.S. in certain qualifying activities and expenditures, as defined by the Act. In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (“FSP 109-2”). FSP 109-2 allows additional time for entities potentially impacted by the FER provision to determine whether any foreign earnings will be repatriated under this provision. At this time, the Company has not undertaken an evaluation of the application of the FER provision and any potential benefits of effecting such repatriations under this provision. Numerous factors, including previous actual and deemed repatriations under federal tax law provisions, are factors impacting the availability of the FER provision to the Company and its potential benefit to the Company, if any. The Company intends to examine the issue and will provide updates in subsequent periods.
      In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 151, “Inventory Costs.” This statement amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage). SFAS No. 151 requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges. In addition, this statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to costs of conversions be based upon the normal capacity of the production facilities. The provisions of SFAS No. 151 are effective for inventory cost incurred in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. As such, the Company is required to adopt these provisions at the beginning of fiscal 2006. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment.” This statement is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and its related implementation guidance. SFAS No. 123R addresses all forms of share-based payment (“SBP”) awards including shares issued under employee stock purchase plans, stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights. Under

35


Table of Contents

SFAS No. 123R, SBP awards result in a cost that will be measured at fair value on the awards’ grant date, based on the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. This statement is effective for public entities as of the first interim or annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company has not quantified the potential effect of adoption of SFAS No. 123R, but believes that the adoption of this statement will result in a decrease to earnings.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchange of Nonmonetary Assets.” This statement amends Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of this statement are effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after December 16, 2004. The provisions of this statement should be applied prospectively. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
      In the normal course of business, our operations are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company manages its risks based on management’s judgment of the appropriate trade-off between risk, opportunity and costs. Management does not believe that these market risks are material to the results of operations or cash flows of the Company, and, accordingly, does not generally enter into interest rate or foreign exchange rate hedge instruments.
      Interest rate risk. Our $3.0 million of debt is based on the borrowings of our international subsidiaries. The majority of our international borrowings bear an interest rate that is linked to Euro market conditions and, thus, our interest rate expense will fluctuate with changes in those conditions. If interest rates were to increase or decrease by 1% for the year, our annual interest rate expense would increase or decrease by approximately $30,000.
      Foreign currency risk. Our international subsidiaries operate in and are net recipients of currencies other than the U.S. dollar and, as such, our revenues benefit from a weaker dollar and are adversely affected by a stronger dollar relative to major currencies worldwide (primarily, the Euro and Australian dollar). Accordingly, changes in exchange rates, and particularly the strengthening of the US dollar, may negatively affect our consolidated sales and gross profit as expressed in U.S. dollars. Additionally, as of December 31, 2004, all of our debt is denominated in Swiss Francs and as such, we are subject to fluctuations of the Swiss Franc as compared to the U.S. dollar in converting the value of the debt to U.S. dollars. The U.S. dollar value of the debt is increased by a weaker dollar and decreased by a stronger dollar relative to the Swiss Franc.
      In the normal course of business, we also face risks that are either non-financial or non-quantifiable. Such risks include those set forth in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Risk Factors.”
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
      Financial Statements and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K in a separate section following Part IV, as shown on the index under Item 15 of this Annual Report.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
      Not applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
      Attached as exhibits to this Form 10-K are certifications of STAAR’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14(a) of the

36


Table of Contents

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). This “Controls and Procedures” section includes information concerning the controls and controls evaluation referred to in the certifications. The section following Part IV of this Form 10-K sets forth the report of BDO Seidman LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, regarding its audit of STAAR’s consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K and its attestation of management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting set forth below in this section. This section should be read in conjunction with the certifications and the BDO Seidman report for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
      The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, David Bailey, and Chief Financial Officer, John Bily, with the participation of the Company’s management, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer believe that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in making known to them material information relating to the Company (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in this report.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
      There was no change during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2004, known to the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
      Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).
      Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, the end of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
      Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
      BDO Seidman LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements of the Company contained in this report, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, which follows Part IV of this Form 10-K.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
      The Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed

37


Table of Contents

in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
Item 9B. Other Information
      Not applicable.
PART III
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
      The information in Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal One — Election of Directors” contained in the proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) for the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
      The information in Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal One — Election of Directors” contained in the Proxy Statement.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
      The information in Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “General Information — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Proposal One — Election of Directors” contained in the Proxy Statement.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
      The information in Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal One — Election of Directors” contained in the Proxy Statement.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
      The information in Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal Two — Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” contained in the Proxy Statement.

38


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
         
        Page
         
(1)
  Financial statements required by Item 15 of this form are filed as a separate part of this report following Part IV    
      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
    Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-3
      Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004   F-4
      Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003   F-5
      Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003   F-6
      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003   F-7
      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-8
(2)
  Schedules required by Regulation S-X are filed as an exhibit to this report:    
           I. Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Report on Schedule   F-31
           II. Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves   F-32
      Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements and the notes thereto.
      (3)  Exhibits
         
  3 .1   Certificate of Incorporation, as amended(8)
 
  3 .2   By-laws, as amended(9)
 
  †4 .1   1991 Stock Option Plan of STAAR Surgical Company(2)
 
  †4 .2   1995 STAAR Surgical Company Consultant Stock Plan(3)
 
  †4 .3   1996 STAAR Surgical Company Non-Qualified Stock Plan(4)
 
  4 .4   Stockholders’ Rights Plan, dated effective April 20, 1995(9)
 
  †4 .5   1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan, adopted April 17, 1998(5)
 
  4 .6   Form of Certificate for Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share(14)
 
  †4 .7   2003 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and form of Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement(13)
 
  4 .8   Amendment No. 1 to Stockholders’ Rights Plan, dated April 21, 2003(15)
 
  4 .9   Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 4, 2004(19)
 
  10 .1   Joint Venture Agreement, dated May 23, 1988, among the Company, Canon Sales Co, Inc. and Canon, Inc., and Exhibit B, Technical Assistance and License Agreement, dated September 6, 1988, between the Company and Canon Staar Co., Inc.(7)
 
  10 .2   Settlement Agreement among the Company, Canon, Inc., Canon Sales Co., Inc., and Canon Staar Company, Inc. dated September 28, 2001(10)
 
  10 .3   Indenture of Lease dated September 1, 1993, between the Company and FKT Associates and First through Third Additions Thereto(9)
 
  10 .4   Second Amendment to Indenture of Lease dated September 21, 1998, between the Company and FKT Associates(9)
 
  10 .5   Third Amendment to Indenture of Lease dated October 13, 2003, by and between the Company and FKT Associates(17)
 
  10 .6   Indenture of Lease dated October 20, 1983, between the Company and Dale E. Turner and Francis R. Turner and First through Fifth Additions Thereto(6)

39


Table of Contents

         
 
  10 .7   Sixth Lease Addition to Indenture of Lease dated October 13, 2003, by and between the Company and Turner Trust UTD Dale E. Turner March 28, 1984(17)
 
  10 .8   Standard Industrial/ Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Gross dated April 5, 2000, entered into between the Company and Kilroy Realty, L.P.(9)
 
  10 .9   Amendment No. 1 to Standard Industrial/ Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease dated January 3, 2003, by and between the Company and California Rosen(17)
 
  10 .10   Lease Agreement dated July 12, 1994, between STAAR Surgical AG and Calderari and Schwab AG/ SA**
 
  10 .11   Supplement #1 dated July 10, 1995, to the Lease Agreement of July 12, 1994, between STAAR Surgical AG and Calderari and Schwab AG/SA**
 
  10 .12   Supplement #2 dated August 2, 1999, to the Lease Agreement of July 12, 1994, between STAAR Surgical AG and Calderari and Schwab AG/SA**
 
  10 .13   Commercial Lease Agreement dated November 29, 2000, between Domilens GmbH and DePfa Deutsche Pfandbriefbank AG**
 
  10 .14   Patent License Agreement, dated May 24, 1995, with Eye Microsurgery Intersectoral Research and Technology Complex(16)
 
  10 .15   Patent License Agreement, dated January 1, 1996, with Eye Microsurgery Intersectoral Research and Technology Complex(9)
 
  †10 .16   Promissory Note dated June 16, 1999, from Peter J. Utrata to the Company(8)
 
  †10 .17   Stock Pledge Agreement dated June 16, 1999, by Peter J. Utrata in favor of the Company(8)
 
  †10 .18   Promissory Note dated June 2, 2000, from Peter J. Utrata to the Company(9)
 
  †10 .19   Stock Pledge Agreement dated June 2, 2000, between the Company and Peter J. Utrata(9)
 
  †10 .20   Mortgage dated July 16, 2004, between the Company and Peter J. Utrata**
 
  †10 .21   Forbearance Agreement dated July 22, 2004, between the Company and Peter J. Utrata**
 
  †10 .22   Employment Agreement dated December 19, 2000, between the Company and David Bailey(9)
 
  †10 .23   Stock Option Plan and Agreement for Chief Executive Officer dated November 13, 2001, between the Company and David Bailey(10)
 
  †10 .24   Stock Option Certificate dated August 9, 2001, between the Company and David Bailey**
 
  †10 .25   Stock Option Certificate dated January 2, 2002, between the Company and David Bailey**
 
  †10 .26   Stock Option Certificate dated February 14, 2003, between the Company and David Bailey**
 
  †10 .27   Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated February 12, 2003, between the Company and David Bailey**
 
  †10 .28   Stock Option Certificate dated May 9, 2000, between the Company and Volker Anhaeusser**
 
  †10 .29   Stock Option Certificate dated May 31 2000, between the Company and Volker Anhaeusser**
 
  †10 .30   Stock Option Certificate dated May 30, 2002, between the Company and Volker Anhaeusser**
 
  †10 .31   Stock Option Agreement dated November 13, 2001, between the Company and David R. Morrison(10)
 
  †10 .32   Stock Option Certificate dated February 13, 2003, between the Company and Donald Duffy**
 
  †10 .33   Employment Agreement dated January 3, 2002, between the Company and John Bily(11)
 
  †10 .34   Stock Option Certificate dated January 18, 2002, between the Company and John C. Bily**
 
  †10 .35   Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated February 12, 2003, between the Company and John C. Bily**
 
  †10 .36   Offer of Employment dated July 12, 2002, from the Company to Nick Curtis**
 
  †10 .37   Amendment to Offer of Employment dated February 14, 2003 from the Company to Nick Curtis**
 
  †10 .38   Stock Option Certificate dated February 14, 2003, between the Company and Nicholas Curtis**
 
  †10 .39   Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated February 12, 2003, between the Company and Nicholas Curtis**
 
  †10 .40   Employment Agreement dated March 18, 2005, between the Company and Tom Paul**

40


Table of Contents

         
 
  †10 .41   Employment Agreement dated March 18, 2005, between the Company and James Farnworth**
 
  †10 .42   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and certain officers and directors**
 
  †10 .43   Managing Director’s Contract of Employment, dated June 22, 1993, between Domilens and Guenther Roepstorff**
 
  †10 .44   Supplementary Agreement #1 to the Managing Director’s Contract of Employment, dated November 25, 1997, between STAAR Surgical AG and Guenther Roepstorff**
 
  †10 .45   Supplementary Agreement #2 to the Managing Director’s Contract of Employment dated January 1, 1998, between Domilens and Guenther Roepstorff**
 
  †10 .46   Supplementary Agreement #3 to the Managing Director’s Contract of Employment dated January 1, 2003, between Domilens and Guenther Roepstorff**
 
  †10 .47   Employment Agreement dated May 5, 2004, between the ConceptVision Australia Pty Limited ACN 006 391 928 and Philip Butler Stoney(18) 
 
  †10 .48   Employment Agreement dated May 5, 2004, between the ConceptVision Australia Pty Limited ACN 006 391 928 and Robert William Mitchell(18) 
 
  #10 .49   Assignment Agreement of the Share Capital of Domilens Vertrieb fuer medizinische Produkte GmbH dated January 3, 2003, between STAAR Surgical AG and Guenther Roepstorff(12)
 
  10 .50   Assignment Agreement of the Share Capital of ConceptVision Australia Pty Limited ACN 006 391 928, dated May 5, 2004, between the Company and Philip Butler Stoney and Robert William Mitchell(18) 
 
  10 .51   Addendum to the Assignment Agreement of the Share Capital of ConceptVision Australia Pty Limited ACN 006 391 928, dated May 5, 2004, between the Company and Philip Butler Stoney and Robert William Mitchell(18) 
 
  10 .52   Form of Purchase Agreement dated June 11, 2003, entered into between the Company and Crestwood Capital Partners, LP; Crestwood Capital International, Ltd; Crestwood Capital Partners II, LP; RS Emerging Growth Pacific Partners Master Fund Unit Trust; RS Emerging Growth Pacific Partners LP, Prism Partners I, LP; Prism Partners II Offshore Fund; Prism Partners Offshore Fund; Vertical Ventures Investments, LLC; Smithfield Fiduciary, LLC, individually(21)
 
  10 .53   Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 4, 2004, between the Company and Andesite Management, L.P., Colonial Fund LLC, Domain Public Equity Partners, L.P., Fortis L Fund Equity Pharma World, Fortis L Fund Opportunity World, Heartland Group, Inc., ProMed Offshore Fund, Ltd., ProMed Partners, L.P., ProMed Partners II, L.P., Sagitta Asset Management Ltd., SF Capital Partners, Ltd., Special Situations Cayman Fund L.P., Special Situations Fund III, L.P., Special Situations Private Equity Fund, L.P., Ursus Capital, L.P., Ursus Offshore, Ltd., Zeke, LP(19)
 
  10 .54   Master Credit Agreement dated August 2, 2004, between STAAR Surgical AG and UBS AG(20)
 
  10 .55   Credit Agreement effective January 13, 2003, between Domilens Gmbh and Postbank(12)
 
  †10 .56   Promissory Note dated March 29, 2002, between the Company and Pollet & Richardson**
 
  †#10 .57   Security Agreement dated March 29, 2002, between the Company and Pollet & Richardson(12)
 
  14 .1   Code of Ethics**
 
  21 .1   List of Significant Subsidiaries**
 
  23 .1   Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP**
 
  31 .1   Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**
 
  31 .2   Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**
 
  32 .1   Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**
 
  ** Filed herewith
  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

41


Table of Contents

  # All schedules and or exhibits have been omitted. Any omitted schedule or exhibit will be furnished supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request
(2)  Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 033-76404, as filed on March 11, 1994.
 
(3)  Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 033-60241, as filed on June 15, 1995.
 
(4)  Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended January 3, 1997, as filed on April 2, 1997.
 
(5)  Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement, for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on May 29, 1998, as filed on May 1, 1998.
 
(6)  Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended January 2, 1998, as filed on April 1, 1998.
 
(7)  Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended January 1, 1999, as filed on April 1, 1999.
 
(8)  Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 1999, as filed on March 30, 2000.
 
(9)  Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 29, 2000, as filed on March 29, 2001.
(10)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 28, 2001, as filed on March 28, 2002.
 
(11)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report, for the period ended June 28, 2002, as filed on August 12, 2002.
 
(12)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended January 3, 2003, as filed on April 3, 2003.
 
(13)  Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement, for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on June 18, 2003, as filed on May 19, 2003.
 
(14)  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A/ A, as filed on April 18, 2003.
 
(15)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report, for the period ended April 4, 2003, as filed on May 19, 2003.
 
(16)  Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K/ A, for the year ended December 29, 2000, as filed on May 9, 2001.
 
(17)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended January 2, 2004, as filed on March 17, 2004.
 
(18)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report, for the period ended April 2, 2004, as filed on May 12, 2004.
 
(19)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on June 9, 2004.
 
(20)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report, for the period ended October 1, 2004, as filed on November 10, 2004.
 
(21)  Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed on June 13, 2003.

42


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form  10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
  STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY
  By:  /s/ David Bailey
 
 
  David Bailey
  President and Chief Executive Officer
  (principal executive officer)
 
  Date: March 30, 2005
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
             
Name   Title   Date
         
 
/s/ David Bailey
 
David Bailey
  President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director (principal executive officer)   March 30, 2005
 
/s/ John Bily
 
John Bily
  Chief Financial Officer (principal accounting and financial officer)   March 30, 2005
 
/s/ David Schlotterbeck
 
David Schlotterbeck
  Director   March 30, 2005
 
/s/ Donald Duffy
 
Donald Duffy
  Director   March 30, 2005
 
/s/ David Morrison
 
David Morrison
  Director   March 30, 2005
 
/s/ Volker Anhaeusser
 
Volker Anhaeusser
  Director   March 30, 2005

43


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004,
JANUARY 2, 2004 AND JANUARY 3, 2003

F-1


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
STAAR Surgical Company
Monrovia, CA
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of STAAR Surgical Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of STAAR Surgical Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
      The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s recurring losses from operations, negative cash flows, and accumulated deficit raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans concerning these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
      We also have audited, in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 16, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
  /s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 16, 2005

F-2


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
STAAR Surgical Company
Monrovia, CA
      We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting included in Item 9A, that STAAR Surgical Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). STAAR Surgical Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
      We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
      Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
      In our opinion, management’s assessment that STAAR Surgical Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in COSO. Also in our opinion, STAAR Surgical Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in COSO.
      We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of STAAR Surgical Company as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, and our report dated March 16, 2005 expressed substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
  /s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 16, 2005

F-3


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004
                     
    2004   2003
         
    (In thousands, except
    par value amounts)
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 4,187     $ 7,286  
 
Short-term investments
    5,125        
 
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns
    6,217       5,675  
 
Inventories
    15,084       12,802  
 
Prepaids, deposits and other current assets
    1,969       2,001  
             
   
Total current assets
    32,582       27,764  
             
Investment in joint venture
    125       397  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    6,163       6,638  
Patents and licenses, net of accumulated amortization of $6,089 and $5,583
    5,400       6,059  
Goodwill
    7,534       6,427  
Other assets
    169       91  
             
   
Total assets
  $ 51,973     $ 47,376  
             
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
 
Notes payable
  $ 3,004     $ 2,950  
 
Accounts payable
    5,313       4,544  
 
Other current liabilities
    5,162       4,387  
             
   
Total current liabilities
    13,479       11,881  
Other long-term liabilities
    632       72  
             
   
Total liabilities
    14,111       11,953  
             
Minority interest
    22       204  
             
Commitments and contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 10,000 shares authorized, none issued
           
 
Common stock, $.01 par value; 30,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding 20,664 and 18,403 shares
    207       184  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    98,691       85,948  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,024       572  
 
Accumulated deficit
    (60,478 )     (49,146 )
             
      39,444       37,558  
Notes receivable from officers and directors
    (1,604 )     (2,339 )
             
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    37,840       35,219  
             
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 51,973     $ 47,376  
             
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003
                             
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (In thousands,
    except per share amounts)
Sales
  $ 51,685     $ 50,409     $ 47,880  
Royalty and other income
          49       368  
                   
   
Total revenues
    51,685       50,458       48,248  
Cost of sales
    25,542       22,621       24,099  
                   
   
Gross profit
    26,143       27,837       24,149  
                   
Selling, general and administrative expenses:
                       
 
General and administrative
    9,253       9,343       8,959  
 
Marketing and selling
    20,302       19,509       16,833  
 
Research and development
    6,246       5,120       4,016  
 
Other charges
    500       390       1,454  
                   
   
Total selling, general and administrative expenses
    36,301       34,362       31,262  
                   
   
Operating loss
    (10,158 )     (6,525 )     (7,113 )
                   
Other income (expense):
                       
 
Equity in earnings of joint venture
    (191 )     11       36  
 
Interest income
    219       256       361  
 
Interest expense
    (215 )     (322 )     (579 )
 
Other income (expense)
    99       (582 )     (603 )
                   
   
Total other expense, net
    (88 )     (637 )     (785 )
                   
Loss before income taxes and minority interest
    (10,246 )     (7,162 )     (7,898 )
Provision for income taxes
    1,057       1,127       8,805  
Minority interest
    29       68       75  
                   
Net loss
  $ (11,332 )   $ (8,357 )   $ (16,778 )
                   
Loss per share:
                       
 
Basic and diluted
  $ (0.58 )   $ (0.47 )   $ (0.98 )
                   
Weighted average shares outstanding
                       
 
Basic and diluted
    19,602       17,704       17,142  
                   
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years Ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003
                                                         
                Accumulated            
    Common   Common   Additional   Other            
    Stock   Stock Par   Paid-In   Comprehensive   Accumulated   Notes    
    Shares   Value   Capital   Income (Loss)   (Deficit)   Receivable   Total
                             
    (In thousands)
Balance, at December 28, 2001
    17,158     $ 172     $ 75,573     $ (1,728 )   $ (24,011 )   $ (3,864 )   $ 46,142  
Common stock issued upon exercise of options
    5             6                         6  
Common stock issued as payment for services
    39             120                         120  
Common stock issued pursuant to employment contract
    3             12                         12  
Stock-based consultant expense
                236                         236  
Treasury stock acquired in satisfaction of note receivable
    (243 )     (3 )     (970 )                 2,129       1,156  
Proceeds from notes receivable
                                  96       96  
Accrued interest on notes receivable
                                  (242 )     (242 )
Reversal of notes receivable reserve
                                  (1,814 )     (1,814 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      1,617                   1,617  
Net loss
                            (16,778 )           (16,778 )
                                           
Balance, at January 3, 2003
    16,962       169       74,977       (111 )     (40,789 )     (3,695 )     30,551  
Common stock issued upon exercise of warrants
    387       4       1,549                         1,553  
Common stock issued as payment for services
    54       1       278                         279  
Stock-based consultant expense
                206                         206  
Net proceeds from private placement
    1,000       10       8,938                         8,948  
Proceeds from notes receivable
                                  3,270       3,270  
Accrued interest on notes receivable
                                  (118 )     (118 )
Reversal of notes receivable reserve
                                  (1,796 )     (1,796 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      683                   683  
Net loss
                            (8,357 )           (8,357 )
                                           
Balance, at January 2, 2004
    18,403       184       85,948       572       (49,146 )     (2,339 )     35,219  
Common stock issued upon exercise of options
    250       3       826                         829  
Common stock issued as payment for services
    11             60                         60  
Stock-based consultant expense
                231                         231  
Net proceeds from private placement
    2,000       20       11,626                         11,646  
Proceeds from notes receivable
                                  330       330  
Accrued interest on notes receivable
                                  (95 )     (95 )
Notes receivable reserve
                                  500       500  
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      452                   452  
Net loss
                            (11,332 )           (11,332 )
                                           
Balance, at December 31, 2004
    20,664     $ 207     $ 98,691     $ 1,024     $ (60,478 )   $ (1,604 )   $ 37,840  
                                           
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003
                               
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
 
Net loss
  $ (11,332 )   $ (8,357 )   $ (16,778 )
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
   
Depreciation of property and equipment
    2,005       1,950       2,171  
   
Amortization of intangibles
    688       952       933  
   
Write-off of patents
          2,102        
   
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
    175       159        
   
Equity in earnings of joint venture
    191       (11 )     (36 )
   
Deferred income taxes
                9,132  
   
Stock-based consultant expense
    231       206       236  
   
Common stock issued for services
    60       279       132  
   
Non-cash restructuring and inventory write-down
                1,225  
   
Net change in notes receivable reserve
    500       (1,364 )      
   
Other
    (95 )     (124 )     (226 )
   
Minority interest
    21       104       144  
 
Changes in working capital:
                       
   
Accounts receivable
    (542 )     474       1,462  
   
Inventories
    (2,282 )     (1,041 )     3,108  
   
Prepaids, deposits and other current assets
    32       380       (232 )
   
Accounts payable
    769       351       (966 )
   
Other current liabilities
    775       (206 )     264  
                   
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (8,804 )     (4,146 )     569  
                   
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
 
Acquisition of property and equipment
    (1,705 )     (1,309 )     (874 )
 
Acquisition of patents and licenses
    (16 )     (75 )     (75 )
 
Purchase of short-term investments
    (8,000 )            
 
Sale of short-term investments
    2,875              
 
Purchase of minority interest in subsidiary
    (768 )            
 
Proceeds from notes receivable and other
    330       3,270       10  
 
Change in other assets
    (91 )     189       493  
 
Dividends received from joint venture
    81       76       40  
                   
     
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (7,294 )     2,151       (406 )
                   
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
 
Net borrowings (payments) under notes payable and long-term debt
    72       (2,912 )     (2,598 )
 
Restricted cash
                2,000  
 
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants
    829       1,553       6  
 
Net proceeds from private placement
    11,646       8,948        
                   
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    12,547       7,589       (592 )
                   
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    452       683       585  
                   
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,099 )     6,277       156  
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year
    7,286       1,009       853  
                   
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of year
  $ 4,187     $ 7,286     $ 1,009  
                   
See accompanying summary of accounting policies and notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years Ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004
Note 1 — Significant Accounting Policies
Organization and Description of Business
      STAAR Surgical Company (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, was incorporated in 1982 for the purpose of developing, producing, and marketing intraocular lenses (“IOLs”) and other products for minimally invasive ophthalmic surgery. The Company has evolved to become a developer, manufacturer and global distributor of products used by ophthalmologists and other eye care professionals to improve or correct vision in patients with cataracts, refractive conditions and glaucoma. Products sold by the Company for use in restoring vision adversely affected by cataracts include its line of silicone and Collamer IOLs, the Preloaded Injector, a three-piece silicone IOL preloaded into a single-use disposable injector, the SonicWAVE tm Phacoemulsification System, STAARVISC tm  II, a viscoelastic material, and Cruise Control, a disposable filter which allows for a significantly faster, cleaner phacoemulsification procedure and is compatible with all phacoemulsification equipment utilizing Venturi and peristaltic pump technologies. Products sold by the Company for use in correcting refractive conditions such as myopia (near-sightedness), hyperopia (far-sightedness) and astigmatism include the VISIAN tm ICL (“ICL”) and the VISIAN tm TICL (“TICL”). The Company’s AquaFlow tm Collagen Glaucoma Drainage Device is surgically implanted in the outer tissues of the eye to maintain a space that allows increased drainage of intraocular fluid thereby reducing intraocular pressure, which otherwise may lead to deterioration of vision in patients with glaucoma. The Company also sells other instruments, devices and equipment that are manufactured either by the Company or by others in the ophthalmic products industry.
      The Company’s only subsidiary is STAAR Surgical AG, a wholly owned subsidiary formed in Switzerland to develop, manufacture and distribute certain of the Company’s products worldwide, including the ICL and the AquaFlow device. STAAR Surgical AG also controls a major European sales subsidiary that distributes both the Company’s products and products from various other manufacturers. Investment in the subsidiary was increased from 80% to 100% during the fourth quarter of 2002, when STAAR Surgical AG purchased the remaining shares of the subsidiary (see Note 9).
Canon Staar Joint Venture
      In 1988, the Company entered into a joint venture with Canon Inc. and Canon Sales Co., Inc. for the principal purpose of designing, manufacturing, and selling in Japan intraocular lenses and other ophthalmic products. The joint venture will market its products worldwide through Canon, Canon Sales or STAAR or such other distributors as the Board of Directors of the joint venture may approve. The terms of any distribution arrangement will require the unanimous approval of the Board of Directors of the joint venture. Each joint venture party is entitled to appoint one member of the Board of Directors of the joint venture. Certain matters require the unanimous approval of the directors. Upon the occurrence of certain events, including the merger, sale of substantially all of the assets or change in the management of one of the parties, any of the other parties may have the right to acquire the first party’s interest in the joint venture at book-value. The Company also granted to the joint venture a perpetual exclusive license under the Licensed Technology (as defined in the license agreement) to make and sell any products in Japan, and a perpetual non-exclusive license to do so in the rest of the world.
      In 2001, the parties entered into a settlement agreement whereby (i) they reconfirmed the joint venture agreement and the license agreement, (ii) they agreed that the Company would promptly commence the transfer of the Licensed Technology to the joint venture, (iii) the Company granted the joint venture an exclusive license to make any products in China and sell such products in Japan and China (subject to the existing rights of third parties), (iv) the Company agreed to provide the joint venture with raw materials, (v) the joint venture granted Canon Sales Co., Inc. the right to distribute its products in Japan on specified terms, and (iv) the parties settled certain patent disputes.

F-8


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Basis of Presentation
      The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned and its majority owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at rates of exchange in effect at the close of the year. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted average of exchange rates in effect during the year. The resulting translation gains and losses are deferred and are shown as a separate component of stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). During 2004, 2003 and 2002, the net foreign translation gain was $452,000, $683,000 and $585,000, respectively, and net foreign currency transaction loss was $190,000, $107,000 and $458,000, respectively.
      Investment in the Company’s joint venture, Canon Staar Co., Inc., is accounted for using the equity method of accounting (see Note 6).
      The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Friday nearest December 31 and each of the Company’s quarterly reporting periods generally consists of 13 weeks.
Going Concern
      As of December 31, 2004, the Company had $4.2 million of cash and cash equivalents and $5.1 million of short-term investments. However, due to a continued decline in U.S. sales, lower gross profit, and increased operating expenses the Company sustained significant losses and negative cash flows from operations for the year ended December 31, 2004. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
      The FDA Warning Letters and 483 Observations (see Note 11) were significant contributors to the negative impact on operations. Sales were impacted because of the negative perception of the FDA issues in the ophthalmic community. Quality assurance consultants retained to assist the Company in preparing for re-audit by the FDA, accelerated investments in manufacturing engineering, and lower production volumes were among the significant factors impacting gross profit. Research and development and regulatory expenses increased as the Company took action to strengthen those areas.
      The Company is not able to predict whether the FDA will conclude that the Company’s corrective actions to date or those included in its response to the 483 Observations satisfactorily resolve its concerns. Nor can the Company predict the likelihood, nature of, or timing of any additional action by the FDA or the impact of the 483 Observations or any other FDA action on the Company’s established lines of business, results of the operations or liquidity or the approval of the ICL for the United States market.
      The Company expects to continue to experience negative cash flows, similar to those of fiscal 2004, until such time as the issues presented in the FDA Warning Letter dated December 22, 2003 and the 483 Observations are resolved and the ICL is approved for sale in the U.S. To enhance its ability to continue as a going concern through the year ended December 30, 2005, the Company expects to take the following actions: (1) continue to aggressively address FDA issues; (2) work closely with the independent sales force and ophthalmic community to reverse the negative perceptions and sales trends of the Company’s existing lines of business; (3) further reduce discretionary spending; (4) seek other sources of funding; and (5) explore other strategic and financial options. However, there can be no assurance as to the availability or terms upon which capital might be obtained or that the Company will be successful in executing its other strategies. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.

F-9


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Revenue Recognition
      The Company recognizes revenue when realized or realizable and earned, which is when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred; the sale price is fixed and determinable; and collectibility is reasonably assured. We record revenue from product sales when title and risk of ownership has been transferred to the customer, which is typically upon delivery to the customer. The exception to this recognition policy is revenue from intraocular lenses distributed on a consignment basis, which is recognized upon notification of implantation in a patient.
      The Company may bundle the sale of phacoemulsification equipment to customers with multi-year agreements to purchase minimum quantities of foldable IOLs. The Company recognizes the revenue from the equipment based on monthly purchases of minimum quantities of IOLs over the life of the agreement.
      Revenue from license and technology agreements is recorded as income, when earned, according to the terms of the respective agreements.
      The Company generally permits returns of product if such product is returned within the time allowed by the Company, and in good condition. Allowances for returns are provided for based upon an analysis of our historical patterns of returns matched against the sales from which they originated. To date, historical product returns have been within the Company’s estimates.
      The Company maintains provisions for uncollectible accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to remit payments. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon its historical experience and any specific customer collection issues that have been identified.
Concentration of Credit Risk
      Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk principally consist of trade receivables. This risk is limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base, and their geographic dispersion. Ongoing credit evaluations of customers’ financial condition are performed and, generally, no collateral is required. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses and such losses, in the aggregate, have not exceeded management’s expectations.
Income Taxes
      The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities along with net operating loss and credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset may not be realized. The impact on deferred taxes of changes in tax rates and laws, if any, are applied to the years during which temporary differences are expected to be settled and reflected in the financial statements in the period of enactment.
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash
      The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Short-Term Investments
      Short-term investments are classified as available for sale and are reported at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, if any, net of the related income tax effect, are excluded from income and are reported in other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses are included in income on the specific identification method.

F-10


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Inventories
      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in, first-out basis, or market. Inventory costs are comprised of material, direct labor, and overhead. The Company records inventory provisions, based on a review of forecasted demand and inventory levels.
Property, Plant and Equipment
      Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation on property, plant, and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally ranging from 3 to 10 years. Major improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.
Demonstration Equipment
      In the normal course of business, the Company maintains demonstration and bundled equipment, primarily phacoemulsification surgical equipment, for the purpose and intent of selling similar equipment or related products to the customer in the future. Demonstration equipment is not held for sale and is recorded as property, plant and equipment. The assets are amortized utilizing the straight-line method over their estimated economic life not to exceed three years.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
      Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations accounted for as purchases. The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” on December 29, 2001.
      Goodwill, which has an indefinite life and was previously amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods benefited, is no longer amortized to earnings but instead is subject to periodic testing for impairment. Intangible assets determined to have definite lives are amortized over their remaining useful lives. Goodwill of a reporting unit is tested for impairment on an annual basis or between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. As provided under SFAS No. 142, an annual assessment was completed during fiscal year 2004 and no impairment was identified. As of December 31, 2004, the carrying value of goodwill was $7.5 million.
      The Company also has other intangible assets consisting of patents and licenses, with a gross book value of $11.5 million and accumulated amortization of $6.1 million as of December 31, 2004. The Company capitalizes the costs of acquiring patents and licenses. Amortization is computed on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives, which are based on legal and contractual provisions, and range from 10 to 20 years. Aggregate amortization expense for amortized other intangible assets was $688,000, $952,000 and $933,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.

F-11


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The following table shows the estimated amortization expense for these assets for each of the five succeeding years (in thousands):
           
Fiscal Year    
     
2005
  $ 481  
2006
    479  
2007
    479  
2008
    479  
2009
    478  
       
 
Total
  $ 2,396  
       
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
      In accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets,” intangible and other long lived-assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events such as product discontinuance, plant closures, product dispositions or other changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In reviewing for impairment, the Company compares the carrying value of such assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. When the estimated undiscounted future cash flows are less than their carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference between the assets’ fair value and their carrying value.
      During the year ended January 2, 2004, the Company wrote down $2.1 million (net book value) in capitalized patent costs in connection with its routine evaluation of patent costs. The write-down related to patents acquired in the purchase of its majority interest in Circuit Tree Medical, a developer and manufacturer of phacoemulsification equipment, whose ongoing operations were moved to the Company’s Monrovia, CA facility during the quarter. The Company believes the write-down was necessary based upon the subsidiary’s historical losses and management’s uncertainty about whether the Company will be able to recover the cost. There were no impairments of long-lived assets identified during the year ended December 31, 2004.
Accounting Estimates
      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results may materially differ from those estimates.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
      The carrying values reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and notes payable approximate their fair values because of the short maturity of these instruments.
Loss Per Share
      The Company presents loss per share data in accordance with the provision of SFAS No. 128, “Earnings per Share,” which provides for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Loss per share of common stock is computed by using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Common stock equivalents are not included in the determination of the weighted average number of shares outstanding, as they would be antidilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, 3.1 million, 3.2 million, and 3.1 million options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, respectively, were excluded from the computation.

F-12


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Stock Based Compensation
      The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”), and has adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). SFAS 123 defines a fair value based method of accounting for an employee stock option or similar equity instrument and encourages all entities to adopt that method of accounting for all of their employee stock compensation plans. However, it also allows an entity to continue to measure compensation cost for those plans using the intrinsic value based method of accounting prescribed by APB 25. If the APB 25 intrinsic value method of accounting is used, SFAS 123 requires pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value based method of accounting for stock based compensation had been applied. The Company records expense in an amount equal to the excess of the quoted market price on the grant date over the option price. Such expense is recognized at the grant date for options fully vested. For options with a vesting period, the expense is recognized over the vesting period.
      SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” requires the Company to provide pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share as if compensation expense for the Company’s stock option plans had been determined in accordance with the fair value based method. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
                         
    2004   2003   2002
             
Dividend yield
    0 %     0 %     0 %
Expected volatility
    72 %     69 %     66 %
Risk-free interest rate
    4.22 %     4.37 %     4.50 %
Expected holding period (in years)
    4.2       4.8       5.4  
      The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003 was $2.14 to $4.55, $1.91 to $7.10 and $1.27 to $2.44, respectively.
      Pro forma net loss and loss per share for fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, had the Company accounted for stock options issued to employees and others in accordance with the fair value method of SFAS 123, are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
                           
    2004   2003   2002
             
Net loss
                       
 
As reported
  $ (11,332 )   $ (8,357 )   $ (16,778 )
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net loss
                 
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards
    (739 )     (1,563 )     (1,679 )
                   
 
Pro forma
  $ (12,071 )   $ (9,920 )   $ (18,457 )
                   
Basic and diluted loss per share
                       
 
As reported
  $ (0.58 )   $ (0.47 )   $ (0.98 )
 
Pro forma
  $ (0.62 )   $ (0.56 )   $ (1.08 )
Comprehensive Loss
      The Company presents comprehensive losses in its Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity in accordance with SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” (“SFAS 130”). Total comprehensive loss includes, in addition to net loss, changes in equity that are excluded from the consolidated

F-13


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
statements of operations and are recorded directly into a separate section of stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheets.
      Comprehensive loss and its components consist of the following (in thousands):
                         
    2004   2003   2002
             
Net loss
  $ (11,332 )   $ (8,357 )   $ (16,778 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    452       683       1,617  
                   
Comprehensive loss
  $ (10,880 )   $ (7,674 )   $ (15,161 )
                   
Segments of an Enterprise
      The Company reports segment information in accordance with SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”). Under SFAS 131 all publicly traded companies are required to report certain information about the operating segments, products, services and geographical areas in which they operate and their major customers. While the Company has expanded its marketing focus beyond the cataract market to include the refractive and glaucoma markets, the cataract market remains its primary source of revenues and, accordingly, the Company operates as one business segment (Note 17).
Research and Development Costs
      Expenditures for research activities relating to product development and improvement are charged to expense as incurred.
Reclassifications
      Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2004 presentation.
New Accounting Pronouncements
      In October 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (“Act”) became effective in the U.S. Two provisions of the Act may impact the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes in future periods, namely those related to the qualified production activities deduction (“QPA”) and foreign earnings repatriation (“FER”).
      The QPA will be effective for the Company’s U.S. federal tax return year beginning after December 31, 2004. In summary, the Act provides for a percentage deduction of earnings from qualified production activities, as defined, commencing with an initial deduction of 3 percent for tax years beginning after 2009, with the result that the statutory federal tax rate currently applicable to the Company’s qualified production activities of 35 percent could be reduced initially to 33.95 percent and ultimately to 31.85 percent. However, the Act also provides for the phased elimination of the extraterritorial income exclusion provision of the Internal Revenue Code, which have previously resulted in tax benefits to the Company. Due to the interaction of the law provisions noted above as well as the particulars of the Company’s tax position, the ultimate effect of the QPA on the Company’s future provision (benefit) for income taxes has not been determined at this time. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Staff Position FAS 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (“FSP 109-1”), in December 2004. FSP 109-1 requires that tax benefits resulting from the QPA should be recognized no earlier than the year in which they are reported in the entity’s tax return, and that there is to be no revaluation of recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities as would be the case had there been a change in an applicable statutory rate.

F-14


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The FER provision of the Act provides generally for a one-time 85 percent dividends received deduction for qualifying repatriations of foreign earnings to the U.S. Qualified repatriated funds must be reinvested in the U.S. in certain qualifying activities and expenditures, as defined by the Act. In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (“FSP 109-2”). FSP 109-2 allows additional time for entities potentially impacted by the FER provision to determine whether any foreign earnings will be repatriated under this provision. At this time, the Company has not undertaken an evaluation of the application of the FER provision and any potential benefits of effecting such repatriations under this provision. Numerous factors, including previous actual and deemed repatriations under federal tax law provisions, are factors impacting the availability of the FER provision to the Company and its potential benefit to the Company, if any. The Company intends to examine the issue and will provide updates in subsequent periods.
      In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 151, “Inventory Costs.” This statement amends the guidance in ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, “Inventory Pricing,” to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage). SFAS No. 151 requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges. In addition, this statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to costs of conversions be based upon the normal capacity of the production facilities. The provisions of SFAS No. 151 are effective for inventory cost incurred in fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. As such, the Company is required to adopt these provisions at the beginning of fiscal 2006. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment.” This statement is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and its related implementation guidance. SFAS No. 123R addresses all forms of share-based payment (“SBP”) awards including shares issued under employee stock purchase plans, stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation rights. Under SFAS No. 123R, SBP awards result in a cost that will be measured at fair value on the awards’ grant date, based on the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. This statement is effective for public entities as of the first interim or annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company has not quantified the potential effect of adoption of SFAS No. 123R, but believes that the adoption of this statement will result in a decrease to earnings.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchange of Nonmonetary Assets.” This statement amends Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. The provisions of this statement are effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after December 16, 2004. The provisions of this statement should be applied prospectively. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

F-15


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 2 — Short-Term Investments
      Short-term investments consisted of the following at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 (in thousands):
                                 
    2004   2003
         
        Market       Market
    Cost   Value   Cost   Value
                 
Auction rate securities
  $ 5,125     $ 5,125              
                         
    $ 5,125     $ 5,125     $     $  
                         
      The short-term investments are comprised solely of taxable auction-rate securities within a closed-end fund with no stated maturity date. Due to the fact that these investments have frequent interest rate resets, the Company did not have any gross unrealized gains or losses at December 31, 2004 or January 2, 2004. The Company classifies the securities as available for sale investments.
Note 3 — Accounts Receivable
      Accounts receivable consisted of the following at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 (in thousands):
                 
    2004   2003
         
Domestic
  $ 2,602     $ 2,834  
Foreign
    4,075       3,575  
             
      6,677       6,409  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns
    460       734  
             
    $ 6,217     $ 5,675  
             
Note 4 — Inventories
      Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 (in thousands):
                 
    2004   2003
         
Raw materials and purchased parts
  $ 985     $ 830  
Work in process
    2,253       1,273  
Finished goods
    11,846       10,699  
             
    $ 15,084     $ 12,802  
             
Note 5 — Property, Plant and Equipment
      Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 (in thousands):
                 
    2004   2003
         
Machinery and equipment
  $ 12,388     $ 12,791  
Furniture and fixtures
    4,378       3,808  
Leasehold improvements
    4,826       4,608  
             
      21,592       21,207  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    15,429       14,569  
             
    $ 6,163     $ 6,638  
             

F-16


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003 was $2.0 million, $2.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively.
Note 6 — Investment in Joint Venture
      The Company owns a 50% equity interest in a joint venture, the Canon Staar Co., Inc. (“CSC”), with Canon Inc. and Canon Sales Co, Inc., together the “Canon Companies” (see Note 1). The investment in the Japanese joint venture is accounted for using the equity method of accounting except for the nine months ended September 29, 2001 when income was recorded on a cash basis due to disputes between the Company and the Canon Companies which were resolved during the fourth quarter of 2001. Dividends received, relating to periods when the Company accounted for its investment on a cash basis, were charged to earnings on a cash basis. For all other periods, dividends are recorded under the equity method as a reduction to the investment.
      The financial statements of CSC include the following information:
                 
    2004   2003
         
Current assets
  $ 6,237     $ 7,728  
Non-current assets
    1,402       3,297  
Current liabilities
    1,238       1,881  
Non-current liabilities
    807       829  
Net sales
    10,908       9,273  
Gross profit
    4,572       3,237  
Income from operations
    6,163       122  
Net loss
  $ (304 )   $ 22  
      The Company’s equity in earnings (loss) of the joint venture is calculated as follows (in thousands):
                         
    2004   2003   2002
             
Joint venture net income (loss)
  $ (382 )   $ 22     $ (8 )
Equity interest
    50 %     50 %     50 %
                   
Total joint venture net income (loss)
    (191 )     11       (4 )
Cash basis dividends
                40  
                   
Equity in earnings (loss) of joint venture
  $ (191 )   $ 11     $ 36  
                   
      The Company received dividends of $81,000, $76,000 and $40,000 during 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
      The Company recorded sales of certain IOL products to CSC of approximately $185,000, $66,000 and $142,000 in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.
      The Company purchased preloaded injectors from CSC in the amount of $1.7 million, $239,000, and $0 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.
Note 7 — Notes Payable
      The Company had a $7 million line of credit with a domestic lender which was amended and restated from time to time during fiscal 2003 and 2002. The Company’s obligation to the lender was secured by a first priority lien on substantially all of the Company’s assets and included certain financial covenants. The note carried an interest rate equal to the prime rate (4.25% at January 3, 2003), plus interest margin and commitment fees of 5% and 1.25% per annum, respectively. Borrowings outstanding under the note as of January 3, 2003 were approximately $2.9 million, with total borrowings of up to $3.7 million available under

F-17


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
the line of credit. During 2003, the note, which was originally due March 31, 2003, was extended one year to March 31, 2004. In June 2003, the Company paid off the note and canceled the line of credit.
      Subsidiaries of the Company have foreign credit facilities with different banks to support operations in Switzerland and Germany.
      The Swiss credit agreement, as amended on August 2, 2004, provides for borrowings of up to 3.75 million Swiss Francs “CHF” (approximately $3.3 million based on the rate of exchange on December 31, 2004), and permits either fixed-term or current advances. The interest rate on current advances is 6.0% per annum at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively, plus a commission rate of 0.25% payable quarterly. There were no current advances outstanding at December 31, 2004 or January 2, 2004. The base interest rate for fixed-term advances follows Euromarket conditions for loans of a corresponding term and currency, plus an individual margin (4.5% at December 31, 2004 and 4.2% at January 2, 2004). Borrowings outstanding under the facility were CHF 3.4 million at December 31, 2004 (approximately $3.0 million based on the rate of exchange at December 31, 2004) and CHF 3.7 million at January 2, 2004 (approximately $3.0 million based on the rate of exchange on January 2, 2004). The credit facility is secured by a general assignment of claims and includes positive and negative covenants which, among other things, require the maintenance of a minimum level of equity of at least $12.0 million and prevents the Swiss subsidiary from entering into other secured obligations or guaranteeing the obligations of others. The agreement also prohibits the sale or transfer of patents or licenses without the prior consent of the lender and the terms of intercompany receivables may not exceed 90 days.
      The Swiss credit facility is divided into two parts. Part A provides for borrowings of up to CHF 3.0 million ($2.7 million based on the exchange rate on December 31, 2004) and does not have a termination date. Part B presently provides for borrowings of up to CHF 750,000 ($662,000 based on the exchange rate on December 31, 2004). The loan amount under Part B of the agreement reduces by CHF 250,000 ($220,000 based on the exchange rate on December 31, 2004) semi-annually.
      The German credit agreement, entered into during fiscal year 2003, provides for borrowings of up to 210,000 EUR ($286,000 based on the exchange rate on December 31, 2004), at a rate of 8.5% per annum and renews automatically each November. The agreement prohibits our German subsidiary from paying dividends and is personally guaranteed by the president of the subsidiary. There were no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2004 or January 2, 2004.
      The Company was in compliance with the covenants of credit facilities as of December 31, 2004.
Note 8 — Income Taxes
      The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
                           
    2004   2003   2002
             
Current tax provision (benefit):
                       
 
U.S. federal
  $     $  —     $ (995 )
 
State
                (74 )
 
Foreign
    1,057       1,127       742  
                   
Total current provision (benefit)
    1,057       1,127       (327 )
                   
Deferred tax provision (benefit):
                       
 
U.S. federal and state
                9,021  
 
Foreign
                111  
                   
Total deferred provision (benefit)
                9,132  
                   
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $ 1,057     $ 1,127     $ 8,805  
                   

F-18


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Legislation enacted on March 9, 2002 (HR 3090) enabled the Company to carryback a portion of the federal 2001 net operating loss to 1996, 1997 and 1998. Since this legislation was not enacted as of the end of fiscal year 2001, the benefit of $959,000 from this carryback was recorded in 2002. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had $63.6 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future income taxes. The net operating loss carryforwards expire in varying amounts between 2020 and 2024.
      The Company has net income taxes payable at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 of $420,000 and $416,000, respectively.
      The provision (benefit) for income before taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before taxes as follows (in thousands):
                                                   
    2004   2003   2002
             
Computed provision for taxes based on income at statutory rate
  $ (3,484 )     34.0 %   $ (2,435 )     34.0 %   $ (2,685 )     34.0 %
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
                                               
 
Write down of investment in Circuit Tree Medical Inc. 
                715       (10.0 )            
 
Permanent differences
    36       (0.3 )     23       (0.3 )     38       (0.5 )
 
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
          (0.0 )           (0.0 )     1,305       (16.5 )
 
Tax effect attributed to foreign operations
    158       (1.5 )     107       (1.5 )     (1,245 )     15.8  
 
Other
    7       (0.1 )                        
 
Valuation allowance
    4,340       (42.4 )     2,717       (37.9 )     11,392       (144.3 )
                                     
Effective tax provision (benefit) rate
  $ 1,057       (10.3 )%   $ 1,127       (15.7 )%   $ 8,805       (111.5 )%
                                     
      Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries amounted to approximately $12.1 million at December 31, 2004. Undistributed earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for United States federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon. Upon distribution of earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company would be subject to both United States income taxes (subject to an adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to the various foreign countries. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred United States income tax liability is not practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation.

F-19


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):
                     
    2004   2003
         
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
               
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns
  $ 143     $ 114  
 
Inventory
    475       611  
 
Accrued vacation
    171       156  
 
State taxes
    3       3  
 
Deferred revenue
    79       6  
 
Accrued expenses
    21        
 
Valuation allowance
    (892 )     (890 )
             
   
Total current deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $     $  
             
Non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
               
 
Net operating loss and capital loss carryforwards
    25,508       19,141  
 
Business, foreign and AMT credit carryforwards
    880       876  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    (54 )     194  
 
Notes receivable
    207        
 
Reserve for restructuring costs
    450       429  
 
Subpart F income
          267  
 
Capitalized R&D
    252       246  
 
Contributions
    37       32  
 
Valuation allowance
    (27,280 )     (21,185 )
             
   
Total non-current deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $     $  
             
      SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”) requires that a valuation allowance be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset may not be realized. Cumulative losses weigh heavily in the assessment of the need for a valuation allowance. In 2002, due to the Company’s recent history of losses, an increase to the valuation allowance was recorded as a non-cash charge to tax expense in the amount of $9.0 million. As a result, the valuation allowance fully offsets the value of deferred tax assets on the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2004. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, significant changes in ownership may restrict the future utilization of these tax loss carry forwards.
      In 1995, a subsidiary of the Company obtained retrospectively to 1993, a ten-year tax holiday for the payment of federal, cantonal and municipal income taxes in Switzerland. As such, Swiss income taxes were not due on the operations of this subsidiary for the ten year period that ended on December 31, 2002. As the tax holiday from Swiss taxes has expired, the appropriate federal, cantonal and municipal income taxes have been included in the foreign tax provision.
      Income (loss) before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
                         
    2004   2003   2002
             
Domestic
  $ (12,887 )   $ (10,163 )   $ (14,066 )
Foreign
    2,641       3,001       6,168  
                   
    $ (10,246 )   $ (7,162 )   $ (7,898 )
                   

F-20


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 9 — Business Acquisitions
      During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company purchased the remaining 20% interest in its Australian subsidiary for $1.3 million, in exchange for $768,000 in cash and a long-term note in the amount of $542,000 due on November 1, 2007. The transaction resulted in the recording of goodwill of $1.1 million. The Company also entered into employment agreements with the previous minority owners of the subsidiary. The employment agreements expire on November 1, 2007 and include clauses to not compete for a period of one year after termination for any cause, except in the event of a change in control.
      Pro forma amounts for the acquisition are not included, as the effect on operations is not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
      During the year ended January 3, 2003, the Company acquired the remaining 20% interest in its German subsidiary at its book value of $426,000, from the subsidiary’s president in exchange for cancellation of amounts due from the subsidiary’s president of $955,000 less bonuses due to the subsidiary’s president of $87,000, resulting in goodwill of $442,000. The terms of the agreement also provided for the cancellation of 75,000 unexercised stock options previously issued to the subsidiary’s president and an agreement not to compete with the Company for a period of ten years.
      Pro forma amounts for the acquisition are not included, as the effect on operations is not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Note 10 — Stockholders’ Equity
      Common Stock
      During fiscal year 2004, the Company issued 11,000 shares to consultants for services rendered to the Company. Also during 2004, the Company completed a private placement with institutional investors of 2 million shares of the Company’s common stock, for net proceeds of $11.6 million.
      During fiscal year 2003, the Company issued 11,000 shares to consultants for services rendered to the Company and 43,000 shares, in lieu of bonuses earned, to an officer and director of the Company. Also during 2003, the Company completed a private placement with institutional investors of 1 million shares of the Company’s common stock, for net proceeds of $8.9 million.
      During fiscal year 2002, the Company issued 39,000 shares to consultants for services rendered to the Company and 3,000 shares to an employee relating to an employment contract. Also during 2002, the Company acquired 243,000 shares of treasury stock from a former officer in settlement of notes receivable.
      Receivables from Officers and Directors
      As of December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, notes receivable (excluding reserves) from former officers and directors totaling $2.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively, were outstanding. The notes were issued in connection with purchases of the Company’s common stock and bear interest at rates ranging between 1.98% and 6.40% per annum, or at the lowest federal applicable rate allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. The notes are secured by stock pledge agreements and other assets and mature on various dates through June 1, 2006.
      During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement with a former director of the Company whereby the due date of the $1.2 million note receivable was extended from June 15, 2004 to March 15, 2005 and the interest rate was reduced to 1.986%, which was the lowest applicable federal rate at the date of the agreement.
      During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded a $500,000 reserve against the notes of a former director of the Company which total $1.8 million including accrued interest. The notes are

F-21


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
collateralized by the Company’s common stock and a second mortgage on a home in Florida. The current value of the collateral is approximately $1.3 million. The amount of the reserve is based on the difference between the note amount and the collateral value.
      During the year ended January 3, 2003, the Company entered into a promissory note in the amount of $560,000 pursuant to the terms of a settlement agreement with a law firm, of which a principal was a former officer, director and stockholder of the Company. Terms of the note, secured by trade accounts receivable of the law firm, include interest at the rate of 5% with monthly payment of principal and interest due beginning July 1, 2002 through June 1, 2006. During the years ended December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, payments against the note were received in the amount of $180,000 and $100,000, respectively.
      Also during the year ended January 3, 2003, the Company entered into a second promissory note in the amount of $2.2 million, pursuant to the terms of the same settlement agreement, with the former officer’s widow. Terms of the note, secured by a stock pledge agreement, included interest at the rate of 5% with principal and interest due on or before March 29, 2006. The note also provided for escalation in the interest rate to 9.75% if the bid price of the Company’s common stock traded at $8.00 or greater on any public stock exchange for a period of 20 consecutive trading days, or if the stock permanently ceased to trade on any public stock exchange. Additionally, the note provided an acceleration of payment in the event the closing bid price of the common stock of the Company traded at $10.00 or greater on any public stock exchange for a period of 20 consecutive trading days. The note was paid in full in July 2003.
      Options
      The table below summarizes the transactions in the Company’s stock option plans (in thousands except per share data):
                 
        Weighted
        Average
    Number of   Exercise
    Shares   Price
         
Balance at December 28, 2001
    2,911     $ 8.85  
Options granted
    972     $ 3.73  
Options exercised
        $  
Options forfeited/ cancelled
    (746 )   $ 10.55  
             
Balance at January 3, 2003
    3,137     $ 6.86  
Options granted
    553     $ 4.52  
Options exercised
    (387 )   $ 4.03  
Options forfeited/ cancelled
    (84 )   $ 5.89  
             
Balance at January 2, 2004
    3,219     $ 6.84  
Options granted
    531     $ 7.76  
Options exercised
    (250 )   $ 3.32  
Options forfeited/ cancelled
    (348 )   $ 8.27  
             
Balance at December 31, 2004
    3,152     $ 7.12  
             
Options exercisable (vested) at December 31, 2004
    2,535     $ 7.27  
             
      In fiscal year 2003, the Board of Directors approved the 2003 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”) authorizing the granting of options to purchase or awards of the Company’s common stock. The 2003 Plan amends, restates and replaces the 1991 Stock Option Plan, the 1995 Consultant Stock Plan, the 1996 Non-Qualified Stock Plan and the 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “Restated Plans”). Under provisions of the 2003 Plan, all of the unissued shares in the Restated Plans are reserved for issuance in the 2003 Plan. In addition, 2% of the total shares of common stock outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 will be reserved for issuance under the 2003 Plan. Options under the plan are granted at fair market value on the

F-22


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
date of grant, become exercisable over a 3-year period, or as determined by the Board of Directors, and expire over periods not exceeding 10 years from the date of grant. Pursuant to the plan, options for 522,000 and 83,000 shares were outstanding at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004, respectively, with exercise prices ranging between $3.00 and $11.24 per share.
      In fiscal year 2000, the Board of Directors approved the Stock Option Plan and Agreement for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer authorizing the granting of options to purchase or awards of the Company’s common stock. The options under the plan are granted at fair market value on the date of grant, become exercisable over a 3-year period, and expire 10 years from the date of grant. Pursuant to this plan, options for 500,000 were outstanding at December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, respectively, with an exercise price of $11.125.
      In fiscal year 1998, the Board of Directors approved the 1998 Stock Option Plan, authorizing the granting of incentive options and/or non-qualified options to purchase or awards of the Company’s common stock. Under the provisions of the plan, 1.0 million shares were reserved for issuance; however, the maximum number of shares authorized may be increased provided such action is in compliance with Article IV of the plan. During fiscal year 2001, pursuant to Article IV of the plan, the stockholders of the Company authorized an additional 1.5 million shares. Generally, options under the plan are granted at fair market value at the date of the grant, become exercisable over a 3-year period, or as determined by the Board of Directors, and expire over periods not exceeding 10 years from the date of grant. Pursuant to the plan, options for 1.6 million, 1.9 million and 1.5 million shares were outstanding at December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, respectively, with exercise prices ranging between $2.00 and $13.875 per share.
      In fiscal year 1996, the Board of Directors approved the 1996 Non-Qualified Stock Plan, authorizing the granting of options to purchase or awards of the Company’s common stock. Under provisions of the Non-Qualified Stock Plan, 600,000 shares were reserved for issuance. Generally, options under the plan are granted at fair market value at the date of the grant, become exercisable over a 3-year period, or as determined by the Board of Directors, and expire over periods not exceeding 10 years from the date of grant. Pursuant to this plan, options for 146,000, 146,000, and 170,000 shares were outstanding at December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, respectively. The options were originally issued with an exercise price of $12.50 per share. During fiscal year 1998 the exercise price was reduced to $6.25 per share by action of the Board of Directors.
      In fiscal year 1995, the Company adopted the 1995 Consultant Stock Plan, authorizing the granting of options to purchase or awards of the Company’s common stock. Generally, options under the plan are granted at fair market value at the date of the grant, become exercisable on the date of grant and expire 10 years from the date of grant. Pursuant to this plan, options for 165,000, 330,000, and 545,000 shares were outstanding at December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, respectively, with exercise prices ranging from $1.70 to $3.99 per share.
      Under provisions of the Company’s 1991 Stock Option Plan, 2.0 million shares were reserved for issuance. Generally, options under this plan are granted at fair market value at the date of the grant, become exercisable over a 3-year period, or as determined by the Board of Directors, and expire over periods not exceeding 10 years from the date of grant. At December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, options for 163,000, 220,000, and 379,000 shares were outstanding, with exercise prices ranging from $9.56 to $11.25 per share.
      In fiscal year 2004, officers, employees and others exercised 250,000 options from the 1995, 1998 and 2003 stock option plans at prices ranging from $1.90 to $4.65 resulting in cash proceeds totaling $829,000.
      In fiscal year 2003, officers, employees and others exercised 387,000 options from the 1991, 1996 and 1998 stock option plans at prices ranging from $2.00 to $9.56 resulting in cash proceeds totaling $1.6 million.

F-23


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      In fiscal year 2002, no options were exercised from any of the Company’s stock option plans.
      The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2004 (in thousands, except per share data):
                                             
        Options            
        Outstanding            
    Number   Weighted-Average       Number    
Range of   Outstanding at   Remaining   Weighted-Average   Exercisable at   Weighted-Average
Exercise Prices   12/31/04   Contractual Life   Exercise Price   12/31/04   Exercise Price
                     
    (In thousands)           (In thousands)    
  $ 1.70 to $ 2.15       160       3.1 years     $ 1.93       160     $ 1.93  
  $ 2.96 to $ 4.30       1,037       4.1 years     $ 3.54       821     $ 3.52  
  $ 4.62 to $ 6.25       402       0.8 years     $ 5.61       365     $ 5.64  
  $ 7.00 to $10.19       620       6.2 years     $ 8.75       314     $ 9.67  
  $10.60 to $13.88       933       3.9 years     $ 11.54       875     $ 11.58  
                                 
  $ 1.70 to $13.88       3,152       4.0 years     $ 7.12       2,535     $ 7.27  
                                 
Note 11 — Commitments and Contingencies
      Lease Obligations
      The Company leases certain property, plant and equipment under capital and operating lease agreements. These leases vary in duration and many contain renewal options and/or escalation clauses.
      Estimated future minimum lease payments under leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2004 were approximately as follows (in thousands):
                 
    Operating   Capital
Fiscal Year   Leases   Leases
         
2005
  $ 927     $ 92  
2006
    435       6  
2007
    435       3  
2008
    437       2  
2009
    52       2  
             
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 2,286     $ 105  
Less amounts representing interest
          (8 )
             
    $ 2,286     $ 97  
             
Current
          $ 86  
Long-term
            11  
             
Total
          $ 97  
             
      Rent expense was approximately $1.2 million, $1.2 million, and $1.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively.
      Supply Agreement
      In May 1999, the Company entered into a license and supply agreement with another manufacturer to license and re-sell one of the manufacturer’s products. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company was committed to purchase the specified product for a total sum of $3.2 million over 18 months. In September 2001, the supply agreement was amended reducing the minimum contractual amount that the Company is

F-24


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
obligated to purchase from the manufacturer to $2.5 million over a 24-month period commencing September 1, 2001. The agreement, which was cancelable upon four months written notice, was terminated during the quarter ended January 2, 2004 at no additional expense. Purchases under the agreement for fiscal 2004 and 2003 were approximately $0 and $954,000, respectively.
      In December 2000, the Company entered into a minimum purchase agreement with another manufacturer for the purchase of viscoelastic solution. In addition to the minimum purchase requirement, the Company is also obligated to pay an annual regulatory maintenance fee. The agreement contains provisions to increase the minimum annual purchases in the event that the seller gains regulatory approval of the product in other markets, as requested by the Company. Purchases under the agreement for fiscal 2004 and 2003 were approximately $644,000 and $568,000, respectively.
      As of December 31, 2004, estimated annual purchase commitments under these contracts are as follows (in thousands):
           
Fiscal Year    
     
2005
  $ 1,022  
2006
    200  
       
 
Total
  $ 1,222  
       
      FDA Warning Letters and 483 Observations
      The Company received a Warning Letter issued by the FDA, dated December 22, 2003 which outlined deficiencies related to the manufacturing and quality assurance systems of its Monrovia, California facility. To assist it in correcting the issues raised in the Warning Letter, the Company engaged the services of Quintiles Consulting (“Quintiles”), a well regarded consulting organization that specializes in FDA related compliance matters. The Company, with Quintiles’ help, assessed the state of its quality system in light of the FDA’s concerns, developed an improvement plan, and took corrective actions to improve the Company’s processes, procedures, and controls.
      The Company received a second Warning Letter from the FDA dated April 26, 2004, which outlined deficiencies noted in an audit by the FDA in December 2003. The Company provided the FDA with its planned corrective actions to the issues raised, and in a letter dated July 1, 2004, the FDA responded that they found the corrective and preventative action plans described in the Company’s response “adequate.”
      On June 17, 2004, the FDA completed an audit of the Company’s Nidau, Switzerland manufacturing facility. The FDA did not observe any violations of Quality System and Good Manufacturing Practices requirements during this audit.
      Costs associated with the preparation for these FDA inspections, and the improvements made to the quality assurance and regulatory compliance functions, contributed to the 22% increase in research and development expenses (which included regulatory and quality assurance expenses) for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to fiscal 2003. Additionally, the Warning Letters and 483 Observations have affected the Company’s reputation in the ophthalmic market and have adversely affected product sales for the year ended December 31, 2004.
      Until the FDA is satisfied with the adequacy of the Company’s corrective actions, it may take further actions which could include conducting another inspection, seizure of the Company’s products, injunction of the Monrovia facility to compel compliance (which may include suspension of production operations and/or recall of products), or other actions. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s established lines of business, results of operations and liquidity. Furthermore, until the FDA is satisfied with the Company’s response, it is unlikely to grant the Company approval to market the ICL in the United States.

F-25


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The Company is not able to predict whether the FDA will conclude that the Company’s corrective actions to date or those included in its response to the 483 Observations satisfactorily resolve its concerns. Nor can the Company predict the likelihood, nature of, or timing of any additional action by the FDA or the impact of other FDA action on the Company’s established lines of business, results of the operations or liquidity or the approval of the ICL for the United States market.
      Indemnification Agreements
      The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company: to indemnify them against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, except as prohibited by applicable law; to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified; and to make a good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain directors’ and officers’ insurance. The Company currently has directors’ and officers’ insurance.
      Litigation and Claims
      Since September 1, 2004, multiple class action lawsuits have been filed in the United States District Courts for the Central District of California and the District of New Mexico against the Company and its Chief Executive Officer on behalf of all persons who acquired the Company’s securities during various periods between April 3, 2003 and September 28, 2004. On December 15, 2004, the Court ordered consolidation of the complaints that had been filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California and directed that the plaintiffs file a consolidated complaint as soon as practicable. The plaintiffs have proposed a stipulation pursuant to which they would file a consolidated amended complaint on or about April 29, 2005. The New Mexico action was voluntarily dismissed on January 28, 2005. The lawsuits generally allege that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, by issuing false and misleading statements regarding intraocular lenses and implantable lenses, and failing timely to disclose significant problems with the lenses, as well as the existence of serious injuries and/or malfunctions attributable to the lenses, thereby artificially inflating the price of the Company’s Common Stock. The plaintiffs generally seek to recover compensatory damages, including interest. Although the Company intends to vigorously defend the consolidated lawsuit, the lawsuit will require significant attention of management and could result in substantial costs and harm our reputation.
      The Company is currently party to various claims and legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of our business. These claims and legal proceedings relate to contractual rights and obligations, employment matters, and claims of product liability. While we do not believe that any of the claims known to us is likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, new claims or unexpected results of existing claims could lead to significant financial harm.
Note 12 — Other Liabilities
      Other Current Liabilities
      Included in other current liabilities at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 are approximately $1,868,000 and $1,534,000 of accrued salaries and wages and $808,000 and $959,000 of commissions due to outside sales representatives, respectively.

F-26


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 13 — Related Party Transactions
      The Company has had significant related party transactions as discussed in Notes 6, 9 and 10.
      The Company issues options to purchase 60,000 shares of its common stock at fair market value on the date of grant to each member of its Board of Directors upon election or reelection for services provided as Board members.
      In addition to secured notes (see Note 10), the Company holds other various promissory notes from former officers and directors of the Company. The notes, which provide for interest at the lowest applicable rate allowed by the Internal Revenue Code, are due on demand. Amounts due from former officers and directors and included in prepaids, deposits, and other current assets at December 31, 2004 and January 2, 2004 were $104,000 and $98,000, respectively.
      In March 2001, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with one of the members of its Board of Directors. In exchange for services, the Company issued an option to purchase 20,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at fair market value on the date of grant, in addition to a monthly retainer of $6,000, and a per-diem rate after six days worked of $1,000. Upon the mutual consent of the parties, the agreement was cancelled in July 2003. However, the Company has continued to pay the Board member for consulting services. Amounts paid to during the year ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004, and January 3, 2003, were $13,000, $50,000, and $73,000, respectively.
Note 14 — Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
      Interest paid was $159,000, $255,000 and $580,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively. Income taxes paid amounted to approximately $1,602,000, $1,477,000 and $719,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004, January 2, 2004 and January 3, 2003, respectively. Income taxes paid in 2003 were partially offset by the receipt of $962,000 in U.S. federal tax refunds related to a carryback claim filed in 2002 (see Note 8).
      The Company’s non-cash investing and financing activities were as follows (in thousands):
                           
    2004   2003   2002
             
Non-cash financing activities:
                       
 
Notes receivable from officers and directors (Note 8)
  $     $  —     $ (2,129 )
 
Notes receivable reserve
    500       1,713       1,814  
 
Prepaids, deposits and other current assets
                (658 )
 
Treasury stock acquired
                973  
 
Other charges
    (500 )     (1,713 )      
Acquisition of business:
                       
 
Minority interest acquired
  $ 203     $     $ 426  
 
Goodwill
    1,107             442  
 
Note payable
    (542 )           (868 )
 
Cash paid
    (768 )            
Patent impairment:
                       
 
Patents
  $     $ (2,438 )   $  
 
Accumulated amortization
          336        
 
Other charges
          2,102        

F-27


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Note 15 — Other Charges
      During the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded a $500,000 reserve against the notes of a former director of the Company which total $1.8 million including accrued interest. The notes are collateralized by the Company’s common stock and a second mortgage on a home in Florida. The current value of the collateral is approximately $1.3 million. The amount of the reserve is based on the difference between the note amount and the collateral value.
      During 2003, the Company recorded $390,000 in other charges. The amount includes a charge of $2.1 million relating to the write-down of capitalized patent costs acquired in the purchase of the Company’s majority interest in Circuit Tree Medical, a developer and manufacturer of phacoemulsification equipment, and was partially offset by the reversal of $1.7 million in reserves previously recorded against notes receivable from officers and directors which the Company has settled.
      In connection with its business strategy to reduce operating expenses, announced during the third quarter of 2001, the Company completed the sale of its South African subsidiary and closure of its Swedish and Canadian subsidiaries during the year ended January 3, 2003. As a result of these transactions the Company recorded $1.2 million of subsidiary closure charges. The charges were primarily related to the recognition of deferred losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency statements into U.S. dollars (previously included in equity in the balance sheet in accordance with SFAS No. 52). Since the charges had been included in equity their subsequent recognition, while impacting retained earnings, had no impact on total stockholders’ equity.
      Also included in other charges at January 3, 2003 is $230,000 in employee separation costs.
Note 16 — Net Loss Per Share
      The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average number of shares used to compute basic and diluted loss per share (in thousands):
                         
    2004   2003   2002
             
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
    19,602       17,704       17,142  
Diluted effect of stock options and warrants
                 
                   
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    19,602       17,704       17,142  
                   
Note 17 — Geographic and Product Data
      The Company markets and sells its products in over 45 countries and has manufacturing sites in the United States and Switzerland. Other than the United States and Germany, the Company does not conduct business in any country in which its sales in that country exceed 5% of consolidated sales. Sales are attributed to countries based on location of customers. The composition of the Company’s sales to unaffiliated customers between those in the United States, Germany, and other locations for each year, is set forth below (in thousands).
                             
    2004   2003   2002
             
Sales to unaffiliated customers
                       
 
U.S. 
  $ 21,643     $ 23,464     $ 24,082  
 
Germany
    22,128       19,840       16,081  
 
Other
    7,914       7,105       7,717  
                   
   
Total
  $ 51,685     $ 50,409     $ 47,880  
                   

F-28


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
      The Company develops, manufactures and distributes medical devices used in minimally invasive ophthalmic surgery. Substantially, all of the Company’s revenues result from the sale of the Company’s medical devices. The Company distributes its medical devices in the cataract, refractive and glaucoma segments within ophthalmology. While the Company has expanded its marketing focus beyond the cataract market to include the refractive and glaucoma markets, the cataract market remains the Company’s primary source of revenues and, therefore, the Company operates as one business segment for financial reporting purposes.
      The cataract product line includes intraocular lenses, phacoemulsification equipment, viscoelastics, and other products used in cataract surgery. During the years presented, revenues from the refractive and glaucoma product lines were 9% or less of total revenue. Accordingly, the difference is not significant enough for the Company to account for these products separately and, therefore, those products are combined as other products in the following table.
Net Sales by Product Line
                           
    2004   2003   2002
             
    (In thousands)
Cataract
  $ 46,772     $ 46,409     $ 44,349  
Other
    4,913       4,000       3,531  
                   
 
Total
  $ 51,685     $ 50,409     $ 47,880  
                   
      The composition of the Company’s long-lived assets between those in the United States, Germany, Switzerland, and other countries is set forth below (in thousands).
                     
    2004   2003
         
Long-lived assets
               
 
U.S. 
  $ 9,035     $ 10,181  
 
Germany
    6,799       6,511  
 
Switzerland
    2,010       2,220  
 
Other
    1,253       212  
             
   
Total
  $ 19,097     $ 19,124  
             
      The Company sells its products internationally, which subjects the Company to several potential risks, including fluctuating exchange rates (to the extent the Company’s transactions are not in U.S. dollars), regulation of fund transfers by foreign governments, United States and foreign export and import duties and tariffs, and political instability.
Note 18 — Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
      Summary unaudited quarterly financial data from continuing operations for fiscal 2004 and 2003 is as follows (in thousands except per share data):
                                 
December 31, 2004   1st Qtr.   2nd Qtr.   3rd Qtr.   4th Qtr.
                 
Revenues
  $ 13,569     $ 12,024     $ 12,140     $ 13,952  
Gross profit
    7,317       6,150       6,097       6,579  
Net loss
    (1,299 )     (3,380 )     (2,268 )     (4,385 )
Basic and diluted loss per share
    (.07 )     (.18 )     (.11 )     (.21 )

F-29


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                 
January 2, 2004   1st. Qtr.   2nd Qtr.   3rd Qtr.   4th Qtr.
                 
Revenues
  $ 12,826     $ 12,951     $ 11,927     $ 12,754  
Gross profit
    6,979       7,056       6,587       7,215  
Net loss
    (958 )     (1,169 )     (2,710 )     (3,520 )
Basic and diluted loss per share
    (.06 )     (.07 )     (.15 )     (.19 )
      Quarterly and year-to-date computations of loss per share amounts are made independently. Therefore, the sum of the per share amounts for the quarters may not agree with the per share amounts for the year.

F-30


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
REPORT ON SCHEDULE
To the Board of Directors
STAAR Surgical Company
      The audits referred to in our report dated March 16, 2005, which includes an explanatory paragraph concerning substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, relating to the consolidated financial statements of STAAR Surgical Company and Subsidiaries, which is contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K included the audit of Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves as of December 31, 2004, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule based on our audit.
      In our opinion, such financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
  /s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 16, 2005

F-31


Table of Contents

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                   
Column A   Column B   Column C   Column D   Column E
                 
    Balance at           Balance at
    Beginning           End of
Description   of Year   Additions   Deductions   Year
                 
    (In thousands)
2004
                               
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns deducted from accounts receivable in balance sheet
  $ 734     $ 236     $ 510     $ 460  
 
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    22,075       6,097             28,172  
 
Notes receivable reserve
          500             500  
                         
    $ 22,809     $ 6,833     $ 510     $ 29,132  
                         
2003
                               
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns deducted from accounts receivable in balance sheet
  $ 805     $ 108     $ 179     $ 734  
 
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    18,607       3,468             22,075  
 
Notes receivable reserve
    1,795             1,795        
                         
    $ 21,207     $ 3,576     $ 1,974     $ 22,809  
                         
2002
                               
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns deducted from accounts receivable in balance sheet
  $ 768     $ 1,186     $ 1,149     $ 805  
 
Accrued restructuring costs
    100             100        
 
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
    4,288       14,319             18,607  
 
Notes receivable reserve
    3,609             1,814       1,795  
                         
    $ 8,765     $ 15,505     $ 3,063     $ 21,207  
                         

F-32

EXHIBIT 10.10

DOMENICO CALDERARI AG/SA

LEASE AGREEMENT

between

EINFACHE GESELLSCHAFT CALDERARI & SCHWAB, Schloss-Str. 10, 2560 NIDAU

                                                                - Lessor  -

                                       and

STARR SURGICAL AG, Junkerngasse 21, 3011 BERN


                                                                - Lessee  -

1. Leased Premises

Lessee leases an area of 460 m2 on the 2nd floor of the property known as Hauptstrasse 104, 2560 Nidau, as a production site and office as well as Parking Area West on the 3rd floor.

Lessor shall also grant Lessee permission to use the free space in the "Kaminraum" [chimney space], which is located outside of the Leased Premises, where it may place a compressor, vacuum device and similar objects there.

2. Commencement of Lease:

The Lease shall commence on October 1st, 1994. For the purpose of organizing the business, Lessee may have use of the keys starting immediately. There shall be no rent payable for the period up until October 1st, 1994.

3 Term of Lease

The term of the Lease is fixed and the Lease shall expire on October 31. 1999.

3.1 Option

After expiration of the fixed-term Lease, Lessee shall have the option to extend the Lease by 5 more years. If Lessee elects to exercise this option, it must notify Lessor in writing no later than March 31, 1999. If Lessee does not exercise the option and as long as neither of the parties to the contract terminates the Lease effective October 31, 1999, after expiration of the term the Lease shall be automatically extended by one year at a time. In case of termination, notice must be given 6 months in advance.


4.      Rent

4.1     Net Rent

        Net rent for the production and office space until 09.30.1996 shall be
        Sfr. 59,800.00 annually (= Sfr. 130.00 per m2 for that year) and is
        payable in monthly installments of Sfr. 4,983.00.

        After October 1st, 1996, the rent shall be increased to Sfr.150.00 per
        m2, which results in an annual rent of Sfr. 69,230.00 payable in monthly
        installments of Sfr. 5,769.00.

        Net rent for Parking Area "West" shall be Sfr. 4,800.00 annually and
        shall be payable in monthly installments of Sfr. 400.00.

4.1.1   After October 1st, 1996, the annual net rent of Sfr. 69,230.00/ 4,800.00
        shall be tied to the consumer price index BIGA(1). The rent corresponds
        to the level of the index applicable at that point in time, i.e. August
        1996. Upon request by one of the parties, the net rent may be adjusted
        once annually on January 1st regardless of the fixed term of the Lease,
        taking into account the entire percentage of change undergone by this
        index. The first adjustment may be done on 01.01.1998 at the earliest.

4.1.2   The net annual rent of Sfr. 69,230.00 / 4,800.00 is a base rent. Rent
        may not fall below this amount regardless of potential adjustments.

4.2     Utilities

4.2.1   The payments on account towards expenses for heating, electricity used
        for shared rooms and for the burner, water fees, possibly sewage and
        garbage collection fees, expenses for janitorial services which are
        billed by the manager on April 30th, shall amount to Sfr. 500.00
        monthly.

4.2.2   In exchange for participation in covering the cost thereof, Lessee shall
        have the opportunity to use the service elevator.

4.3     Bank Guarantee

        At the time the Lease is entered into, Lessee shall deposit the sum of
        Sfr. 15,000.00 as an irrevocable bank guarantee.

5.      Use of the Leased Premises

5.1     The Leased Premises shall be used for the production and warehousing of
        medical supplies and as an office and training site.

----------

(1)     Bundesamt fur Industrie, Gewerbe und Arbeit (Swiss federal bureau of
        industry, business and work)

5.2     The Leased Premises must to be handed over in clean condition. The
        carpeted floors shall be shampooed once more before Lessee moves in.

5.3     Maintenance

        Lessee shall maintain the Leased Premises in good and clean condition.
        Repairs under Sfr.1,000.00 annually shall be paid for by Lessee.

        If damage to the Leased Premises is evident, Lessee shall keep its
        extent at a minimum by either taking immediate measures at its expense
        or by informing Lessor without delay.

        Repair work, minor work to prepare the Leased Premises for occupancy, or
        needed alterations to the Leased Premises or to the property shall be
        tolerated by Lessee without claims for damages.

        The following work shall be paid for entirely by Lessee.

        -       Replacement of electrical switches, sockets and fuses, light
                bulbs (as well as, on a pro rata basis, of the lighting fixtures
                belonging to the building), water faucets and door locks.

- Unclogging of water lines, sinks, toilets and laundry equipment.

- Repair or replacement of washers on radiators and other devices.

5.4 House Rules

Lessee shall be duly considerate of the other tenants and neighbors in every respect. Lessor shall not lease space to tenants causing a trade-related nuisance (heavy dust emission, noise).

5.5 Subletting

Subletting of rooms shall only be permitted with explicit consent of Lessor.

5.6 Access to the Leased Premises

For the purpose of protecting its interests, Lessor shall have the right, having made an appointment in writing with the business management, to access the Leased Premises with a member of the management present.

6. Insurance

6.1 Lessee shall insure all machinery, equipment, as well as furniture, merchandise and all objects located within the leased space, at its own expense, adequately against theft, fire, damage caused by explosion and water, as well as against risks incidental to the business, particularly renter's liability.


Lessee shall bear the consequences in case of non-fulfillment of this obligation, with no responsibility whatsoever resting with Lessor.

7. Company Signs and Inscriptions

7.1 Installation and Execution

Lessor gives, in advance, its consent to the installation of company signs beneath the rented frontage window as well as above the main entrance.

7.2 Expenses

Expenses for new signs or changes to signs shall be the responsibility of Lessee. In case of necessary removal and re-installation due to a change in tenants, Lessee shall pay for this expense.

8. Changes to the Leased Premises

8.1 Permits

Changes to the Leased Premises which require permits shall require notification of Lessor in advance.

Lessor shall inform Lessee regarding changes to the Leased Premises.

9. Yielding of the Leased Premises

9.1 Cleaning

The Leased Premises must be yielded in a tidy and cleaned condition.

9.2 Damage

Lessee shall be liable for any damage not due to normal wear and tear. Such damage shall have been repaired by Lessee by the time the Lease terminates.

9.3 Restoration

Restorations shall be carried out according to the customs and practices of the property and homeowners association of the city of Biel and its environs.

9.4 After 5 years, the changes made to the interior do not have to be reversed and the Leased Premises do not have to be restored to their original condition after the expiration of the Lease.

10. Structural Alterations

The one-time structural alterations indicated on the attached list and/or sketch (removal and construction of non-supporting partitions, the moving of doors, installation of connecting pipes for water supply and drainage) which shall be arranged by Lessor and must be completed by October 1st, 1994, shall be paid for by Lessor. The attached and signed layout constitutes an integral part of this Lease Agreement.


Lessor guarantees that the electrical lines within the Leased Premises are of sufficient capacity to meet the needs of the machinery and devices used by Lessee. Should this not be the case, Lessor shall strengthen the electrical grid at its expense.

Lessor guarantees the completion of such work within 2 -1/2 months after Lessee's submission of the definite layout. Should it not do so, Lessor shall be required to pay a conventional penalty of Sfr. 1,000.00 per day, regardless of fault. It the layout is later altered, no conventional penalty whatsoever shall apply.

a) Both parties agree that Lessor shall do its best to carry out the alterations as quickly as possible after the definite layout has been submitted.

11. Further Options

Lessee shall have until 03.01.1995 to notify Lessor whether it wants to lease, within a period of 3 months, the space in the cellar (approx. 100 m2 at Sfr. 80.00 per m2 for that year). Lessor guarantees to make this space available within the aforementioned time period.

Lessor shall have the option to lease the space on the first floor as a whole or only one half of it. Notification of interest in the retail space "LANCIA" must be submitted at least 6 months in advance, and notification of interest in the retail space "FIAT" at least 12 months in advance. Regarding rent, it shall be agreed that it may not exceed the rent indexed by BIGA as of October 1st, 1994 on a basis of Sfr. 200.00 per m2 for that year.

Should Lessee find another tenant for the aforementioned space, it shall notify Lessee in writing. If Lessee tenant does not exercises its option to lease said space within 60 days, Lessor shall have the right to lease it to a third parties.

Lessee is assured that it shall have first option to rent any and all spaces that become available. If Lessee does not exercise this option in writing within 60 days, Lessor may rent such spaces to third parties. However, the rent charged to the third party may not be below that offered to Lessee.

Lessee is assured that, should the building be sold, it shall be given first option to lease it. If Lessee does not exercise this option in writing within 60 days, Lessor shall have the right to sell the space, subject to the right of preemption hereinafter referred to, to third parties. However, the sales price may not be below that offered to Lessee.

Lessor shall grant Lessee an unlimited right of preemption for the building known as Hauptstrasse 104, Nidau and/or for parts of the property resulting from the establishment of individual floors. This right of preemption shall exist for the entire term of the Lease.


12. Special Provisions

Lessee specifically acknowledges that it has been notified that Lessor shall insist on its right of retention guaranteed by law under Schkg(2) 283 / OR(3) 257-59 and 268. The deadline for filing a retention request is 30 days after written notification.

Lessee shall be granted the right to have this Lease Agreement noted in the public real estate register at its own expense.

Nidau, July 12, 1994 Nidau, July 12, 1994

Lessee:                                         Lessor:



[signature]                                     [signature]
STAAR SURGICAL AG                               EINFACHE GESELLSCHAFT
                                                CALDIERI & SCHWAB


(2) Schweizerisches Kassationsgericht (Swiss court of appeal)

(3) Obligationenrecht (law of contracts)


EXHIBIT 10.11

SUPPLEMENT TO THE LEASE AGREEMENT OF JULY 12, 1994

between

EINFACHE GESELLSCHAFT CALDERARI & SCHWAB, Schloss-Str. 8 A, 2560 NIDAU

                                                                - Lessor  -

                                       and


STARR SURGICAL AG, Hauptstrass 104, 2560 NIDAU

                                                                - Lessee  -

1. Leased Premises

Lessee leases an area of 390 m2 on the ground floor of the property known as Hauptstrasse 104, 2560 Nidau, as a production site and office as well as Parking Area North in front of the building.

2. Commencement of Lease:

The Lease shall commence on November 1st, 1995. For the purpose of organizing the business, Lessee may have use of the keys starting September 1st. immediately. There shall be no rent payable for the period up until November 1st, 1995.

3 Term of Lease

The term of the Lease is fixed and the Lease shall expire on October 31. 2000.

3.1 Option

After expiration of the fixed-term Lease, Lessee shall have the option to extend the Lease by 5 more years. If Lessee elects to exercise this option, it must notify Lessor in writing no later than March 31, 2000. If Lessee does not exercise the option and as long as neither of the parties to the contract terminates the Lease effective October 31, 2000, after expiration of the term the Lease shall be automatically extended by one year at a time. In case of termination, notice must always be given 6 months in advance.

4. Rent

4.1 Net Rent


        Net rent for the production and office space shall be Sfr. 70,200.00
        annually (= Sfr. 180.00 per m2 for that year) and is payable in monthly
        installments of Sfr.5,850.00.

        Net rent for Parking Area "Nord" shall be Sfr. 4,800.00 annually and
        shall be payable in monthly installments of Sfr. 400.00.

4.1.1   After October 1st, 1997, the annual net rent of Sfr. 70,200.00/ 5,850.00
        shall be tied to the consumer price index BIGA(1). The rent corresponds
        to the level of the index applicable at that point in time, i.e. August
        1997. Upon request by one of the parties, the net rent may be adjusted
        once annually on January 1st regardless of the fixed term of the Lease,
        taking into account the entire percentage of change undergone by this
        index. The first adjustment may be done on 01.01.1998 at the earliest.

4.1.2   The net annual rent of Sfr. 70,200.00 / 5,850.00 is a base rent. Rent
        may not fall below this amount regardless of potential adjustments.

4.2     Utilities

4.2.1   The payments on account towards expenses for heating, electricity used
        for shared rooms and for the burner, water fees, possibly sewage and
        garbage collection fees, expenses for janitorial services which are
        billed by the manager on April 30th, shall amount to Sfr. 400.00
        monthly.

4.2.2   In exchange for participation in covering the cost thereof, Lessee shall
        have the opportunity to use the service elevator.

4.3     Bank Guarantee

        At the time the Lease is entered into, Lessee shall deposit the sum of
        Sfr. 15,000.00 as an irrevocable bank guarantee.

10.     Structural Alterations

        Lessor shall carry out the following structural alterations at its
        expense:

        -       Service elevator (Palette USA) to the already leased warehouse
                located in the basement, without transportation of persons.

- Stairs for persons leading to the warehouse in the basement.

- Opening in the wall with door into the stairway (as big as possible).

- Construction of 2 walls with 2 doors for building a reception area by the entrance (according to layout).

- Construction of two bathrooms (3 toilets each for men / 3 each for women) and possible sewer hook-up according to layout.


(1) Bundesamt fur Industrie, Gewerbe und Arbeit (Swiss federal bureau of industry, business and work)


- Construction of a firm boundary along the store window front at a railing level.

- Construction of a sliding door in store window "North".

Lessor guarantees the completion of the aforementioned work between 07.01 - 08.30.1995 as long as the definite layout is submitted by 04.30.1995 at the latest.

Nidau,                                          Nidau,

Lessee:                                         Lessor:



                                                [signature]
------------------------                        --------------------------------
STARR SURGICAL AG                               Mr. E. Calderari


                                                [signature]
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Mr. W. Schwab


EXHIBIT 10.12

SUPPLEMENT TO THE LEASE AGREEMENT OF JULY 12, 1994
FOR THE PRODUCTION SPACE EX RUCCI

between

EINFACHE GESELLSCHAFT CALDERARI & SCHWAB, Schloss-Str. 8-A 2560 Nidau

                                                                - Lessor  -

                                       and

STARR SURGICAL AG, Hauptsrasse 104, 2560 NIDAU

                                                                - Lessee  -

1. Leased Premises

Lessee Lessee leases an area of 259 m2 on the ground floor of the property known as Hauptstrasse 104, 2560 Nidau as a production site (240 m2) and basement (29 m2), as well as 5 parking spaces in the Parking Area North (Ex Rucci).

2. Commencement of Lease

The Lease shall commence on September 15, 1999.

3. Term of Lease

The term of the Lease is fixed and the Lease shall expire on December 3, 2006.

3.1 Option

After expiration of the fixed-term Lease, Lessee shall have the option to extend the Lease by 5 more years. If Lessee elects to exercise this option, it must notify Lessor in writing no later than 12.31.2005. If Lessee does not exercise the option and as long as neither of the parties to the contract terminates the Lease effective December 31, 2005, after expiration of the term, the Lease shall be automatically extended by one year at a time. In case of termination, notice must always be given 1 year in advance.


4.      Rent

4.1      Net Rent

        Net rent for the production and cellar space shall be Sfr. 45,520.00
        annually (= Sfr.180.00 per m2 for that year/cellar = Sfr. 80.00 per m2
        for that year) and is payable in monthly installments of Sfr.3,793.00.

        Net rent for 5 parking spaces "Nord" shall be Sfr. 4,800.00 annually and
        shall be payable in monthly installments of Sfr. 400.00.

4.1.1   After September 15, 1999, the annual net rent of Sfr. 45,520.00/
        3,793.00 shall be tied to the consumer price index BIGA1. The rent
        corresponds to the level of the index applicable at that point in time,
        i.e. August 1999. Upon request by one of the parties, the net rent may
        be adjusted once annually on January 1st regardless of the fixed term of
        the Lease, taking into account the entire percentage of change undergone
        by this index. The first adjustment may be done on 01.01.2001 at the
        earliest.

4.1.2   The net annual rent of Sfr. 45,520.00 / 3,793.00 is a base rent. Rent
        may not fall below this amount regardless of potential adjustments.

4.2     Utilities

4.2.1   The payments on account towards expenses for heating, electricity used
        for shared rooms and for the burner, water fees, possibly sewage and
        garbage collection fees, expenses for janitorial services which are
        billed by the manager on April 30th, shall amount to Sfr. 400.00
        monthly.

4.2.2   Possible land contamination by the body shop, such as oil, gasoline,
        etc., shall be the responsibility of Lessor.

10.     Structural Alterations

        Lessor shall carry out the following structural alterations at its

expense:

- Interior walling up of an exterior garage door with transom.

- 3 doors with an interior width of at least 1.30 m (e.g. a double door like we already have in our production area).

- 1 partition (if possible transom).

- All side walls and ceilings finished with smooth plaster and painted white.

- Floor with smooth, easy to clean covering (such as ceramic tile, anti-static linoleum).


(1) Bundesamt fur Industrie, Gewerbe und Arbeit (Swiss federal bureau of industry, business and work)


- All windows, glass brick walls and doors fitted flush so that they are dustproof.

- All no longer used pipes, cables and other objects attracting dust removed, all walls, floors and ceiling cleaned of dust.

- Division of exterior parking area into marked spaces and resurfacing of the transition from exterior wall to road surface.

- Standard lighting for production and warehouse space

11. Special Provisions

By entering into this contract, both Lease Agreements of 07.12.1994 as well as Supplement I dated 07.10.1995 are being extended. The new term of the Lease shall expire on 12.31.2006.

Nidau,                                          Nidau,


Lessee:                                         Lessor:


[signature] 08.02.99                            [signature]
-----------------------------                   --------------------------------
STARR SURGICAL AG                               Mr. E. Calderari

                                                [signature]
                                                --------------------------------
                                                Mr. W. Schwab


EXHIBIT 10.13

COMMERCIAL LEASE AGREEMENT

Lessor:           DePfa Deutsche Pfandbriefbank AG Paulinenstra(beta)e 15, 65189
                  WiesbADEN

represented by:   DePfa Bau-, Verwaltungs- und Controlling GmbH
                  Poppenbutteler Bogen 17, 22399 Hamburg

Lessee:           DOMILENS GmbH
                  Holsteiner Chaussee 303 a, 22457 Hamburg

enter into the following Lease Agreement:

Leased Premises: Office and Business Premises Holsteiner Chaussee 303 a + b, 22457 Hamburg Area Entrance 303 a, approx. 1'454.15 m2 Entrance 303 b, 3rd floor, approx. 118.83 m2 Entrance 303 b, 4th floor, approx. 148.85 m2

Parts of the Lease Agreement

Preamble

1. Leased Premises

2. Purpose of Lease

3. Term and Termination of Lease

4. Handing over of Premises

5. Rent, Utilities, Heating Costs, Value Guarantee Payment and Accounting

6. Security Deposit

7. Joint Advertising

8. Advertising Equipment

9. Safeguarding Collective Interests

10. Electricity, Heating (Gas), and Water

11. Maintenance and Repair of Leased Premises

12. Structural Alterations by Lessee

13. Lessee's Liability

14. Improvements and Structural Alterations by Lessor

15. Yielding of Leased Premises

16. Lessor's Access to the Leased Premises

17. Assignability of Use of Leased Premises

18. Reconstruction Clause, Business Interruptions

19. Lessor's Liability, Insurance

20. House Rules

21. Miscellaneous

22. Final Provisions

1

Preamble

Due to the fact that Lessee has decided to lease additional space beyond the already existing Lease involving Holsteiner Chaussee 303 a and b, 22457 Hamburg, the parties agree to the following:

Through the signing of this Lease Agreement, the Lease Agreement dated July 07.07./14.1993 as well as the Supplement to the Lease Agreement dated 04.27./ 05.05.98, and the Lease Agreement of 08.20./25.1999 as well as the Supplement to the Lease Agreement dated 08.12./16.99 are void as of 12.31.2000..

The Lease of the entire space of approx. 1,721.83 m2 is subject to the following provisions:

1. Leased Premises

1.1 The Leased Premises consist of an area measuring approx. 1,721.83 m2. Unless otherwise agreed upon hereinafter, the office space leased by Lessee is referred to as Leased Space.

1.2 The space measurements in 1.1 of the Lease Agreement are axis measurements based on building plans. Provided that the deviation from the actual Leased Space is less than 5 percent, Lessee states already today that it is in agreement with such a deviation.

1.3 Lessee shall be responsible for obtaining, at its own expense, all official permits and licenses which may be required in connection with conducting business. In this effort, Lessor shall lend technical support to Lessee upon Lessee's request.

1.4 The Leased Premises may only be used for legally, officially and contractually permitted purposes. Lessee is required to comply, at its own expense, with the legal, governmental and technical regulations (e.g. DIN(1), VDS(2), VDE(3)) which apply to its business and keep Lessor free of any impositions which may be issued against it. Upon request, Lessee must provide Lessor with relevant inspection certificates issued by an accredited expert. Lessor may set a reasonable time limit within which Lessee must meet above obligations. If it is not met or Lessee's whereabouts are unknown, Lessor may have necessary measures taken at Lessee's expense.

2. Purpose of Lease

2.1 Maintaining an Office


(1) Deutsche Industrie-Normen (German industrial standards)

(2) Vertrauen durch Sicherheit, an independent, international, accredited testing and certification institution

(3) Assn. for Electrical, Electronic and Information Technologies, an independent testing and certification institute

2

3.      Term and Termination of Lease

        3.01    Commencement of Lease:                  01.01.2001

        3.02    Not applicable

        3.03    Term of Lease:                          10 years fixed

        3.04    Special rights of termination:          as of 12.31.2004
                                                        as of 08.30.2007

Notice of special termination must be given by Lessee in writing and received by Lessor at least 6 months before the agreed upon date.

3.05 Tenancy shall end with the expiration of the term agreed upon under this contract according to 3.03 if the rights to special termination are not exercised.

3.06 Not applicable

3.07 As far as the right of termination without notice is concerned, in particular termination due to non-payment of rent, the legal provisions apply. In this context, the prepaid fees for utilities as well as heating shall be treated as part of the rent. Moreover, it shall be considered an important reason for termination without notice by Lessor if Lessee, although it has received a reminder in writing, does not meet essential obligations within a reasonable period (e.g. use that constitutes a breach of contract, considerable harassment or interference with Lessor or other tenants, permitting unauthorized use by third parties).

3.08 Lessor is further entitled to terminate the lease without notice if Lessee's assets are subject to the initiation of judicial court-supervised reorganization or bankruptcy proceedings or an application for reorganization has been denied due to insufficient assets. The same applies filed for reorganization or bankruptcy, stops payments or enters into a settlement out of court.

3.09 In case of a premature termination of the Lease for which Lessee is responsible, Lessee is liable for lost rent, utilities and other payments for the term of the Lease under the Lease Agreement as well as for all additional damages suffered by Lessor due to the premature termination of the lease.

3.10 Any notice of termination must be given in writing.

3

3.11 If the term of the Lease expires, Section of the BGB(4) shall not apply.

4. Handing-over of Leased Premises

4.1 Lessor shall hand over the Leased Premises in the presently existing condition which Lessee observed when viewing the premises, unless other terms have been agreed upon which are explicitly set forth in this Lease Agreement. Lessor reserves the right to make insignificant changes as well as alterations required to comply with governmental regulations. Any structural or other work requested by Lessee or necessary for its intended use, particularly if it goes beyond or otherwise differs from the condition at the time the Leased Premises was handed over, shall be at the expense of Lessee. The same applies to technical equipment whose installation is required either by the authorities or under this Lease Agreement or which becomes necessary for the operation or furnishing of the Leased Premises.

4.2 Not applicable

4.3 Lessee's right to occupy Leased Space Nr. 5, 3rd floor, approx. size 118,83 m2, takes effect only after payment of the security deposit under section 6. Handing over is scheduled for January 2001, but may be delayed until 02.01.2001 due to remodeling. For this reason, the owner grants Lessee a rent reduction of DM 1'000.00 per month for November and December of 2000.

4.4 At the time of the hand-over, a hand-over protocol shall be created which shall document, in particular, which defects, if any, are pointed out by Lessee. Lessor shall have any noted defects which it has acknowledged repaired before the office is opened if possible. Lessee shall give Lessor the opportunity to carry out the repairs. The provisions in section 14.2 shall apply hereto.

4.5 Not applicable

4.6 Not applicable

5. Rent, Utilities, Heating Expenses, Payment and Accounting

5.1 Rent


(4) Bundesgesetzbuch (Swiss federal law)

4

For the space measuring 1,721.83 m2,
Lessee shall pay Lessor a monthly net rent
excluding  heating of                     DM 34'800.00 plus VAT
plus advance payments:

1. for operating expenses per Exhibit 3 to
   Section 27 II. Assessment
   Regulations (II. AR)                   DM 3'281.00 plus VAT

2. for heating costs per Exhibit 3 to
   Section 27 II AR                       DM 880.00 plus VAT

3. rent for reserved parking space        DM 2'220.00 plus VAT
                                          ---------------------

Total rent:                               DM 41'181.00 plus VAT
                                          ---------------------

Lessor's bank account information:

Name of account DePfa-BVC wg Host.Chausee
Account number: 8626000001

Bank/Savings bank DePfa Bank AG BauBoden
Bank code: 200 104 24

Lessee's bank account information:

Name of account: __________________________Account number:

Bank/Savings bank _____________________________Bank code:

5.1.1 Graduated Lease agreement

The net rent excluding heating agreed upon in 5.1 shall increase after a year at the earliest as follows:

                Level            m2             DM/m2     monthly rent in DM
                -----            --             ------    ------------------
Area                             1,721.83
at the end of the 1st rental year 2002           20.57    DM 35,426.40
at the end of the 2nd rental year 2003           20.95    DM 36,064.08
at the end of the 3rd rental year 2004           21.32    DM 36,713.23

Rent increases during the term of the graduated lease agreement are not allowed, except for increases in advance payments for utilities.

5.1.2. All aforementioned amounts are net amounts and Lessee must pay additional VAT at the official rate applicable at the respective times, at this time 15 percent.

5.2 Rent adjustment at the end of the 4th year of lease:

New negotiations regarding rent will be initiated as of 01.01.2005

5.3 not applicable

5

5.4     not applicable

5.5     Utilities

        5.5.1   Utilities for the office and business premises,
                in particular operational expenses, the cost for
                care, maintenance, upkeep and repairs as well as
                for the cleaning of shared facilities and
                equipment, shall be distributed evenly among all
                tenants according to the ratio of the area of
                their leased space to the total area of leased
                space within the office and business premises.
                These utilities consist of:

                a)      reserved parking for cars (parking
                        spaces, underground parking garages),
                        traffic lanes, landscaping and other
                        external improvements as well as
                        exterior lighting;

                b)      other shared facilities and equipment of
                        a structural or technical nature, such
                        as, if applicable, entrances, all
                        toilets and sanitation, elevators,
                        sprinkler systems, etc. which are not
                        located within the Leased Premises;

c) property taxes;

d) building insurance, such as fire, liability and tap water insurance;

e) fees for public street sweeping and expenses for snow and ice removal;

f) electrical power supply for shared facilities and equipment, garbage collection, water supply and sewage disposal incl. public fees, insofar as these expenses are not the responsibility of the individual tenants. Included is, in particular, water usage connected with shared installations and facilities (e.g. heating systems, sprinkler systems, etc.);

g) security, janitorial and consultation services for the office and business facilities, including the hiring of required personnel, especially the expenses for building personnel (building inspector, building technician, etc.);

h) alterations to the existing shared facilities and installations needed due to official requirements established after construction of the Leased Premises;

6

                i)      neon signs, collective sign
                        installations, interior and exterior
                        building signage, including signs in
                        public traffic areas, flag poles, flags
                        and the like, which are not related to
                        individual tenants, but to the Leased
                        Premises; furthermore, the installation
                        of such equipment as well as the rental
                        of space required for their
                        installation;

                j)      expenses for cleaning the area of
                        Entrance 303 b;

                k)      expenses for local building management,
                        as well as all utilities according to
                        Exhibit 3, Section 27 II AR.

                Lessor has the right to establish a new scale
                for the distribution of utilities (as a whole or
                as individual types of expenses) at any time -
                whereby the new scale may also be applied to the
                running accounting period - as long as it is
                appropriate.

        5.5.2   not applicable

        5.5.3   Lessor has the right to allocate the cost for
                further services, which may be allocated under
                section 5.5.1., to third parties.

        5.5.4   Lessor has the right to also include those costs
                for utilities which have not yet been incurred
                at the commencement of the Lease Agreement in
                the utilities statement and bill the tenants
                proportionally.

5.6     Heating expenses

        5.6.1   The costs attributable to the leased areas, such
                as the costs for operation (including control),
                care, maintenance, upkeep and repairs as well as
                for cleaning the heating system, shall be
                distributed evenly among all tenants according
                to the provisions regarding heating expenses at
                a rate determined to 50 percent by usage and to
                50 percent by the size of the used space.

        5.6.2   The heating expenses attributable to the shared
                facilities and installations of the office and
                business facilities shall be paid for by all
                tenants evenly according to each tenant's total
                leased space in relation to the total leased
                area of the commercial building. Insofar as the
                usage is not determined by measurements, the
                calculation of these costs shall be based upon
                the ratio between shared areas to be heated and
                total areas to be heated within the Leased
                Premises.

        5.6.3   not applicable

7

5.6.4   Section 5.5.1, last sentence (establishment of a
        new scale of distribution) applies to the
        expensed mentioned in sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2
        accordingly.

5.6.5   The heating period lasts from October 1st of any
        given year until May 31st of the following year.
        Furthermore, Lessee is only entitled to heating
        during normal business hours. Lessor reserves
        the right to make changes hereto.

5.7 Sales tax

See section 5.1.2

5.8     not applicable

5.9     Rent Payments and Accounting and Cost Allocation

        5.9.1   Rent is payable monthly in advance, no later
                than on the third business day of each month.
                Determination whether a payments is on time
                shall be based upon the day on which it is
                received by Lessor or credited to Lessor's
                account.

        5.9.2   All payments must be made to Lessor or to the
                person or agency authorized by Lessor to receive
                them. Upon request by Lessor, Lessee shall make
                payments by method of direct debit transfer
                using the attached form.

        5.9.3   not applicable

        5.9.4   not applicable

        5.9.5   Lessee shall make monthly prepayments towards
                the expenses described in sections 5.5.1
                (utilities for the office and business
                facilities), 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 (heating expenses)
                together with the minimum rent, initially in the
                amount stated in 5.1. Section 5.6.1 is applied
                accordingly. Unless explicitly agreed upon
                otherwise, an annual statement regarding the
                prepayments will be issued to Lessee. Any
                differences between the final billed amount and
                the prepaid amount shall be either paid by
                Lessee within four weeks from receipt of the
                statement or reimbursed by Lessor, whichever may
                apply. Upon Lessee's request, Lessor shall grant
                Lessee the opportunity to review the accounting
                records at the administrative offices of
                Lessee/manager at a scheduled time within the
                above mentioned four week period.

8

        The statement is considered approved if Lessee
        has not contested it in writing by stating his
        reasons within another period of four weeks.

        Lessor may reassess prepayments if it is obvious
        that the prepayments do not cover the projected
        costs, and he can do so during an accounting
        period or at the time the tenancy commences.

5.9.6   According to section 5.5, all expenses
        pertaining to a particular billing period for
        which Lessor has been billed shall be invoiced.
        Invoices pertaining to past billing periods
        which are received after the period has ended
        are included in the next statement. If tenancy
        commences within a billing period, Lessee shall
        be billed on a pro- rated basis.

5.9.7.  If a payment is overdue, Lessor shall have the
        right to charge an administrative fee of DM
        10.00 per reminder to pay, plus interest for
        default which shall be 5 percent higher than the
        base interest rate of the Bundesbank [German
        central bank], which is 4,26 percent at this
        time, unless the sustained damage is verifiably
        less.

        Furthermore, in case of delinquency Lessor may
        demand the surrender of the property placed as a
        lien and dispose of such property by means of
        unrestricted sale.

5.9.8   If a payment made by Lessee is not sufficient to
        cover all of its accrued debts, Lessor shall
        have the right, regardless of any dissenting
        statement made by Lessee, to apply the payment
        first to the not legally enforceable and not
        legally pending and finally to the legally
        enforceable debt, first to the older and then to
        the newer one.

5.9.9   In regards to rent or other charges made by
        Lessor based upon this Lease Agreement, Lessee
        may neither exercise a right to withhold payment
        (right to withhold performance) nor offset the
        charges against a contested counterclaim or a
        counterclaim that has been determined to be not
        legally valid. A right to mitigate only exists
        if it is explicitly provided for under the Lease
        Agreement.

5.9.10  Lessor shall not owe interest on overpaid rent,
        prepayments and other billed amounts.

5.10 The disposal of packaging materials etc. shall be the duty of Lessee. All expenses connected with the disposal shall be paid by Lessee. If Lessor arranges the disposal, the resulting expenses shall be distributed among the tenants under utilities according to section 5.5.

9

5.11 Should there be an increase in official charges (taxes, fees, assessments), insurance premiums and the like applicable to the property after the Lease Agreement is entered into, or an introduction of new charges levied upon the property, Lessor shall have the right to distribute the extra costs incurred during the period following the commencement of the Lease Agreement among the tenants, based upon the their area of leased space in relation to the total leased space within the office and business facilities, unless another method of allocation is mandated by law or decree.

5.12. Any increases in premiums for property insurance which my arise due to the specific commercial use by Lessee shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor. Any changes on the part of Lessee which could lead to an increase in those insurance premiums during the tenancy must be reported to Lessor.

6. Security Deposit

Upon entering into this Lease Agreement, Lessee shall pay Lessor a security deposit in the amount of DM 5,000.00. This security deposit must be in the form of a performance bond through a large German bank or financial institution governed by public law. Lessor shall be authorized to use this bond to satisfy his claims based upon this Leases Agreement if Lessee dose not fulfill his obligations or does not do so completely or in a timely manner. The bond serves as a means to cover all claims by Lessor existing in connections with or arising due to the termination of the tenancy. The bond must be surrendered after termination of the tenancy as soon as and if it has been determined that Lessor has no further claims against Lessee. Furthermore, should the bond be used by Lessor during the term of the lease, it must be replenished immediately by Lessee until it is restored to its original amount.

7. Joint Advertising

not applicable

8. Advertising Equipment

8.1 In the interest of advertising in keeping with the common character of the office and business facilities, the installation and design of equipment serving the purpose of advertising or sales promotion located outside the Leased Premises shall require prior approval in writing by the Lessor.

8.2 It shall be the responsibility of Lessee to obtain all the necessary permits which may be hereto required by law and to fulfill any imposed administrative conditions, whereby all expenses shall be the responsibility of Lessee.

10

8.3 Lessee shall be liable for all damage arising from the installation of such equipment and must hold Lessor harmless of all claims by third parties.

9. Safeguarding Collective Interests

Assuming that in the interest of all tenants a positive general impression of the Leased Premises must be maintained, Lessee shall promise to comply with the following provisions:

9.1 not applicable

9.2 Lessee shall be required to use the Leased Premises during the entire term of the lease without interruption according to the stated purpose; Lessee shall not leave the Leased Premises unused or empty, either as a whole or in part.

9.3 not applicable

9.4 not applicable

9.5 Lessee shall use the Leased Premises in keeping with the character of the office and business premises. It shall abstain from any actions of a nature which could be detrimental to the legitimate interests of other tenants or have a negative effect on the office building.

9.6 not applicable

9.7 not applicable

10. Electricity, Heat (Gas) and Water

10.1 The existing lines for electricity, heat (gas) and water (supply media) may be used - if available - by Lessee only to the extent that its use does not exceed their capacity. Lessee may meet excess needs by having supply lines enlarged at its own expense after obtaining Lessor's prior written consent hereto.

10.2 For its gas and/or electrical needs, Lessee shall have a meter/meters installed by firms authorized to do so at its own expense; payment for gas or electricity shall be Lessee's responsibility.

10.3 Water meters are installed for the purpose of determining water use. The cost for water supply and sewage disposal shall be carried by Lessee based on use and shall be distributed among the tenants and billed under utilities.

10.4 Meters are to be kept accessible and easily readable.

11

10.5 In case of disruptions or damage to the supply lines, Lessee shall be responsible for immediate shut-off. If it is unable to do so or if the disruption or damage affects other tenants, Lessee or his agent shall be require to notify Lessor immediately.

10.6 In case of changes to or interruptions in the supply of electricity, heating or water or the disposal of sewage due to circumstances not caused by Lessee, or if flooding or other events of a catastrophic nature should occur, Lessee shall have no right to withhold rent or seek damages from Lessor.

11. Maintenance and Repair of Leased Premises

11.1 Lessee shall be responsible for the care, maintenance, cosmetic repair, upkeep and repair of the leased space and/or the interior of the leased rooms as well as the doors and windows of the exterior facade at its own expense. This shall also apply to technical equipment (such as electrical and sanitary installations, etc.) to the extent that this equipment is located within the Leased Premises and is used exclusively by Lessee. Cosmetic repairs in particular shall be carried out by Lessee in a professional manner at regular intervals - sanitary installations and kitchen areas every 3 years - the remaining office spaces every 4 years.

Work on technical installations may only be done by professional companies.

11.2 If Lessee does not fulfill any of the above obligations within a reasonable grace period set by Lessor in spite of a written request by the Lessor, Lessor shall have the right to have the required work done at Lessee's expense. A warning of dismissal by Lessor shall not be required. Should a delay pose a danger, not grace period shall be necessary.

12. Structural Alterations by Lessee

12.1 Structural alterations by Lessee, especially remodeling and incorporation of fixtures and fittings, installations, as well as putting bars on windows, may only be carried out with prior written approval by Lessor. If approval is granted by Lessor, Lessee shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits. All expenses for structural alterations (including any official fees) shall be paid for by Lessee.

12.2 Installation of transmission devices (e.g. exterior antennae, access cables, etc.) shall require prior approval in writing by Lessor.

12

12.3 Lessee shall be liable for any damage arising from any construction measures taken by Lessee.

13. Lessee's Liability

13.1 Lessee shall be liable to Lessor for any damage caused to the Leased Premises by Lessee, members of its family and its employees, as well as hired craftsmen, their workers and assistants, delivery personnel, clients and other related persons. Lessee shall be liable, in particular, for any damage due to improper use of high-voltage and low-voltage power lines, bathroom and sanitary installations, sprinkler and heating systems, or failure to close doors or carry out other duties (e.g. lighting, etc.). In such cases it shall not matter whether the party causing the damage is at fault.

13.2 Lessee shall also be liable to Lessor for any damage to any and all buildings, gates, parking facilities and traffic lanes caused by delivery and pickup of merchandise, in particular by its own or other vehicles and not due to normal wear and tear. Section 13.1 sentence 3 shall apply accordingly.

13.3 Lessee shall repair any damage for which it is liable under sections 13.1 and 13.2 immediately. If it does not meet this obligation within the deadline set by Lessor even after receiving written notice, Lessor may have the necessary work done at Lessee's expense. A warning of dismissal by Lessor shall not be required. Should the damage pose a danger or the whereabouts of Lessee be unknown, a written warning and setting of a deadline shall not be required.

13.4 If Lessor is responsible for repairing damage on or in the building or Leased Premises, such damage must be reported to Lessor immediately. If Lessee fails to do so, it shall be liable for any damage due to the delay.

14. Improvements and Structural Alterations by Lessor

14.1 Lessor may carry out improvements and structural alterations for the purpose of expansion and extension of the office and business facilities, of preservation of the building or Leased Premises, of protection from impending damage or of repair of defects or damage without Lessee's consent. This shall also apply to work which, although not necessary, is useful, such as the modernization of the building and Leased Premises. Lessee shall keep the affected sections of the Leased Premises accessible; it may not impede such work being carried out; it shall be required to tolerate the inconveniences, in particular odors, dirt, and noise, caused by the above mentioned measures.

13

14.2 As far as Lessee's tolerance of the work is concerned, Lessee shall only be entitled to reduce the rent if the work results in substantial interference with its use of the Leased Premises.

15. Yielding of Leased Premises

15.1 The conversions, incorporation of fixtures and fittings and installations carried out by Lessee are only for temporary purposes. Therefore, they do not become part of the building (Section 95 BGB).

15.2 At the termination of the Lease, Lessee shall be required to yield the Leased Premises - subject to regulations to the contrary and irrespective of their condition at the commencement of the Lease - as follows:

a) All removable equipment as well as all fittings installed by Lessee shall be removed;

b) all exterior advertising shall be removed;

c) the leased space is to be turned over in clean and tidy condition;

d) any and all keys in Lessee's possession - even those for lockable fixtures installed by Lessee, shall be turned over to Lessor.

16. Lessor's Access to the Leased Premises

16.1 Lessor or its agents shall have the right to access the Leased Premises any time within Lessee's normal business hours.

16.2 Lessee shall ensure that rooms can also be entered in its absence. If it does not fulfill this obligation, it shall be liable for any and all damage due to undue delay, such as when entry was not possible in case of impending danger.

17. Assignability of Use of Leased Premises

17.1 Subletting or any other assignment of use to third parties by Lessee shall only be permitted with Lessor's prior consent in writing. Lessor's consent must also be obtained regarding the provisions for subletting/assignment of use proposed by Lessee. Section 549 paragraph 1, clause 2 BGB shall not be applied. In case of subletting/assignment of use, Lessee assigns, in advance, the rent it is entitled to receive from the third party, including the security deposit, up to the amount which Lessor is entitled to, as a precaution to Lessor.

17.2 For companies, a change of principal or of a general partner or a change in legal form shall constitute an assignment of use to a third party. Lessee

14

must immediately report such developments as well as changes in regards to business permits or other important matters affecting the Lease to Lessor in writing.

17.3 In case of the sale of Lessee's entire business or a portion of the business, this Lease Agreement shall be transferred to Lessee's legal successor, if Lessor consents to it in writing.

18. Reconstruction Clause, Business Interruptions

18.1 Should the Leased Premises or shared facilities be totally or vastly destroyed or damaged due to construction errors, fire, explosion, lightning, a storm, an act of God, the effects of war or other circumstances, this Lease Agreement shall only expire after Lessor has declared that it will not rebuild. Insofar as the use of the damaged or destroyed Leased Premises under the Lease Agreement is no longer possible, Lessee's obligation to pay rent rests commencing on the day following the event causing the damage. In case of partial destruction or damage, the obligation to pay rent shall lapse pro rata. After reconstruction has been completed, the provisions regarding handing over and payment of rent shall apply correspondingly.

18.2 Business interruptions within the office and business facilities - for whatever reason - which are beyond Lessor's control shall not affect Lessee's obligation to pay rent as long as those interruptions can be remedied within a reasonable amount of time. Lessor shall have the right to have the office and business facilities vacated during daily business hours for safety reasons and to have access to the site of the office and business facilities cordoned off.

18.3 In cases described in sections 18.1 and 18.2 above, Lessee shall only be entitled to compensation for damages under the provisions set forth in section 19.1. Lessee may only exercise other rights if Lessor is responsible for the business interruption.

19. Lessor's Liability, Insurance

19.1 Lessee shall only be entitled to compensation for damages in case of gross negligence by Lessor or its vicarious agents; such entitlements in cases of gross negligence shall be limited to the type and extent of coverage provided by an adequate liability insurance contract entered into by Lessor.

19.2 Furthermore, in case of a defect in the Leased Property, Lessee may only make a claim for damages if the damage or curtailment of use is substantial. The same shall apply to a reduction in rent, which, in addition,

15

shall only be permissible if it is announced in writing one month prior to the due date of the affected rent.

19.3 Lessee shall be obligated to purchase the following insurance policies at its expense and to furnish proof of such a purchase upon Lessor's request:

a) fire as well as tap water insurance including coverage for waste water damage to personal property, such as fixtures and materials;

b) liability insurance for personal injury, property and asset damage up to the limits of coverage customary for the line of business Lessee is conducting.

20. House Rules

20.1 In the interest of peaceful coexistence, any interference with the other tenants must be avoided. This shall apply in particular to noise and odors. Lessee shall be liable for any and all damages due to its non-compliance with these rules and must take immediate remedial action in case of a complaint. This shall apply even if Lessee is engaged in a line of business usually associated with noise and odor emissions.

Lessee shall take, at its own expense, all necessary structural and business measures (especially those required by law) to prevent unacceptable emissions, especially emissions of noise and odor, from Lessee's business premises to neighboring areas of the Leased Property. This shall also apply for other areas outside the business premises. If necessary, Lessee shall, upon request by Lessor, install its own exhaust system. Lessee shall be required to keep this system in good working order at all times, to make sure that it complies meets official requirements and regulations and is operating continuously.

20.2 Lessee shall be responsible for the adequate cleaning of its leased space, including, in particular, the facades and/or store window areas, and must ensure adequate ventilation, heating and lighting in its rooms, to the extent that Lessee has control over these matters. It shall be Lessee's duty to clean areas even if they are outside the Leased Property at any time if the dirt has been caused by its business.

If Lessee does not meet these responsibilities in accordance with regulations, Lessor shall have the right to have the dirt removed at Lessee's expense.

20.3 Unauthorized persons shall be prohibited from accessing the roof and the technical rooms.

16

20.4 Lessee must use the main traffic routes and necessary emergency exits - if need be, according to Lessor's instructions - and keep those as well as the entrances to the buildings, traffic areas, courtyards, passages, stairways, entrances to basements, etc. free of objects of any kind. Sales, presentations of merchandise and the placement of advertising media outside the Leased Property shall only be permitted after Lessor's written consent, which may be revoked at any time, has been obtained in advance.

20.5 Lessee may only park its vehicles in the spaces allocated for this purpose by Lessor. The same shall apply to the vehicles of employees, visitors, and delivery personnel. Lessee must instruct these persons to comply with these provisions. Lessee shall not be entitled to the allotment of such parking spaces; their allocation may be revoked or changed by Lessor at any time. The washing of vehicles on the property shall not be permitted.

20.6 In case of the existence of shared major equipment systems and facilities, such as central heating, elevators, other technical systems, etc., provisions regarding their usage must be complied with and the instructions of the manager or building inspectors must be followed.

20.7 Lessee may make useful changes and amendments to these house rules; it is required to notify Lessor of such changes and amendments in writing.

21. Miscellaneous

21.1 The Owner, DePfa Deutsche Pfandbriefbank AG, assumes the cost for the interior fittings of the leased space Nr. 6, 3rd Floor, approx. 118.83 m2. Owner also awards the contracts for the interior fittings of the leased space.

21.2 not applicable

21.3 Lessee is aware that not all contracts of the tenants located in the office and business facilities have the same term. Lessee may not infer any rights based upon the termination of other leases or the amount of rent payable under such leases.

21.4 Lessor reserves the right to carry out structural alterations outside the Leased Property and make changes regarding the occupancy of the leased spaces. Lessor does not guarantee that certain tenants or trades are represented in the office and business facilities.

21.5 If Lessee changes its mailing address, a statement by Lessor sent to the address last given in writing by Lessee shall be considered received on the day it is posted in the mail (date postmarked).

17

21.6    If Lessor consists of several persons, they assume joint
        liability for all debts arising from the Lease
        Agreement. For a statement by Lessor to be legally
        valid, it is sufficient if made towards one of the
        tenants. Statements of intent by one tenant are also
        binding for the other tenants. Facts leading to a change
        in tenancy for one tenant have to be accepted by the
        other tenants as having the same kind of effect on them.

21.7    Lessor shall have the right to transfer its rights and
        duties under this contract to another company, unless
        such a transfer jeopardizes the continued proper
        performance of the contract. Upon Lessor's announcement
        of such legal succession to Lessee, Lessor ceases, with
        all its rights and duties, to be a party in the Lease
        Agreement with Lessee.

21.8    Any protection of Lessee from competition is excluded.

21.9    not applicable

21.10   Lessee consents to data regarding the Lease in
        connection with the administration of the property being
        stored on electronic data carriers. When processing such
        data, Lessor shall comply with the provisions of the
        German Federal Data Protection Act.

22. Final Provisions

22.1 The validity of this contract shall not be affected by the invalidity of individual provisions or by gaps in the provisions of the Agreement. An invalid provision or gap in the provision is to be replaced or closed, respectively, by a valid provision which conforms in its meaning and purpose with the deleted or not provided provision as closely as possible.

22.2 Agreements or assurances of any kind which affect the Lease or the Leased Premises shall only be effective if made in writing and if they bare the legally valid signatures of Lessor and Lessee, unless a different wish by the parties to the contract has been clearly expressed. The same applies to changes and amendments as well as the annulment of the contract or the clause mandating that the agreements or assurances be in

                        writing.

Hamburg, dated: 11.30.2000                   Hamburg, dated: 11.29.2000

            DePfa
            Verwaltungs- und
            Controlling GmbH
            Poppenbutteler Bogen 17,
            22399 Hamburg

[signature]                                  [signature]
-------------------------------------        -----------------------------------
           (Lessor)                                   (Lessee)

                                                      DOMILENS GmbH
                                                      Holsteiner Chaussee 303 a,
                                                      22457 Hamburg
                                                      Phone: 040/55 98 80-0
                                                      Fax: 040/56 98 80-80

18

Exhibit 10.20

After Recording Return To:

Staar Surgical Company
1911 Walker Avenue
Monrovia, California 91016
Attn: John Bily

__________________ [Space Above This Line for Recording Data] __________________

MORTGAGE

DEFINITIONS

Words used in multiple sections of this document are defined below and other words are defined in Sections 3, 11, 13, 18, 20 and 21. Certain rules regarding the usage of words used in this document are also provided in Section 16.

(A) "SECURITY INSTRUMENT" means this document, which is dated July 16, 2004, together with all Riders to this document.

(B) "BORROWER" is PETER J. UTRATA, an individual. Borrower is the mortgagor under this Security Instrument.

(C) "LENDER" is STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY, a Delaware corporation. Lender's address is 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016. Lender is the mortgagee under this Security Instrument.

(D) "NOTE" means, collectively and individually (i) the promissory note ("Note A") signed by Borrower and dated June 16, 1999, in the face principal amount of $1,258,000.00, and (ii) the promissory note ("Note B") signed by Borrower and dated June 2, 2000, in the face principal amount of $272,500.00. Note A states that Borrower owes Lender One Million Two Hundred Fifty-Eight Thousand Dollars (U.S. $1,258,000.00) plus interest. Borrower has promised to pay the debt evidenced by Note A in full not later than June 15, 2004. (By a Forbearance Agreement dated June 16, 2004 (the "Forbearance Agreement") between Borrower and Lender, Lender agreed to forebear on the exercise of its rights and remedies under the Note and the Pledge Agreement (as defined in the Forbearance Agreement) until March 15, 2005. Note B states the Borrower owes Lender Two Hundred Seventy-Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars (U.S. $272,500.00) plus interest. Borrower has promised to pay the debt evidenced by Note B in full no later than June 1, 2005.

(E) "PROPERTY" means the property that is described below under the heading "Transfer of Rights in the Property."

(F) "LOAN" means the debt evidenced by the Note, plus interest, any prepayment charges and late charges due under the Note, and all sums due under this Security Instrument, plus interest.

-1-

(G) [Intentionally omitted.]

(H) "APPLICABLE LAW" means all controlling applicable federal, state and local statutes, regulations, ordinances and administrative rules and orders (that have the effect of law) as well as all applicable final, non-appealable judicial opinions.

(I) "COMMUNITY ASSOCIATION DUES, FEES, AND ASSESSMENTS" means all dues, fees, assessments and other charges that are imposed on Borrower or the Property by a condominium association, homeowners association or similar organization.

(J) "ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER" means any transfer of funds, other than a transaction originated by check, draft, or similar paper instrument, which is initiated through an electronic terminal, telephonic instrument, computer, or magnetic tape so as to order, instruct, or authorize a financial institution to debit or credit an account. Such term includes, but is not limited to, point-of-sale transfers, automated teller machine transactions, transfers initiated by telephone, wire transfers, and automated clearinghouse transfers.

(K) [Intentionally omitted.]

(L) "MISCELLANEOUS PROCEEDS" means any compensation, settlement, award of damages, or proceeds paid by any third party (other than insurance proceeds paid under the coverages described in Section 5) for: (i) damage to, or destruction of, the Property; (ii) condemnation or other taking of all or any part of the Property; (iii) conveyance in. lieu of condemnation; or (iv) misrepresentations of, or omissions as to, the value and/or condition of the Property.

(M) "MORTGAGE INSURANCE" means insurance protecting Lender against the nonpayment of, or default on, the Loan.

(N) "PERIODIC PAYMENT" means the regularly scheduled amount due for (i)
principal and interest under the Note, plus (ii) any amounts under Section 3 of this Security Instrument.

(O) [Intentionally omitted.]

(P) "SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST OF BORROWER" means any party that has taken title to the Property, whether or not that party has assumed Borrower's obligations under the Note and/or this Security Instrument.

TRANSFER OF RIGHTS IN THE PROPERTY

This Security Instrument secures to Lender: (i) the repayment of the Loan, and all renewals, extensions and modifications of the Note; and (ii) the performance of Borrower's covenants and agreements under this Security Instrument and the Note. For this purpose, Borrower does hereby mortgage, grant and convey to Lender, the following described property, which currently has the address of 117 NE Sewalls Road, Stuart, Florida 34995 ("Property Address"):

See Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

TOGETHER WITH all the improvements now or hereafter erected on the property, and all easements, appurtenances, and fixtures now or hereafter a part of the property. All replacements and additions shall also be covered by this Security Instrument. All of the foregoing is referred to in this Security Instrument as the "Property."

BORROWER COVENANTS that Borrower is lawfully seized of the estate hereby conveyed and has the right to mortgage, grant and convey the Property and that the Property

-2-

is unencumbered, except for encumbrances of record. Borrower warrants and will defend generally the title to the Property against all claims and demands, subject to any encumbrances of record.

THIS SECURITY INSTRUMENT combines uniform covenants for national use and non-uniform covenants with limited variations by jurisdiction to constitute a uniform security instrument covering real property.

UNIFORM COVENANTS. Borrower and Lender covenant and agree as follows:

1. PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, INTEREST, ESCROW ITEMS, PREPAYMENT CHARGES, AND LATE CHARGES. Borrower shall pay when due the principal of, and interest on, the debt evidenced by the Note and any prepayment charges and late charges due under the Note. Borrower shall also pay funds for Escrow Items pursuant to Section 3. Payments due under the Note and this Security Instrument shall be made in U.S. currency. However, if any check or other instrument received by Lender as payment under the Note or this Security Instrument is returned to Lender unpaid, Lender may require that any or all subsequent payments due under the Note and this Security Instrument be made in one or more of the following forms, as selected by Lender: (a) cash; (b) money order; (c) certified check, bank check, treasurer's check or cashier's check, provided any such check is drawn upon an institution whose deposits are insured by a federal agency, instrumentality, or entity; or (d) Electronic Funds Transfer.

Payments are deemed received by Lender when received at the location designated in the Note or at such other location as may be designated by Lender in accordance with the notice provisions in Section 15. Lender may return any payment or partial payment if the payment or partial payments are insufficient to bring the Loan current. Lender may accept any payment or partial payment insufficient to bring the Loan current, without waiver of any rights hereunder or prejudice to its rights to refuse such payment or partial payments in the future, but Lender is not obligated to apply such payments at the time such payments are accepted. If each Periodic Payment is applied as of its scheduled due date, then Lender need not pay interest on unapplied funds. Lender may hold such unapplied funds until Borrower makes payment to bring the Loan current. If Borrower does not do so within a reasonable period of time, Lender shall either apply such funds or return them to Borrower. If not applied earlier, such funds will be applied to the outstanding principal balance under the Note immediately prior to foreclosure. No offset or claim which Borrower might have now or in the future against Lender shall relieve Borrower from making payments due under the Note and this Security Instrument or performing the covenants and agreements secured by this Security Instrument.

2. APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS OR PROCEEDS. Except as otherwise described in this Section 2, all payments accepted and applied by Lender shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(a) interest due under the Note; (b) principal due under the Note; (c) amounts due under Section 3. Such payments shall be applied to each Periodic Payment in the order in which it became due. Any remaining amounts shall be applied first to late charges, second to any other amounts due under this Security Instrument, and then to reduce the principal balance of the Note.

If Lender receives a payment from Borrower for a delinquent Periodic Payment which includes a sufficient amount to pay any late charge due, the payment may be applied

-3-

to the delinquent payment and the late charge. If more than one Periodic Payment is outstanding, Lender may apply any payment received from Borrower to the repayment of the Periodic Payments if, and to the extent that, each payment can be paid in full. To the extent that any excess exists after the payment is applied to the full payment of one or more Periodic Payments, such excess may be applied to any late charges due. Voluntary prepayments shall be applied first to any prepayment charges and then as described in the Note.

Any application of payments, insurance proceeds, or Miscellaneous Proceeds to principal due under the Note shall not extend or postpone the due date, or change the amount, of the Periodic Payments.

3. FIRST MORTGAGE. This Security Instrument is subordinate to a mortgage in favor of Virtual Bank, a Division of Lydian Private Bank, securing a note in the amount of $1,500,000.00 (the "First Mortgage"). Borrower hereby agrees that the current outstanding principal balance of the indebtedness secured by the First Mortgage does not exceed $1,500,000.00. Borrower further agrees that Borrower shall pay all amounts secured by the First Mortgage when due and perform all of its obligations under the First Mortgage. Any default under the First Mortgage shall constitute a default under this Security Instrument.

4. CHARGES; LIENS. Borrower shall pay all taxes, assessments, charges, fines, and impositions attributable to the Property which can attain priority over this Security Instrument, leasehold payments or ground rents on the Property, if any, and Community Association Dues, Fees, and Assessments, if any. To the extent that these items are Escrow Items, Borrower shall pay them in the manner provided in Section 3.

Borrower shall promptly discharge any lien which has priority over this Security Instrument unless Borrower: (a) agrees in writing to the payment of the obligation secured by the lien in a manner acceptable to Lender, but only so long as Borrower is performing such agreement; (b) contests the lien in good faith by, or defends against enforcement of the lien in, legal proceedings which in Lender's opinion operate to prevent the enforcement of the lien while those proceedings are pending, but only until such proceedings are concluded; or (c) secures from the holder of the lien an agreement satisfactory to Lender subordinating the lien to this Security Instrument. If Lender determines that any part of the Property is subject to a lien which can attain priority over this Security Instrument, Lender may give Borrower a notice identifying the lien. Within 10 days of the date on which that notice is given, Borrower shall satisfy the lien or take one or more of the actions set forth above in this
Section 4.

Lender may require Borrower to pay a one-time charge for a real estate tax verification and/or reporting service used by Lender in connection with this Loan.

5. PROPERTY INSURANCE. Borrower shall keep the improvements now existing or hereafter erected on the Property insured against loss by fire, hazards included within the term "extended coverage," and any other hazards including, but not limited to, earthquakes and floods, for which Lender requires insurance. This insurance shall be maintained in the amounts (including deductible levels) and for the periods that Lender requires. What Lender requires pursuant to the preceding sentences can change during the term of the Loan. The insurance carrier providing the insurance shall be chosen by Borrower subject to Lender's right to disapprove Borrower's choice, which right shall not be exercised unreasonably. Lender may require Borrower to pay, in connection with this Loan, either: (a) a one-time

-4-

charge for flood zone determination, certification and tracking services; or (b) a one-time charge for flood zone determination and certification services and subsequent charges each time remappings or similar changes occur which reasonably might affect such determination or certification. Borrower shall also be responsible for the payment of any fees imposed by the Federal Emergency Management Agency in connection with the review of any flood zone determination resulting from an objection by Borrower.

If Borrower fails to maintain any of the coverages described above, Lender may obtain insurance coverage, at Lender's option and Borrower's expense. Lender is under no obligation to purchase any particular type or amount of coverage. Therefore, such coverage shall cover Lender, but might or might not protect Borrower, Borrower's equity in the Property, or the contents of the Property, against any risk, hazard or liability and might provide greater or lesser coverage than was previously in effect. Borrower acknowledges that the cost of the insurance coverage so obtained might significantly exceed the cost of insurance that Borrower could have obtained. Any amounts disbursed by Lender under this Section 5 shall become additional debt of Borrower secured by this Security Instrument. These amounts shall bear interest at the Note rate from the date of disbursement and shall be payable, with such interest, upon notice from Lender to Borrower requesting payment.

All insurance policies required by Lender and renewals of such policies shall be subject to Lender's right to disapprove such policies, shall include a standard mortgage clause, and shall name Lender as mortgagee and/or as an additional loss payee. Lender shall have the right to hold the policies and renewal certificates. If Lender requires, Borrower shall promptly give to Lender all receipts of paid premiums and renewal notices. If Borrower obtains any form of insurance coverage, not otherwise required by Lender, for damage to, or destruction of, the Property, such policy shall include a standard mortgage clause and shall name Lender as mortgagee and/or as an additional loss payee.

In the event of loss, Borrower shall give prompt notice to the insurance carrier and Lender. Lender may make proof of loss if not made promptly by Borrower. Unless Lender and Borrower otherwise agree in writing, any insurance proceeds, whether or not the underlying insurance was required by Lender, shall be applied to restoration or repair of the Property, if the restoration or repair is economically feasible and Lender's security is not lessened. During such repair and restoration period, Lender shall have the right to hold such insurance proceeds until Lender has had an opportunity to inspect such Property to ensure the work has been completed to Lender's satisfaction, provided that such inspection shall be undertaken promptly. Lender may disburse proceeds for the repairs and restoration in a single payment or in a series of progress payments as the work is completed. Unless an agreement is made in writing or Applicable Law requires interest to be paid on such insurance proceeds, Lender shall not be required to pay Borrower any interest or earnings on such proceeds. Fees for public adjusters, or other third parties, retained by Borrower shall not be paid out of the insurance proceeds and shall be the sole obligation of Borrower. If the restoration or repair is not economically feasible or Lender's security would be lessened, the insurance proceeds shall be applied to the sums secured by this Security Instrument, whether or not then due, with the excess, if any, paid to Borrower. Such insurance proceeds shall be applied in the order provided for in Section 2.

If Borrower abandons the Property, Lender may file, negotiate and settle any available insurance claim and related matters. If Borrower does not respond within 30 days

-5-

to a notice from Lender that the insurance carrier has offered to settle a claim, then Lender may negotiate and settle the claim. The 30-day period will begin when the notice is given. In either event, or if Lender acquires the Property under Section 22 or otherwise, Borrower hereby assigns to Lender (a) Borrower's rights to any insurance proceeds in an amount not to exceed the amounts unpaid under the Note or this Security Instrument, and (b) any other of Borrower's rights (other than the right to any refund of unearned premiums paid by Borrower) under all insurance policies covering the Property, insofar as such rights are applicable to the coverage of the Property. Lender may use the insurance proceeds either to repair or restore the Property or to pay amounts unpaid under the Note or this Security Instrument, whether or not then due.

6. [Intentionally omitted.]

7. PRESERVATION, MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF THE PROPERTY; INSPECTIONS. Borrower shall not destroy, damage or impair the Property, allow the Property to deteriorate or commit waste on the Property. Whether or not Borrower is residing in the Property, Borrower shall maintain the Property in order to prevent the Property from deteriorating or decreasing in value due to its condition. Unless it is determined pursuant to Section 5 that repair or restoration is not economically feasible, Borrower shall promptly repair the Property if damaged to avoid further deterioration or damage. If insurance or condemnation proceeds are paid in connection with damage to, or the taking of, the Property, Borrower shall be responsible for repairing or restoring the Property only if Lender has released proceeds for such purposes. Lender may disburse proceeds for the repairs and restoration in a single payment or in a series of progress payments as the work is completed. If the insurance or condemnation proceeds are not sufficient to repair or restore the Property, Borrower is not relieved of Borrower's obligation for the completion of such repair or restoration.

Lender or its agent may make reasonable entries upon and inspections of the Property. If it has reasonable cause, Lender may inspect the interior of the improvements on the Property. Lender shall give Borrower notice at the time of or prior to such an interior inspection specifying such reasonable cause.

8. [Intentionally omitted.]

9. PROTECTION OF LENDER'S INTEREST IN THE PROPERTY AND RIGHTS UNDER THIS SECURITY INSTRUMENT. If (a) Borrower fails to perform the covenants and agreements contained in this Security Instrument, (b) there is a legal proceeding that might significantly affect Lender's interest in the Property and/or rights under this Security Instrument (such as a proceeding in bankruptcy, probate, for condemnation or forfeiture, for enforcement of a lien which may attain priority over this Security Instrument or to enforce laws or regulations), or (c) Borrower has abandoned the Property, then Lender may do and pay for whatever is reasonable or appropriate to protect Lender's interest in the Property and rights under this Security Instrument, including protecting and/or assessing the value of the Property, and securing and/or repairing the Property. Lender's actions can include, but are not limited to: (a) paying any sums secured by a lien which has priority over this Security Instrument; (b) appearing in court; and (c) paying reasonable attorneys' fees to protect its interest in the Property and/or rights under this Security Instrument, including its secured position in a bankruptcy proceeding. Securing the Property includes, but is not limited to, entering the Property to make repairs, change locks, replace or board up doors and windows, drain water from pipes, eliminate building or other code violations or dangerous conditions, and have

-6-

utilities turned on or off. Although Lender may take action under this Section 9, Lender does not have to do so and is not under any duty or obligation to do so. It is agreed that Lender incurs no liability for not taking any or all actions authorized under this Section 9.

Any amounts disbursed by Lender under this Section 9 shall become additional debt of Borrower secured by this Security Instrument. These amounts shall bear interest at the Note rate from the date of disbursement and shall be payable, with such interest, upon notice from Lender to Borrower requesting payment.

If this Security Instrument is on a leasehold, Borrower shall comply with all the provisions of the lease. If Borrower acquires fee title to the Property, the leasehold and the fee title shall not merge unless Lender agrees to the merger in writing.

10. [Intentionally omitted.]

11. ASSIGNMENT OF MISCELLANEOUS PROCEEDS; FORFEITURE. All Miscellaneous Proceeds are hereby assigned to and shall be paid to Lender.

If the Property is damaged, such Miscellaneous Proceeds shall be applied to restoration or repair of the Property, if the restoration or repair is economically feasible and Lender's security is not lessened. During such repair and restoration period, Lender shall have the right to hold such Miscellaneous Proceeds until Lender has had an opportunity to inspect such Property to ensure the work has been completed to Lender's satisfaction, provided that such inspection shall be undertaken promptly. Lender may pay for the repairs and restoration in a single disbursement or in a series of progress payments as the work is completed. Unless an agreement is made in writing or Applicable Law requires interest to be paid on such Miscellaneous Proceeds, Lender shall not be required to pay Borrower any interest or earnings on such Miscellaneous Proceeds. If the restoration or repair is not economically feasible or Lender's security would be lessened, the Miscellaneous Proceeds shall be applied to the sums secured by this Security Instrument, whether or not then due, with the excess, if any, paid to Borrower. Such Miscellaneous Proceeds shall be applied in the order provided for in Section 2.

In the event of a total taking, destruction, or loss in value of the Property, the Miscellaneous Proceeds shall be applied to the sums secured by this Security Instrument, whether or not then due, with the excess, if any, paid to Borrower.

In the event of a partial taking, destruction, or loss in value of the Property in which the fair market value of the Property immediately before the partial taking, destruction, or loss in value is equal to or greater than the amount of the sums secured by this Security Instrument immediately before the partial taking, destruction, or loss in value, unless Borrower and Lender otherwise agree in writing, the sums secured by this Security Instrument shall be reduced by the amount of the Miscellaneous Proceeds multiplied by the following fraction: (a) the total amount of the sums secured immediately before the partial taking, destruction, or loss in value divided by (b) the fair market value of the Property immediately before the partial taking, destruction, or loss in value. Any balance shall be paid to Borrower.

In the event of a partial taking, destruction, or loss in value of the Property in which the fair market value of the Property immediately before the partial taking, destruction, or loss in value is less than the amount of the sums secured immediately before the partial taking, destruction, or loss in value, unless Borrower and Lender otherwise agree in writing,

-7-

the Miscellaneous Proceeds shall be applied to the sums secured by this Security Instrument whether or not the sums are then due.

If the Property is abandoned by Borrower, or if, after notice by Lender to Borrower that the Opposing Party (as defined in the next sentence) offers to make an award to settle a claim for damages, Borrower fails to respond to Lender within 30 days after the date the notice is given, Lender is authorized to collect and apply the Miscellaneous Proceeds either to restoration or repair of the Property or to the sums secured by this Security Instrument, whether or not then due. "Opposing Party" means the third party that owes Borrower Miscellaneous Proceeds or the party against whom Borrower has a right of action in regard to Miscellaneous Proceeds.

Borrower shall be in default if any action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, is begun that, in Lender's judgment, could result in forfeiture of the Property or other material impairment of Lender's interest in the Property or rights under this Security Instrument. Borrower can cure such a default and, if acceleration has occurred, reinstate as provided in Section 19, by causing the action or proceeding to be dismissed with a ruling that, in Lender's judgment, precludes forfeiture of the Property or other material impairment of Lender's interest in the Property or rights under this Security Instrument. The proceeds of any award or claim for damages that are attributable to the impairment of Lender's interest in the Property are hereby assigned and shall be paid to Lender.

All Miscellaneous Proceeds that are not applied to restoration or repair of the Property shall be applied in the order provided for in Section 2.

12. BORROWER NOT RELEASED; FORBEARANCE BY LENDER NOT A WAIVER. Extension of the time for payment or modification of amortization of the sums secured by this Security Instrument granted by Lender to Borrower or any Successor in Interest of Borrower shall not operate to release the liability of Borrower or any Successors in Interest of Borrower. Lender shall not be required to commence proceedings against any Successor in Interest of Borrower or to refuse to extend time for payment or otherwise modify amortization of the sums secured by this Security Instrument by reason of any demand made by the original Borrower or any Successors in Interest of Borrower. Any forbearance by Lender in exercising any right or remedy including, without limitation, Lender's acceptance of payments from third persons, entities or Successors in Interest of Borrower or in amounts less than the amount then due, shall not be a waiver of or preclude the exercise of any right or remedy.

13. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY; CO-SIGNERS; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS BOUND. Borrower covenants and agrees that Borrower's obligations and liability shall be joint and several. However, any Borrower who co-signs this Security Instrument but does not execute the Note (a "co-signer"):

(a) is co-signing this Security Instrument only to mortgage, grant and convey the co-signer's interest in the Property under the terms of this Security Instrument; (b) is not personally obligated to pay the sums secured by this Security Instrument; and (c) agrees that Lender and any other Borrower can agree to extend, modify, forbear or make any accommodations with regard to the terms of this Security Instrument or the Note without the co-signer's consent.

Subject to the provisions of Section 18, any Successor in Interest of Borrower who assumes Borrower's obligations under this Security Instrument in writing, and is approved by Lender, shall obtain all of Borrower's rights and benefits under this Security Instrument. Borrower shall not be released from Borrower's obligations and liability under this Security

-8-

Instrument unless Lender agrees to such release in writing. The covenants and agreements of this Security Instrument shall bind (except as provided in Section 20) and benefit the successors and assigns of Lender.

14. LOAN CHARGES. Lender may charge Borrower fees for services performed in connection with Borrower's default, for the purpose of protecting Lender's interest in the Property and rights under this Security Instrument, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees, property inspection and valuation fees. In regard to any other fees, the absence of express authority in this Security Instrument to charge a specific fee to Borrower shall not be construed as a prohibition on the charging of such fee. Lender may not charge fees that are expressly prohibited by this Security Instrument or by Applicable Law.

If the Loan is subject to a law which sets maximum loan charges, and that law is finally interpreted so that the interest or other loan charges collected or to be collected in connection with the Loan exceed the permitted limits, then: (a) any such loan charge shall be reduced by the amount necessary to reduce the charge to the permitted limit; and (b) any sums already collected from Borrower which exceeded permitted limits will be refunded to Borrower. Lender may choose to make this refund by reducing the principal owed under the Note or by making a direct payment to Borrower. If a refund reduces principal, the reduction will be treated as a partial prepayment without any prepayment charge (whether or not a prepayment charge is provided for under the Note). Borrower's acceptance of any such refund made by direct payment to Borrower will constitute a waiver of any right of action Borrower might have arising out of such overcharge.

15. NOTICES. All notices given by Borrower or Lender in connection with this Security Instrument must be in writing. Any notice to Borrower in connection with this Security Instrument shall be deemed to have been given to Borrower when mailed by first class mail or when actually delivered to Borrower's notice address if sent by other means. Notice to any one Borrower shall constitute notice to all Borrowers unless Applicable Law expressly requires otherwise. The notice address shall be the Property Address unless Borrower has designated a substitute notice address by notice to Lender. Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of Borrower's change of address. If Lender specifies a procedure for reporting Borrower's change of address, then Borrower shall only report a change of address through that specified procedure. There may be only one designated notice address under this Security Instrument at any one time. Any notice to Lender shall be given by delivering it or by mailing it by first class mail to Lender's address stated herein unless Lender has designated another address by notice to Borrower. Any notice in connection with this Security Instrument shall not be deemed to have been given to Lender until actually received by Lender. If any notice required by this Security Instrument is also required under Applicable Law, the Applicable Law requirement will satisfy the corresponding requirement under this Security Instrument.

16. GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. This Security Instrument shall be governed by federal law and the law of the jurisdiction in which the Property is located. All rights and obligations contained in this Security Instrument are subject to any requirements and limitations of Applicable Law. Applicable Law might explicitly or implicitly allow the parties to agree by contract or it might be silent, but such silence shall not be construed as a prohibition against agreement by contract. In the event that any provision or clause of this Security Instrument or the Note conflicts with Applicable

-9-

Law, such conflict shall not affect other provisions of this Security Instrument or the Note which can be given effect without the conflicting provision.

As used in this Security Instrument: (a) words of the masculine gender shall mean and include corresponding neuter words or words of the feminine gender; (b) words in the singular shall mean and include the plural and vice versa; and (c) the word "may" gives sole discretion without any obligation to take any action.

17. BORROWER'S COPY. Borrower shall be given one copy of the Note and of this Security Instrument.

18. TRANSFER OF THE PROPERTY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN BORROWER. As used in this Section 18, "Interest in the Property" means any legal or beneficial interest in the Property, including, but not limited to, those beneficial interests transferred in a bond for deed, contract for deed, installment sales contract or escrow agreement, the intent of which is the transfer of title by Borrower at a future date to a purchaser.

If all or any part of the Property or any Interest in the Property is sold or transferred (or if Borrower is not a natural person and a beneficial interest in Borrower is sold or transferred) without Lender's prior written consent, Lender may require immediate payment in full of all sums secured by this Security Instrument. However, this option shall not be exercised by Lender if such exercise is prohibited by Applicable Law.

If Lender exercises this option, Lender shall give Borrower notice of acceleration. The notice shall provide a period of not less than 30 days from the date the notice is given in accordance with Section 15 within which Borrower must pay all sums secured by this Security Instrument. If Borrower fails to pay these sums prior to the expiration of this period, Lender may invoke any remedies permitted by this Security Instrument without further notice or demand on Borrower.

19. BORROWER'S RIGHT TO REINSTATE AFTER ACCELERATION. If Borrower meets certain conditions, Borrower shall have the right to have enforcement of this Security Instrument discontinued at any time prior to the earliest of: (a) five days before sale of the Property pursuant to any power of sale contained in this Security Instrument; (b) such other period as Applicable Law might specify for the termination of Borrower's right to reinstate; or (c) entry of a judgment enforcing this Security Instrument. Those conditions are that Borrower: (a) pays Lender all sums which then would be due under this Security Instrument and the Note as if no acceleration had occurred; (b) cures any default of any other covenants or agreements; (c) pays all expenses incurred in enforcing this Security Instrument, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees, property inspection and valuation fees, and other fees incurred for the purpose of protecting Lender's interest in the Property and rights under this Security Instrument; and (d) takes such action as Lender may reasonably require to assure that Lender's interest in the Property and rights under this Security Instrument, and Borrower's obligation to pay the sums secured by this Security Instrument, shall continue unchanged. Lender may require that Borrower pay such reinstatement sums and expenses in one or more of the following forms, as selected by Lender: (a) cash; (b) money order; (c) certified check, bank check, treasurer's check or cashier's check, provided any such check is drawn upon an institution whose deposits are insured by a federal agency, instrumentality or entity; or (d) Electronic Funds Transfer. Upon reinstatement by Borrower, this Security Instrument and obligations secured hereby shall

-10-

remain fully effective as if no acceleration had occurred. However, this right to reinstate shall not apply in the case of acceleration under Section 18.

20. SALE OF NOTE; NOTICE OF GRIEVANCE. The Note or a partial interest in the Note (together with this Security Instrument) can be sold one or more times without prior notice to Borrower.

Neither Borrower nor Lender may commence, join, or be joined to any judicial action (as either an individual litigant or the member of a class) that arises from the other party's actions pursuant to this Security Instrument or that alleges that the other party has breached any provision of, or any duty owed by reason of, this Security Instrument, until such Borrower or Lender has notified the other party (with such notice given in compliance with the requirements of Section 15) of such alleged breach and afforded the other party hereto a reasonable period after the giving of such notice to take corrective action. If Applicable Law provides a time period which must elapse before certain action can be taken, that time period will be deemed to be reasonable for purposes of this paragraph. The notice of acceleration and opportunity to cure given to Borrower pursuant to Section 22 and the notice of acceleration given to Borrower pursuant to Section 18 shall be deemed to satisfy the notice and opportunity to take corrective action provisions of this Section 20.

21. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. As used in this Section 21: (a) "Hazardous Substances" are those substances defined as toxic or hazardous substances, pollutants, or wastes by Environmental Law and the following substances:
gasoline, kerosene, other flammable or toxic petroleum products, toxic pesticides and herbicides, volatile solvents, materials containing asbestos or formaldehyde, and radioactive materials; (b) "Environmental Law" means federal laws and laws of the jurisdiction where the Property is located that relate to health, safety or environmental protection; (c) "Environmental Cleanup" includes any response action, remedial action, or removal action, as defined in Environmental Law; and (d) an "Environmental Condition" means a condition that can cause, contribute to, or otherwise trigger an Environmental Cleanup.

Borrower shall not cause or permit the presence, use, disposal, storage, or release of any Hazardous Substances, or threaten to release any Hazardous Substances, on or in the Property. Borrower shall not do, nor allow anyone else to do, anything affecting the Property (a) that is in violation of any Environmental Law, (b) which creates an Environmental Condition, or (c) which, due to the presence, use, or release of a Hazardous Substance, creates a condition that adversely affects the value of the Property. The preceding two sentences shall not apply to the presence, use, or storage on the Property of small quantities of Hazardous Substances that are generally recognized to be appropriate to normal residential uses and to maintenance of the Property (including, but not limited to, hazardous substances in consumer products).

Borrower shall promptly give Lender written notice of(a) any investigation, claim, demand, lawsuit or other action by any governmental or regulatory agency or private party involving the Property and any Hazardous Substance or Environmental Law of which Borrower has actual knowledge, (b) any Environmental Condition, including but not limited to, any spilling, leaking, discharge, release or threat of release of any Hazardous Substance, and (c) any condition caused by the presence, use or release of a Hazardous Substance which adversely affects the value of the Property. If Borrower learns, or is notified by any governmental or regulatory authority, or any private party, that any removal or other

-11-

remediation of any Hazardous Substance affecting the Property is necessary, Borrower shall promptly take all necessary remedial actions in accordance with Environmental Law. Nothing herein shall create any obligation on Lender for an Environmental Cleanup.

NON-UNIFORM COVENANTS. Borrower and Lender further covenant and agree as follows: 22. ACCELERATION; REMEDIES. LENDER SHALL GIVE NOTICE TO BORROWER PRIOR TO ACCELERATION FOLLOWING BORROWER'S BREACH OF ANY COVENANT OR AGREEMENT IN THIS SECURITY INSTRUMENT (BUT NOT PRIOR TO ACCELERATION UNDER SECTION 18 UNLESS APPLICABLE LAW PROVIDES OTHERWISE). THE NOTICE SHALL SPECIFY: (a) THE DEFAULT;
(b) THE ACTION REQUIRED TO CURE THE DEFAULT; (c) A DATE, NOT LESS THAN 30 DAYS FROM THE DATE THE NOTICE IS GIVEN TO BORROWER, BY WHICH THE DEFAULT MUST BE CURED; AND (d) THAT FAILURE TO CURE THE DEFAULT ON OR BEFORE THE DATE SPECIFIED IN THE NOTICE MAY RESULT IN ACCELERATION OF THE SUMS SECURED BY THIS SECURITY INSTRUMENT, FORECLOSURE BY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING AND SALE OF THE PROPERTY. THE NOTICE SHALL FURTHER INFORM BORROWER OF THE RIGHT TO REINSTATE AFTER ACCELERATION AND THE RIGHT TO ASSERT IN THE FORECLOSURE PROCEEDING THE NONEXISTENCE OF A DEFAULT OR ANY OTHER DEFENSE OF BORROWER TO ACCELERATION AND FORECLOSURE. IF THE DEFAULT IS NOT CURED ON OR BEFORE THE DATE SPECIFIED IN THE NOTICE, LENDER AT ITS OPTION MAY REQUIRE IMMEDIATE PAYMENT IN FULL OF ALL SUMS SECURED BY THIS SECURITY INSTRUMENT WITHOUT FURTHER DEMAND AND MAY FORECLOSE THIS SECURITY INSTRUMENT BY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING. LENDER SHALL BE ENTITLED TO COLLECT ALL EXPENSES INCURRED IN PURSUING THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 22, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS OF TITLE EVIDENCE.

23. RELEASE. Upon payment of all sums secured by this Security Instrument, Lender shall release this Security Instrument. Borrower shall pay any recordation costs. Lender may charge Borrower a fee for releasing this Security Instrument, but only if the fee is paid to a third party for services rendered and the charging of the fee is permitted under Applicable Law.

24. ATTORNEYS' FEES. As used in this Security Instrument and the Note, attorneys' fees shall include those awarded by an appellate court and any attorneys' fees incurred in a bankruptcy proceeding.

25. JURY TRIAL WAIVER. The Borrower hereby waives any right to a trial by jury in any action, proceeding, claim, or counterclaim, whether in contract or tort, at law or in equity, arising out of or in any way related to this Security Instrument or the Note.

-12-

BY SIGNING BELOW, Borrower accepts and agrees to the terms and covenants contained in this Security Instrument and in any Rider executed by Borrower and recorded with it.

Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:

                                                 Borrower:

Witness:

/s/ Christi Murphy                                /s/ Peter J. Utrata
------------------                                ------------------------------
                                                  Peter J. Utrata, an individual

__________________ [SPACE BELOW THIS LINE FOR ACKNOWLEDGMENT] __________________

STATE OF CALIFORNIA       )
                          )   ss.
COUNTY OF _____________   )

On 7/21/04, before me, Lisa Reynolds, a Notary Public in and for said County and State, personally appeared Peter J. Utrata, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal.

/s/ Lisa M. Reynolds
------------------------------
Signature of Notary Public

[SEAL]

-13-

EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

All that real property in the City of Stuart, Martin County, Florida described as follows:

Lot 6 Twin Rivers (less easterly 2" right of way per D/R1096/1064) PB 2, Page 62.

Assessor's Parcel No.: 36-37-41-007-000-00060-2.

-1-

EXHIBIT 10.21

FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT

This FORBEARANCE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of the 22nd day of July, 2004, by and between Peter J. Utrata, M.D., an individual ("Borrower") and STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation ("Lender") with reference to the following facts:

RECITALS

A. Borrower has executed a Promissory Note (the "Note") in favor of Lender in the original principal amount of One Million Two Hundred Fifty-Eight Thousand Dollars ($1,258,000).

B. Borrower has pledged to Lender the interest of Borrower in certain common stock pursuant to the Pledge Agreement (the "Pledge Agreement") dated as of June 16, 1999, for the purpose of securing payment of the Note.

C. Under the Note, the entire unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest was due on June 15, 2004.

D. Borrower failed to pay the amounts due under the Note when due.

E. Lender and Borrower are willing to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Pledge Agreement.

2. Agreement of Forbearance. Subject to all of the terms and provisions contained in this Agreement, the Lender agrees to forbear in the exercise of any rights or remedies it may have under the Note and the Pledge Agreement until March 15, 2005 (the "Forbearance Period").

3. Initial Repayment. Borrower agrees that, in consideration of Lender's agreement to enter into this Forbearance Agreement, on or before July 30, 2004 Borrower shall pay to Lender $150,000 (the "Initial Repayment"), to be applied first to repayment of unpaid interest, and second to reduction of the principal balance of the Note.

4. Payment of Principal and Interest. All obligations of Borrower to Lender under the Note shall become immediately due and payable, and Borrower shall pay the Principal Amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Principal Amount and all


other indebtedness due under the Note, on the earlier to occur of (a) July 1, 2004, if Borrower has not prior to that date delivered to Lender the Initial Repayment, (b) the first date after the date of the execution of this Forbearance Agreement on which the closing bid price for STAAR common stock on the Nasdaq National Market (or on such other stock exchange or quotation system where STAAR's common stock principally trades at the time) (the "Closing Price") is, and has been for twenty (20) consecutive trading days, [$13.00] or greater (the "Market Settlement Date"), or (c) the end of the Forbearance Period. If the date set for payment under this Note falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday recognized by either the United States of America or the State of California, payment of this Note shall be due on the next business day.

5. Company Right of Redemption. The Lender may at any time request that on the Market Settlement Date the Borrower surrender some or all of its pledged shares to the Lender in lieu of some or all of the cash repayment of Borrower's obligation under the Note. If so requested, the Borrower shall surrender the requested shares on the Market Settlement Date (or an earlier date at the election of the Borrower) and the Borrower's indebtedness under the Note shall be reduced in an amount equal to the number of shares so surrendered multiplied by the Closing Price on the date of surrender. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that the Borrower may be required to surrender shall be the quotient resulting when the total amount of the Borrower's obligations under the Note is divided by the closing Price on the Market Settlement Date.

6. Reaffirmation and Ratification. Borrower hereby reaffirms, ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Note and Pledge Agreement and acknowledges that all of the terms and provisions of the Pledge Agreement and Note remain in full force and effect.

7. Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall, at the request of the other party hereto, deliver to the requesting party all further documents or other assurances as may reasonably be necessary or desirable in connection with this Agreement.

8. Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties in connection with the subject matter hereof and cannot be changed or terminated orally. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties and negotiations regarding the subject matter hereof, if any, are merged into this Agreement.

9. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

10. Attorney's Fees. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that all attorney's fees and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement shall be the responsibility of Borrower under
Section 10 of the Note and that such fees and expenses shall be added to the obligations of Borrower to Lender under the Note.


11. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed to be in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California.

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have executed this Forbearance Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

Borrower:

/s/  Peter J. Utrata, M.D.
-----------------------------------
Peter J. Utrata, M.D.

Lender:

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY
1911 Walker Avenue Monrovia,
California 91016

By: /s/ John Bily
    -------------------------------
Name:  John Bily
     ------------------------------
Title:  CFO
      -----------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.24

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

This Stock Option Certificate is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and DAVID BAILEY (the "Recipient") whose address is 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. This Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, an option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, one hundred and fifty thousand (150,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of three dollars and thirty-five cents ($3.35) per Option Share (the "Option Price"), subject to the following terms and conditions. The date of this grant is August 9, 2001 (the "Grant Date").

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. Subject to the terms of this Stock Option Certificate, the Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Capitalized terms used in this Stock Option Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option (i) is [__] a Non-Qualified Option or
(ii) is [X] an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [X] an employee, (ii) [__] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. The right to exercise the Options granted by this Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 8th day of August, 2011 (the "Option Expiration Date"). Nothwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Option is not fully vested, the right to exercise the Option shall be subject to earlier expiration as provided in Article X of the Plan.

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option Shares are subject to Article V, Section 5.05 of the Plan and to the following vesting schedule:

                         Cumulative Vested
                           Percentage of
   Date                        Shares
--------------           -----------------
August 9, 2001                 16.67%
August 9, 2002                 33.33%
August 9, 2003                    50%
August 9, 2004                 66.67%
August 9, 2005                   100%


The above vesting schedule will be accelerated according to the Recipient's achievement of certain goals and objectives as stated below:

(i) the right to purchase twenty-five thousand (25,000) Option Shares shall vest immediately upon completion of the implant of four hundred (400) implantable contact lenses (ICLs) in Canada, so long as such implants are completed by March 31, 2002;

(ii) the right to purchase twenty-five thousand (25,000) Option Shares shall vest immediately upon completion of the implant of three thousand (3,000) AquaFlow glaucoma devices worldwide, so long as such implants are completed by March 31, 2002;

(iii) the right to purchase twenty-five thousand (25,000) Option Shares shall vest immediately upon agreement with banks, funds or other lenders to refinance the business to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors;

(iv) the right to purchase twenty-five thousand (25,000) Option Shares shall vest immediately upon execution of a license agreement between the Corporation and a third party in respect of current technology of STAAR (such as the WAVE(TM) Phacoemulsification System or between the Corporation and a third party for production of the Corporation's silicone IOL); and

(v) the right to purchase twenty-five thousand (25,000) Option Shares shall vest immediately upon resolution of the dispute pending on August 9, 2001 between the Corporation and Canon-STAAR Company, Inc.

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:

(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check or through a "same day sale" commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD Dealer") whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased to pay for the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option Shares Subject to Article V,
Section 5.05 of the Plan and to the vesting schedule set forth above are subject to Article X of the Plan and to the forfeiture provisions included therein relating to the Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity indicated above; provided, however, that the vesting schedule and forfeiture provisions of that certain Employment Agreement entered into by and between the Recipient and the Company on December 20,


2000.

9. VESTING ON CHANGE OF CONTROL. Any unvested Option Shares shall immediately vest upon the occurrence of a Change In Control or an Approved Corporate Transaction.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Stock Option Certificate.

(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent


provided by law.

(iv) No Reliance Upon Prior Representation. The Recipient acknowledges that neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents have made any oral representation or promise which would induce the Recipient prior to executing this Stock Option Certificate to change the Recipient's position to the Recipient's detriment, partially perform, or part with value in reliance upon such representation or promise; the Recipient acknowledges that he or she has taken such action at its own risk; and the Recipient represents that he or she has not so changed his or her position, performed or parted with value prior to the time of his or her execution of this Stock Option Certificate.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.

(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Stock Option Certificate executed this Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 9th day of August 2001.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

                                                   By: /s/ John Bily
                                                       -------------------------
                                                   John C. Bily, Secretary
ATTEST:

                  [SEAL]                           RECIPIENT:

                                                       /s/ David Bailey
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   David Bailey


EXHIBIT A
TO
STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

[To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO: Secretary
STAAR Surgical Company
1911 Walker Avenue
Monrovia, California 91016

The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Stock Option Certificate dated effective the 9th day of August, 2001 (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase ____________________ (______)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $.01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of __________________ ($_________)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

Signature:_________________________________

Print Name:________________________________

Address:___________________________________


Date:________________


EXHIBIT 10.25

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

This Stock Option Certificate is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and DAVID BAILEY (the "Recipient") whose address is 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. This Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, a stock option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, one hundred and fifty thousand (150,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of three dollars and eighty-one cents ($3.81) per Option Share (the "Option Price"), subject to the following terms and conditions. The date of this grant January 2, 2002 (the "Grant Date").

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. Subject to the terms of this Stock Option Certificate, the Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Capitalized terms used in this Stock Option Certificate but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option (i) is [__] a Non-Qualified Option or
(ii) is [X] an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [X] an employee, (ii) [__] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. The right to exercise the Options granted by this Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 2nd day of January, 2012 (the "Option Expiration Date"). Nothwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Option is not fully vested, the right to exercise the Option shall be subject to earlier expiration as provided in Article X of the Plan.

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option Shares are subject to Article V, Section 5.05 of the Plan and to the following vesting schedule:

                           Cumulative Vested
                             Percentage of
     Date                        Shares
---------------            -----------------
January 2, 2003                 33 1/3%
January 2, 2004                 33 1/3%
January 2, 2005                 33 1/3%

The above vesting schedule will be accelerated according to the Recipient's achievement of certain goals


and objectives as stated below:

(i) the right to purchase thirty thousand (30,000) Option Shares shall vest immediately upon the Company's receipt of approval from the United States Food and Drug Administration for use of the Toric ICL as an investigational device, so long as such approval is received by March 31, 2002;

(ii) the right to purchase thirty thousand (30,000) Option Shares shall vest immediately when the Company's product, Visacryl 2, is launched in Germany and four additional key markets outside the United States, so long as the product is launched in all five markets by June 30, 2002;

(iii) the right to purchase thirty thousand (30,000) Option Shares shall vest on the date that the Company executes an original equipment manufacturer supply agreement for the Company's existing products yielding revenues in the first year of not less than $1,500,000, so long as such agreement is signed by September 30, 2002;

(iv) the right to purchase thirty thousand (30,000) Option Shares shall vest immediately once the Company hires a qualified Chief Financial Officer and qualified Vice President in charge of research and development, clinical affairs and regulatory affairs, so long as both positions are filled by June 30, 2002; and

(v) the right to purchase thirty thousand (30,000) Option Shares shall vest on April 1, 2002, so long as the Company has achieved and maintained a positive cash flow during the period from October 1 through December 31, 2001 and January 1 through March 31, 2002.

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of the Notice of Exercise of Stock Option, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, to the Secretary of the Company, together with:

(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check or through a "same day sale" commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD Dealer") whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased to pay for the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option Shares Subject to Article V,
Section 5.05 of the Plan and to the vesting schedule set forth above are subject to Article X of the Plan and to the forfeiture provisions included therein relating to the Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity indicated above; provided, however, that the vesting schedule and forfeiture provisions of that certain Employment Agreement entered into by and between the Recipient and the Company on December 20, 2000.


9. VESTING ON CHANGE OF CONTROL. Any unvested Option Shares shall immediately vest upon the occurrence of a Change In Control or an Approved Corporate Transaction.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Stock Option Certificate.

(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(iv) No Reliance Upon Prior Representation. The Recipient acknowledges that neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents have made any oral representation or promise which would induce the Recipient prior to executing this Stock Option Certificate


to change the Recipient's position to the Recipient's detriment, partially perform, or part with value in reliance upon such representation or promise; the Recipient acknowledges that he or she has taken such action at its own risk; and the Recipient represents that he or she has not so changed his or her position, performed or parted with value prior to the time of his or her execution of this Stock Option Certificate.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.

(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Stock Option Certificate executed this Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 2nd day of January 2002.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

                                         By: /s/ John Bily
                                             -------------------
                                         John C. Bily, Secretary
ATTEST:

RECIPIENT:

    /s/ David Bailey
-----------------------
David Bailey


EXHIBIT A
TO
STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

[To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO: Secretary
STAAR Surgical Company
1911 Walker Avenue
Monrovia, California 91016

The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Stock Option Certificate dated effective the 2nd day of January , 2002 (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase (_______)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of ($________)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

Signature:________________________________

Print Name:_______________________________

Address:__________________________________


Date:_____________________


EXHIBIT 10.26

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

This Stock Option Certificate is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and DAVID BAILEY (the "Recipient") whose address is 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. This Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, a stock option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, sixty thousand (60,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of five dollars and nineteen cents ($5.19) per Option Share (the "Option Price"), subject to the following terms and conditions. The date of this grant May 30, 2002 (the "Grant Date").

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. The Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option is [__] a Non-Qualified Option or is
[X] an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [__] an employee, (ii) [X] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. The right to exercise the Options granted by this Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 30th day of May, 2007 (the "Option Expiration Date").

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option is (i) [__] fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] subject to the following vesting schedule as well as based upon Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity hereinabove indicated:

                Cumulative Vested
                  Percentage of
    Date             Shares
------------    -----------------
May 30, 2002       33 1/3%
May 30, 2003       66 2/3%
May 30, 2004        100.0%

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:


(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check or through a "same day sale" commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD Dealer") whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased to pay for the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. This Option (i) [__] will be fully vested on date of grant, or (ii) [X] will be subject to Article V, Section 5.05 and Article X of the Plan, inasmuch as the Option will be subject to: (A) the vesting schedule set forth above and (B) the special rules regulating vesting and forfeiture on Termination of Recipient.

9. RECIPIENTS REPRESENTATIONS. The Recipient represents that the Recipient has received a Section 10(a) Prospectus, which explains the administration and operation of the Plan, and has received a copy of the Plan.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Stock Option Certificate.

(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented,


discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.

(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Stock Option Certificate


executed this Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 14th day of February 2003.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

                                    By:  /s/ John Bily
                                         ------------------------
                                         John C. Bily, Secretary
ATTEST:

[SEAL]

RECIPIENT:

/s/ David Bailey
------------------------


EXHIBIT A
TO
STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

          [To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO:        Secretary
           STAAR Surgical Company
           1911 Walker Avenue
           Monrovia, California 91016

      The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Stock Option

Certificate dated effective the ___ day of _____, ______ (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase_____ ( )(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of ($____)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

Signature:_________________________________

Print Name:________________________________

Address:___________________________________


Date:________________


EXHIBIT 10.27

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated February 12, 2003 amends in its entirety the Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated February 12, 2003, and is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and DAVID BAILEY (the "Recipient") whose address is 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions included herein, this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, an option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, one hundred and forty thousand (140,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of three dollars and sixty cents ($3.60) per Option Share (the "Option Price"). The date of this grant is February 13, 2003 (the "Grant Date").

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. The Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option is [__] a Non-Qualified Option or [X] an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [X] an employee, (ii) [__] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate and in the Plan, the right to exercise the Options granted by this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 12th day of February, 2008 (the "Option Expiration Date").

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option is (i) [__] fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] subject to the following vesting schedule as well as based upon Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity hereinabove indicated:

                     Cumulative Vested
                       Percentage of
       Date               Shares
-----------------    -----------------
February 13, 2004       33 1/3%
February 13, 2005       66 2/3%
February 13, 2006        100.0%


The above vesting schedule will be accelerated according to the Recipient's achievement of certain goals and objectives as stated below:

(i) the right to purchase fifty thousand (50,000) Option Shares shall vest immediately upon the Company's filing its submission for approval of the ICL to the United States Food and Drug Administration, so long as such filing is made by March 4, 2003; and

(ii) the right to purchase fifty thousand (50,000) Option Shares shall vest on April 1, 2004, so long as the Company has achieved sales and profit forecast for fiscal year 2003.

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:

(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check or through a "same day sale" commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD Dealer") whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased to pay for the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. This Option (i) [__] will be fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] will be subject to Article V, Section 5.05 and Article X of the Plan, inasmuch as the Option will be subject to: (A) the vesting schedule set forth above and (B) the special rules regulating vesting and forfeiture on Termination of Recipient.

9. RECIPIENT'S REPRESENTATIONS. The Recipient represents that the Recipient has received a Section 10(a) Prospectus, which explains the administration and operation of the Plan, and has received a copy of the Plan.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate.


(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.


(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate executed this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 13th day of February, 2003.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

                                    By:  /s/ John Bily
                                      ---------------------------
                                      John C. Bily, Secretary
ATTEST:

[SEAL]

RECIPIENT:

/s/ David Bailey
------------------------------
David Bailey


ATTACHMENT
TO
STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

[To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO: Secretary
STAAR Surgical Company
1911 Walker Avenue
Monrovia, California 91016

The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated effective the ________ day of _______________, ___ (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase (_________)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of ($_________)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

Signature:________________________________________

Print Name:_______________________________________

Address:__________________________________________


Date:_____________________________________________


EXHIBIT 10.28

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

THE OPTION RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE DO NOT CONSTITUTE A SECURITY WHICH IS REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED UPON THE GRANT OF THESE OPTION RIGHTS (AND THEREFORE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED) WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, INSOFAR AS THE RECIPIENT OF THIS OPTION HAS NOT AND WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO PAY OR GIVE ANY CONSIDERATION WITH RESPECT TO THE GRANT OF THESE OPTION RIGHTS, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION REVIEWED OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE RECIPIENT'S STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. THE OPTION RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE CONSTITUTE A SECURITY WHICH HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED, AS THE CASE MAY BE, UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES WHICH MAY BE APPLICABLE, IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AFFORDED BY SUCH STATE OR TERRITORIAL SECURITIES LAWS INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS, IN RELIANCE UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTATION AFFORDED BY SECTION 25102(o) OF THE CALIFORNIA BLUE SKY LAW, AS AMENDED, NOR HAS NAY SUCH SECURITIES REGULATORY AGENCY REVIEWED OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE.

This Stock Option Certificate is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and VOLKER D. ANHAEUSSER (the "Recipient") whose address is c/o 10900 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 500, Los Angeles, California 90024, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. This Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, an option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, twenty thousand (20,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of ten dollars and 18.8 cents ($10.188) per Option Share (the "Option Price"), subject to the following terms and conditions.

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. Subject to the terms of this Stock Option Certificate, the Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option (i) is [X] a Non-Qualified Option or
(ii) is [____]


an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [__] an employee, (ii) [X] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. The right to exercise the Options granted by this Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 8th day of May 2010 (the "Option Expiration Date"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Option is not fully vested, the right to exercise the Option shall be subject to earlier expiration as provided in Article X of the Plan.

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option Shares are subject to Article V, Section 5.05 of the Plan and to the following vesting schedule:

                               Cumulative Vested
                                 Percentage of
    Date                            Shares
------------                   -----------------
May 31, 2000                        10,000
May 31, 2001                        10,000

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:

(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check, and/or the following items (if checked by the Company); (i) [X] shares of Common Stock pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan, (ii) [__] surrender of relinquishment of rights to acquire Common Stock as more particularly described below, or (iii)
[X] a full-recourse promissory note as more particularly described below.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option Shares: (i) [__] will be fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] are subject to Article V, Section 5.05 of the Plan and to the vesting schedule set forth above , and are subject to Article X of the Plan and to the forfeiture provisions included therein relating to the Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity indicated above.

9. VESTING ON CHANGE OF CONTROL. Any unvested Option Shares shall immediately vest upon the occurrence of a Change In Control or an Approved Corporate Transaction.

10. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. The Recipient hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Company, each of which is deemed to be a separate representation, warranty or covenant, whichever the case may be, that:

(a) The Recipient's legal permanent residence and domicile is in the State of


California.

(b) The Recipient, if a natural person, is eighteen (18) or over.

(c) The Recipient has received a copy of the Plan which explains the administration and operation of the Plan and certain other relevant matters pertaining to the Plan, and has read and understood the Plan.

(d) By reason of the Recipient's business or financial experience, the Recipient can be reasonably assumed to have the capacity to protect the Recipient's own interests in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Stock Option Certificate.

(e) Before purchasing the Option Shares, the Recipient has had the opportunity, to the extent the Recipient has determined to be necessary, to be provided with financial and other written information about the Company; to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of this Stock Option Certificate, an investment in the Option Shares, and the business of the Company and its finances; and that the Recipient has, to the extent he has availed himself of this opportunity, received satisfactory information and answers.

(f) Prior to exercising the Option, the Recipient had the opportunity to consult with Recipient's investment advisors who are independent of the Company, including, without limitation, investment, tax, accounting and legal advisors relative to (i) the investment merits of a proposed investment in the Option Shares and (ii) the tax consequences of the grant and exercise of the Option and the subsequent disposition of the Option Shares and the effect of same upon the Recipient's personal financial circumstances, and that the Recipient has, to the extent he has availed himself of this opportunity, received satisfactory information and answers from such investment advisors.

(g) The Recipient has been informed and understands and agrees as follows: there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Option Shares as are more particularly described in Article XI, Section 11.02 of the plan and, as a result of such restrictions, it may not be possible for the Recipient to sell or otherwise liquidate the Option Shares in the case of emergency and/or other need, and the Recipient must therefore be able to hold the Option Shares until the lapse of said restrictions; the Recipient must have adequate means of providing for the Recipient's current needs and personal contingencies; the Recipient must have not need for liquidity in an investment in the Option Shares; and the Recipient has evaluated the Recipient's financial resources and investment position in view of the foregoing; and that the Recipient is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Option Shares.

(h) The Option Shares are being purchased by the Recipient as principal and not by any other person, with the Recipient's own funds and not with the funds of any other person, and for the account of the Recipient and not as nominee or agent and not for the account of any other person. The Recipient is purchasing the Option Shares for investment for an indefinite period and not with a view to the sale of distribution of any part or all thereof by public or private sale or other disposition. Nor person other than the Recipient will have an interest, beneficial or otherwise, in the Option Shares, and the Recipient is not obligated to transfer the Option Shares to any other person nor does the Recipient have any agreement or understanding to do so.


(i) To the best of the Recipient's knowledge and belief the offer and sale of the Option Shares was not accomplished by the publication of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media or broadcast over television or radio; nor was the offer and sale of the Option Shares accomplished through any seminar or meeting to which the Recipient was invited by any such publication or advertisement.

Each representation, warranty and covenant of the Recipient shall be deemed made as of the time of grant of this Option, shall be deemed remade at any time the Recipient exercises this Option, and shall survive the date closing with respect to the exercise of the last Option hereunder.

11. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Stock Option Certificate.

(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its


application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(iv) No Reliance Upon Prior Representation. The Recipient acknowledges that neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents have made any oral representation or promise which would induce the Recipient prior to executing this Stock Option Certificate to change the Recipient's position to the Recipient's detriment, partially perform, or part with value in reliance upon such representation or promise; the Recipient acknowledges that he or she has taken such action at its own risk; and the Recipient represents that he or she has not so changed his or her position, performed or parted with value prior to the time of his or her execution of this Stock Option Certificate.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.

(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).


WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Stock Option Certificate executed this Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 9st day of May 2000.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

By: ________________________________
William C. Huddleston, President

ATTEST:

By: ________________________________
John Santos, Chief Financial Officer

RECIPIENT:

 /s/ Volker D. Anhaeusser
------------------------------------
Volker D. Anhaeusser


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

          [To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO:         Secretary
            STAAR Surgical Company
            1911 Walker Avenue
            Monrovia, California 91016

      The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Stock Option

Certificate dated effective the 31st day of May 2000 (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase _________________________________ (_____)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of _____________________ ($_________)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

The Recipient hereby remakes, reaffirms and reacknowledges all agreements, representations, warranties and covenants set forth in the Option Certificate as of the date of the Recipient's notice, all of which shall survive the Closing with respect to the shares of Common Stock purchased hereby.

The Recipient hereby acknowledges that the following legend (or any variation thereof determined appropriate by the Company) will be placed on the share certificate or certificates for the Option Shares to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN (1) REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION AFFORDED BY SUCH ACT, OR (2) REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES WHICH MAY BE APPLICABLE, IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION AFFORDED BY SUCH STATE OR TERRITORIAL SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR THE HOLDER'S OWN ACCOUNT FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW FOR RESALE OR DISTRIBUTION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS (A) THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS WELL AS UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES AS MAY THEN BE APPLICABLE, OR (B) THE TRANSFER AGENT (OR THE COMPANY IF THEN ACTING


AS ITS TRANSFER AGENT) IS PRESENTED WITH EITHER A WRITTEN OPINION SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY OR A NO-ACTION OR INTERPRETIVE LETTER FROM THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE OR TERRITORIAL SECURITIES REGULATORY AGENCY TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES OF SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER.

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of the Recipient as specified in the Plan, unless the undersigned is the Recipient's Successor, in which case the undersigned must submit appropriate proof of the right of the undersigned to exercise the Option.)

Signature:________________________________________

Print Name:_______________________________________

Address:__________________________________________


Date:________________


EXHIBIT 10.29

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

THE OPTION RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE DO NOT CONSTITUTE A SECURITY WHICH IS REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED UPON THE GRANT OF THESE OPTION RIGHTS (AND THEREFORE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED) WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, INSOFAR AS THE RECIPIENT OF THIS OPTION HAS NOT AND WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO PAY OR GIVE ANY CONSIDERATION WITH RESPECT TO THE GRANT OF THESE OPTION RIGHTS, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION REVIEWED OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE RECIPIENT'S STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. THE OPTION RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE CONSTITUTE A SECURITY WHICH HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED, AS THE CASE MAY BE, UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES WHICH MAY BE APPLICABLE, IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION, AS THE CASE MAY BE, AFFORDED BY SUCH STATE OR TERRITORIAL SECURITIES LAWS INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS, IN RELIANCE UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION AFFORDED BY SECTION 25102(o) OF THE CALIFORNIA BLUE SKY LAW, AS AMENDED, NOR HAS NAY SUCH SECURITIES REGULATORY AGENCY REVIEWED OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE.

This Stock Option Certificate is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and VOLKER D. ANHAEUSSER (the "Recipient") whose address is c/o 10900 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 500, Los Angeles, California 90024, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. This Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, an option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, forty thousand (40,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of thirteen dollars and sixty-two and one-half cents ($13.625) per Option Share (the "Option Price"), subject to the following terms and conditions.

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. Subject to the terms of this Stock Option Certificate, the Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option (i) is [X] a Non-Qualified Option or
(ii) is [___]


an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [_____] an employee, (ii) [X] a director, or (iii)
[_____] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. The right to exercise the Options granted by this Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 30th day of May 2010 (the "Option Expiration Date"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the Option is not fully vested, the right to exercise the Option shall be subject to earlier expiration as provided in Article X of the Plan.

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option Shares are subject to Article V, Section 5.05 of the Plan and to the following vesting schedule:

                                        Cumulative Vested
                                          Percentage of
    Date                                     Shares
------------                            -----------------
May 31, 2000                                 20,000
May 31, 2001                                 20,000

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:

(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check, and/or the following items (if checked by the Company); (i) [X] shares of Common Stock pursuant to Article VIII of the Plan, (ii) [__] surrender of relinquishment of rights to acquire Common Stock as more particularly described below, or (iii)
[X] a full-recourse promissory note as more particularly described below.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option Shares: (i) [__] will be fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] are subject to Article V, Section 5.05 of the Plan and to the vesting schedule set forth above , and are subject to Article X of the Plan and to the forfeiture provisions included therein relating to the Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity indicated above.

9. VESTING ON CHANGE OF CONTROL. Any unvested Option Shares shall immediately vest upon the occurrence of a Change In Control or an Approved Corporate Transaction.

10. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. The Recipient hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Company, each of which is deemed to be a separate representation, warranty or covenant, whichever the case may be, that:

(a) The Recipient's legal permanent residence and domicile is in the State of


California.

(b) The Recipient, if a natural person, is eighteen (18) or over.

(c) The Recipient has received a copy of the Plan which explains the administration and operation of the Plan and certain other relevant matters pertaining to the Plan, and has read and understood the Plan.

(d) By reason of the Recipient's business or financial experience, the Recipient can be reasonably assumed to have the capacity to protect the Recipient's own interests in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Stock Option Certificate.

(e) Before purchasing the Option Shares, the Recipient has had the opportunity, to the extent the Recipient has determined to be necessary, to be provided with financial and other written information about the Company; to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of this Stock Option Certificate, an investment in the Option Shares, and the business of the Company and its finances; and that the Recipient has, to the extent he has availed himself of this opportunity, received satisfactory information and answers.

(f) Prior to exercising the Option, the Recipient had the opportunity to consult with Recipient's investment advisors who are independent of the Company, including, without limitation, investment, tax, accounting and legal advisors relative to (i) the investment merits of a proposed investment in the Option Shares and (ii) the tax consequences of the grant and exercise of the Option and the subsequent disposition of the Option Shares and the effect of same upon the Recipient's personal financial circumstances, and that the Recipient has, to the extent he has availed himself of this opportunity, received satisfactory information and answers from such investment advisors.

(g) The Recipient has been informed and understands and agrees as follows: there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Option Shares as are more particularly described in Article XI, Section 11.02 of the plan and, as a result of such restrictions, it may not be possible for the Recipient to sell or otherwise liquidate the Option Shares in the case of emergency and/or other need, and the Recipient must therefore be able to hold the Option Shares until the lapse of said restrictions; the Recipient must have adequate means of providing for the Recipient's current needs and personal contingencies; the Recipient must have not need for liquidity in an investment in the Option Shares; and the Recipient has evaluated the Recipient's financial resources and investment position in view of the foregoing; and that the Recipient is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Option Shares.

(h) The Option Shares are being purchased by the Recipient as principal and not by any other person, with the Recipient's own funds and not with the funds of any other person, and for the account of the Recipient and not as nominee or agent and not for the account of any other person. The Recipient is purchasing the Option Shares for investment for an indefinite period and not with a view to the sale of distribution of any part or all thereof by public or private sale or other disposition. Nor person other than the Recipient will have an interest, beneficial or otherwise, in the Option Shares, and the Recipient is not obligated to transfer the Option Shares to any other person nor does the Recipient have any agreement or understanding to do so.


(i) To the best of the Recipient's knowledge and belief the offer and sale of the Option Shares was not accomplished by the publication of any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media or broadcast over television or radio; nor was the offer and sale of the Option Shares accomplished through any seminar or meeting to which the Recipient was invited by any such publication or advertisement.

Each representation, warranty and covenant of the Recipient shall be deemed made as of the time of grant of this Option, shall be deemed remade at any time the Recipient exercises this Option, and shall survive the date closing with respect to the exercise of the last Option hereunder.

11. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Stock Option Certificate.

(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its


application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(iv) No Reliance Upon Prior Representation. The Recipient acknowledges that neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents have made any oral representation or promise which would induce the Recipient prior to executing this Stock Option Certificate to change the Recipient's position to the Recipient's detriment, partially perform, or part with value in reliance upon such representation or promise; the Recipient acknowledges that he or she has taken such action at its own risk; and the Recipient represents that he or she has not so changed his or her position, performed or parted with value prior to the time of his or her execution of this Stock Option Certificate.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.

(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).


WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Stock Option Certificate executed this Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 31st day of May 2000.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

By: ________________________________
William C. Huddleston, President
ATTEST:

By: ________________________________
John Santos, Chief Financial Officer

RECIPIENT:

 /s/ Volker D. Anhaeusser
------------------------------------
Volker D. Anhaeusser


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

          [To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO:         Secretary
            STAAR Surgical Company
            1911 Walker Avenue
            Monrovia, California 91016

      The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Stock Option

Certificate dated effective the 31st day of May 2000 (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase ____________________________ (______)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of _____________________ ($______)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

The Recipient hereby remakes, reaffirms and reacknowledges all agreements, representations, warranties and covenants set forth in the Option Certificate as of the date of the Recipient's notice, all of which shall survive the Closing with respect to the shares of Common Stock purchased hereby.

The Recipient hereby acknowledges that the following legend (or any variation thereof determined appropriate by the Company) will be placed on the share certificate or certificates for the Option Shares to comply with applicable federal and state securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN (1) REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION AFFORDED BY SUCH ACT, OR (2) REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES WHICH MAY BE APPLICABLE, IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION AFFORDED BY SUCH STATE OR TERRITORIAL SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR THE HOLDER'S OWN ACCOUNT FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW FOR RESALE OR DISTRIBUTION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED UNLESS (A) THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AS WELL AS UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR TERRITORY OF THE UNITED STATES AS MAY THEN BE APPLICABLE, OR (B) THE TRANSFER AGENT (OR THE COMPANY IF THEN ACTING


AS ITS TRANSFER AGENT) IS PRESENTED WITH EITHER A WRITTEN OPINION SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY OR A NO-ACTION OR INTERPRETIVE LETTER FROM THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE OR TERRITORIAL SECURITIES REGULATORY AGENCY TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES OF SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER.

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of the Recipient as specified in the Plan, unless the undersigned is the Recipient's Successor, in which case the undersigned must submit appropriate proof of the right of the undersigned to exercise the Option.)

Signature:________________________________________

Print Name:_______________________________________

Address:__________________________________________


Date:________________


EXHIBIT 10.30

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

This Stock Option Certificate is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and VOLKER ANHAEUSSER (the "Recipient") whose address is Anhausser Unger Eckle & Bergien, Kriegstrasse 85, D-76133 Karlsruhe, Germany, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions included herein, this Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, an option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, Forty-Five Thousand (45,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of Three dollars and Eighty-one cents ($3.81) per Option Share (the "Option Price"). The date of this grant is: January 2, 2002 (the "Grant Date").

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. The Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option is [X] a Non-Qualified Option or [__] an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [__] an employee, (ii) [X] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Stock Option Certificate and in the Plan, the right to exercise the Options granted by this Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 1st day of January, 2007 (the "Option Expiration Date").

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option is (i) [__] fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] subject to the following vesting schedule as well as based upon Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity hereinabove indicated:

                     Cumulative Vested
                       Percentage of
      Date                Shares
---------------      -----------------
January 2, 2002          33 1/3%
January 2, 2003          66 2/3%
January 2, 2004           100.0%

1

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:

(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check or through a "same day sale" commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD Dealer") whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased to pay for the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. This Option (i) [__] will be fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] will be subject to Article V, Section 5.05 and Article X of the Plan, inasmuch as the Option will be subject to: (A) the vesting schedule set forth above and (B) the special rules regulating vesting and forfeiture on Termination of Recipient.

9. RECIPIENT'S REPRESENTATIONS. The Recipient represents that the Recipient has received a Section 10(a) Prospectus, which explains the administration and operation of the Plan, and has received a copy of the Plan.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Stock Option Certificate.

(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or

2

written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.

(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon

3

confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Stock Option Certificate executed this Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 30th day of May 2002.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

By:____________________________
David Bailey, President
ATTEST:
RECIPIENT:
[SEAL]

4

ATTACHMENT
TO
STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

5

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

          [To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO:          Secretary
             STAAR Surgical Company
             1911 Walker Avenue
             Monrovia, California 91016

      The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Stock Option

Certificate dated effective the __________ day of _________, _____ (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase ______________________ (______)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of __________________________ __________ ($_______)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

Signature:________________________________________

Print Name:_______________________________________

Address:__________________________________________


Date:_____________________________________________

6

EXHIBIT 10.32

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

This Stock Option Certificate is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and Donald Duffy (the "Recipient") whose address is 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, CA 91016 pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions included herein, this Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, an option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, sixty thousand (60,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of three dollars and sixty-one cents ($3.61) per Option Share (the "Option Price"). The date of this grant is January 30, 2003 (the "Grant Date").

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. The Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option is [X] a Non-Qualified Option or [__] an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [__] an employee, (ii) [X] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Stock Option Certificate and in the Plan, the right to exercise the Options granted by this Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 29th day of January, 2008 (the "Option Expiration Date").

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option is (i) [__] fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [__] subject to the following vesting schedule as well as based upon Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity hereinabove indicated:

                                                        Cumulative Vested
                                                          Percentage of
Date                                                          Shares
----                                                    -----------------
                                                              100.0%

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:


(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check or through a "same day sale" commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD Dealer") whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased to pay for the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. This Option (i) [__] will be fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [__] will be subject to Article V, Section 5.05 and Article X of the Plan, inasmuch as the Option will be subject to: (A) the vesting schedule set forth above and (B) the special rules regulating vesting and forfeiture on Termination of Recipient.

9. RECIPIENT'S REPRESENTATIONS. The Recipient represents that the Recipient has received a Section 10(a) Prospectus, which explains the administration and operation of the Plan, and has received a copy of the Plan.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Stock Option Certificate.

(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or


terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.

(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).


WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Stock Option Certificate executed this Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the _______ day of __________________ 2001.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

                                       By: /s/ John C. Bily
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           John C. Bily, Chief Financial Officer
ATTEST:

[SEAL]

RECIPIENT:

/s/ Donald Duffy
-----------------------------------------


ATTACHMENT
TO
STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

[To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO: Secretary
STAAR Surgical Company
1911 Walker Avenue
Monrovia, California 91016

The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Stock Option Certificate dated effective the _________ day of ____________, _________ (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase _________________ (______)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of _____________________ ($_____)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

Signature:________________________________________

Print Name:_______________________________________

Address:__________________________________________


Date:_____________________________________________


EXHIBIT 10.34

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

This Stock Option Certificate is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and JOHN C. BILY (the "Recipient") whose address is 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions included herein, this Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, an option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of Three dollars and Twenty-nine cents ($3.29) per Option Share (the "Option Price"). The date of this grant is: December 12, 2001 (the "Grant Date").

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. The Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option is [__] a Non-Qualified Option or [X] an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [X] an employee, (ii) [__] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate and in the Plan, the right to exercise the Options granted by this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 11th day of December, 2006 (the "Option Expiration Date").

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option is (i) [__] fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] subject to the following vesting schedule as well as based upon Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity hereinabove indicated:

                                Cumulative Vested
                                  Percentage of
     Date                            Shares
-----------------               -----------------
December 12, 2002                    33 1/3%
December 12, 2003                    66 2/3%
December 12, 2004                     100.0%

The above vesting schedule will be accelerated according to the Recipient's achievement of certain goals and objectives to be determined at a later date. A summary of the milestones will be attached


to this agreement and will have the same force and effect as if the milestones were stated herein.

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:

(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check or through a "same day sale" commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD Dealer") whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased to pay for the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. This Option (i) [__] will be fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] will be subject to Article V, Section 5.05 and Article X of the Plan, inasmuch as the Option will be subject to: (A) the vesting schedule set forth above and (B) the special rules regulating vesting and forfeiture on Termination of Recipient.

9. RECIPIENT'S REPRESENTATIONS. The Recipient represents that the Recipient has received a Section 10(a) Prospectus, which explains the administration and operation of the Plan, and has received a copy of the Plan.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate.

(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior


agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.

(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided


the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate executed this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 18 January 2002.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

                                        By: /s/ David Bailey
                                        --------------------------
                                           David Bailey

ATTEST:

                                        By: /s/ John Santos
                                        --------------------------
                                           John Santos, Secretary

[SEAL]

RECIPIENT:

    /s/ John Bily
--------------------------


ATTACHMENT
TO
STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

          [To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO:         Secretary
            STAAR Surgical Company
            1911 Walker Avenue
            Monrovia, California 91016

      The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Amended and

Restated Stock Option Certificate dated effective the _____ day of ___________, ______ (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase (___)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of ($______)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

Signature:________________________________________

Print Name:_______________________________________

Address:__________________________________________


Date:_____________________________________________


EXHIBIT 10.35

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated February 12, 2003 replaces in its entirety the Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated February 12, 2003 and is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and JOHN C. BILY (the "Recipient") whose address is 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, CA 91016, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions included herein, this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, an option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, fifty thousand (50,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of three dollars and sixty cents ($3.60) per Option Share (the "Option Price"). The date of this grant is February 13, 2003 (the "Grant Date").

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. The Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option is [__] a Non-Qualified Option or [X] an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [X] an employee, (ii) [__] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Stock Option Certificate and in the Plan, the right to exercise the Options granted by this Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 12th day of February, 2008 (the "Option Expiration Date").

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option is (i) [__] fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] subject to the following vesting schedule as well as based upon Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity hereinabove indicated:

                                Cumulative Vested
                                  Percentage of
       Date                          Shares
-----------------               -----------------
February 13, 2004                    33 1/3%
February 13, 2005                    66 2/3%
February 13, 2006                     100.0%

The above vesting schedule will be accelerated according to the Recipient's achievement of certain


goals and objectives as stated below:

(i) the right to purchase twenty-five thousand (25,000) Option Shares shall vest on April 1, 2004, so long as the Company has generated cash from operating activities exceeding two million dollars ($2,000,000) in fiscal year 2003; and

(ii) the right to purchase twenty-five thousand (25,000) Option Shares shall vest on April 1, 2004, so long as the Company achieves or exceeds its planned cost of goods on manufactured product for fiscal year 2003.

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:

(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check or through a "same day sale" commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD Dealer") whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased to pay for the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. This Option (i) [__] will be fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] will be subject to Article V, Section 5.05 and Article X of the Plan, inasmuch as the Option will be subject to: (A) the vesting schedule set forth above and (B) the special rules regulating vesting and forfeiture on Termination of Recipient.

9. RECIPIENT'S REPRESENTATIONS. The Recipient represents that the Recipient has received a Section 10(a) Prospectus, which explains the administration and operation of the Plan, and has received a copy of the Plan.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate.


(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.


(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate executed this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 13th day of February, 2003.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

                                        By: /s/ John Bily
                                        ----------------------------
                                           John C. Bily, Secretary

ATTEST:

[SEAL]

RECIPIENT:

    /s/ John Bily
----------------------------
John Bily


ATTACHMENT
TO
STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

          [To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO:         Secretary
            STAAR Surgical Company
            1911 Walker Avenue
            Monrovia, California 91016

      The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Amended and

Restated Stock Option Certificate dated effective the ______ day of ___________, _____ (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase (___)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of ($_____)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

Signature:________________________________________

Print Name:_______________________________________

Address:__________________________________________


Date:_____________________________________________


EXHIBIT 10.36

July 12, 2002

Mr. Nick Curtis

Dear Mr. Curtis:

STAAR Surgical Company is pleased to offer you the position of Sr. Vice President Sales and Marketing (U.S. and Canada), reporting directly to me. Your beginning wage will be $7,692.31 per bi-weekly payroll, in addition to all the benefits offered in our current policy.

Also included in your compensation package is an annual bonus, which will be targeted to pay up to 50% of your base salary, based on the achievement of specific objectives of which the major component - 80% of the total for the first two years - will be linked to market share growth and sales increase within the U.S. and Canadian market. Should sales growth targets be exceeded, there will be no cap on the percentage bonus that may be earned. The 2002 bonus payment will be pro-rated according to the actual number of months worked.

To further solidify our offer and subject to approval by the compensation committee, we are awarding you 75,000 STAAR Surgical Company stock options, priced at the market value on the date of acceptance of this offer, and vested in equal increments over a three year period. Additionally, 50,000 STAAR Surgical Company stock options will be available at the end of 2002 fiscal year and may be awarded based on the achievement of sales growth in the second half of 2002 versus the first half of 2002, and will be priced at the close of business on the last day of fiscal 2002, vested over a three year period. The compensation committee will review and decide on the exact size of the second award based on your performance.

STAAR Surgical will pay relocation costs from Illinois to California as outlined below:

1. Full move services. Household goods only.

2. Storage of items up to 60 days.

3. One car transported. Mileage reimbursed for second car.

4. Two days plus reasonable number of travel days expense to include lodging, meals and mileage reimbursed.


5. Two trips homefinding assistance - not to exceed four days each.

6. Temporary living expense up to 60 days.

7. Incidental expense allowance up to $1,000.

8. Closing costs on primary residence. Excludes mobile homes, excess acreage, resort homes, houseboats.

9. Traditional closing costs on home purchase up to $2,000.

Additionally, upon relocation to California, your salary and eligibility to an additional stock option grant will be reviewed. A change of control provision will be added to your terms of employment upon relocation whereby if the company is acquired and if the essential duties and responsibilities as set forth in your job description are significantly changed resulting in a loss of employment or if your employment is terminated without cause, all stock options issued to you will immediately vest and you will be entitled to payment of one year base salary.

Upon acceptance of this offer and the successful completion of a pre-employment physical, you may begin work on or before September 3, 2002. Please note that a drug test is included in the physical. Employment is at the mutual consent of the employee and STAAR and can be terminated "at will" with or without cause, by the employee or by STAAR in its sole discretion at any time.

On your first day of employment you will need to bring with you identification in order to complete all necessary paperwork, including your Employment Eligibility Verification (form I-9).

You will be asked to do your best to accomplish the mission working as part of our team and in return, STAAR offers many great opportunities. This offer is valid until July 16, 2002.

Sincerely,

/s/ David Bailey
--------------------------------------
David Bailey
President and Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Nicholas T. Curtis                      7/15/02
---------------------------------------     ---------
Accepted By                                 Date


EXHIBIT 10.37

February 14, 2003

Mr. Nick Curtis

Dear Nick:

I am writing to confirm the changes that will take place in your compensation package related to your relocation to California. Effective July 1, 2003, your base salary will increase to $225,000 or $8,653.80 per bi-weekly pay period.

In addition, you agree to make the arrangements for bridge financing for the move to California and STAAR agrees to pay the cost of financing for a maximum six month period from the date of closing on the new property in California. In addition to paying for bridge financing, STAAR will also pay the mortgage on the new property for a maximum six-month period. If you house in Chicago is sold within this six-month period, this funding will immediately cease.

STAAR is adding to the terms of your employment a change of control provision effective immediately, with the compensation being equal to the revised base salary, plus 50% of the base as bonus reverting after two years to the average bonus actually earned over the prior two-year period.

If your employment is terminated for any reason without cause within the first two years of your relocation, you will receive 18 months of base salary. After the first two years, this figure will drop to one-year base salary and the average of the prior two years' bonus.

The abovementioned changes to your compensation package will be memorialized in an employment agreement that will be provided to you under separate cover.

Sincerely,

/s/ David Bailey
-------------------------------------
David  Bailey
President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT 10.38

STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

This Stock Option Certificate is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and Nick Curtis (the "Recipient") whose address is 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions included herein, this Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, an option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, seventy-five thousand (75,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of three dollars and forty-five cents ($3.45) per Option Share (the "Option Price"). The date of this grant is July 15, 2002 (the "Grant Date").

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. The Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option is [__] a Non-Qualified Option or [X] an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [X] an employee, (ii) [__] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate and in the Plan, the right to exercise the Options granted by this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 15th day of July, 2007 (the "Option Expiration Date").

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option is (i) [__] fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] subject to the following vesting schedule as well as based upon Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity hereinabove indicated:

                                Cumulative Vested
                                  Percentage of
     Date                            Shares
-------------                   -----------------
July 15, 2003                        33 1/3%
July 15, 2004                        66 2/3%
July 15, 2005                         100.0%

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:


(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check or through a "same day sale" commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD Dealer") whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased to pay for the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. This Option (i) [__] will be fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] will be subject to Article V, Section 5.05 and Article X of the Plan, inasmuch as the Option will be subject to: (A) the vesting schedule set forth above and (B) the special rules regulating vesting and forfeiture on Termination of Recipient.

9. RECIPIENT'S REPRESENTATIONS. The Recipient represents that the Recipient has received a Section 10(a) Prospectus, which explains the administration and operation of the Plan, and has received a copy of the Plan.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate.

(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.


(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.

(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day


following the date mailed).

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate executed this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 14th day of February, 2003.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ John Bily
   ----------------------------------
   John C. Bily, Chief Financial Officer

[SEAL]

RECIPIENT:

    /s/ Nick Curtis
-------------------------------------
Nick Curtis


ATTACHMENT
TO
STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

          [To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO:         Secretary
            STAAR Surgical Company
            1911 Walker Avenue
            Monrovia, California 91016

      The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Amended and

Restated Stock Option Certificate dated effective the ______ day of ___________, _____ (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase (___)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of ($_____)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

Signature:________________________________________

Print Name:_______________________________________

Address:__________________________________________


Date:_____________________________________________


EXHIBIT 10.39

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated February 12, 2003 replaces in its entirety the Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated February 12, 2003 and is entered into between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), whose principal executive office is located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, and NICHOLAS T. CURTIS (the "Recipient") whose address 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016, pursuant to that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions included herein, this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate certifies that the Company has granted to the Recipient, pursuant to the terms of the Plan, an option (the "Option") to purchase, in whole or in part, sixty thousand (60,000) shares of the Company's voting common stock, par value $.01 (the "Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), at the price of three dollars and sixty cents ($3.60) per Option Share (the "Option Price"). The date of this grant is February 13, 2003 (the "Grant Date").

2. PLAN; PLAN SUMMARY. The Recipient's rights to purchase the Option Shares are governed by the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

3. CHARACTER OF OPTION. This Option is [__] a Non-Qualified Option or [X] an Incentive Option.

4. CAPACITY OF RECIPIENT. This Option is granted to the Recipient in the Recipient's capacity as (i) [X] an employee, (ii) [__] a director, or (iii) [__] a consultant.

5. EXPIRATION OF OPTION. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Stock Option Certificate and in the Plan, the right to exercise the Options granted by this Stock Option Certificate shall expire and be null and void and of no further force or effect to the extent not exercised by 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time, on the 12th day of February, 2008 (the "Option Expiration Date").

6. EXERCISE VESTING CONDITIONS. The Option is (i) [__] fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] subject to the following vesting schedule as well as based upon Recipient's continued performance of services in the capacity hereinabove indicated:

                                                        Cumulative Vested
                                                          Percentage of
       Date                                                   Shares
-----------------                                       -----------------
February 13, 2004                                            33 1/3%
February 13, 2005                                            66 2/3%
February 13, 2006                                             100.0%


The above vesting schedule will be accelerated according to the Recipient's achievement of certain goals and objectives as stated below:

(i) the right to purchase thirty thousand (30,000) Option Shares shall vest on April 1, 2004, so long as the Company achieves twenty-eight million dollars ($28,000,000) in sales at the budgeted gross profit percentage for the U.S. for fiscal year 2003; or

(ii) the right to purchase forty thousand (40,000) Option Shares shall vest on April 1, 2004, so long as the Company achieves twenty-nine million dollars ($29,000,000) in sales at the budgeted gross profit percentage for the U.S. for fiscal year 2003; or

(iii) the right to purchase sixty thousand (60,000) Option Shares shall vest on April 1, 2004, so long as the Company achieves thirty million dollars ($30,000,000) in sales at the budgeted gross profit percentage for the U.S. for fiscal year 2003.

7. MANNER OF EXERCISE AND PAYMENT. This Option shall be exercised by delivery of this Option Certificate to the Secretary of the Company, together with:

(a) A Consent of Spouse (as such consent is defined in the Plan) from the spouse of the Recipient, if any, duly signed by such spouse; and

(b) Full payment for the Option Shares to be purchased in goods funds (in U.S. dollars) by cash or check or through a "same day sale" commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an "NASD Dealer") whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Option Shares so purchased to pay for the Option Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Option Shares to forward the Option Price directly to the Company.

8. FORFEITURE; VESTING CONDITIONS. This Option (i) [__] will be fully vested upon date of grant, or (ii) [X] will be subject to Article V, Section 5.05 and Article X of the Plan, inasmuch as the Option will be subject to: (A) the vesting schedule set forth above and (B) the special rules regulating vesting and forfeiture on Termination of Recipient.

9. RECIPIENT'S REPRESENTATIONS. The Recipient represents that the Recipient has received a Section 10(a) Prospectus, which explains the administration and operation of the Plan, and has received a copy of the Plan.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) PREPARATION OF STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE. This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate was prepared by the Company or its legal counsel solely on behalf of the Company. It is acknowledged by the Recipient that he or she was not represented by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents (including the Company's legal counsel) in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, and that the Recipient had separate and independent advice of counsel. In light of the


foregoing it is acknowledged by the Recipient that the Company shall not be construed to be solely responsible for the drafting hereof, and that any ambiguity in the Plan or this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, or the interpretation thereof or hereof, shall not be construed against the Company as the alleged draftsman of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate.

(b) INTERPRETATION.

(i) Entire Agreement/No Collateral Representations. The Recipient acknowledges and agrees that this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, together with and subject to the Plan: (1) is the final, complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof; (2) supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings of any kind, oral or written (collectively and severally, the "prior agreements"), and that any such prior agreements are of no force or effect except as expressly set forth herein; and (3) may not be varied, supplemented or contradicted by evidence of prior agreements, or by evidence of subsequent oral agreements.

(ii) Amendment; Waiver. Except as expressly otherwise provided herein, neither this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate nor any of its terms may be amended, supplemented, discharged or terminated (other than by performance), except as provided in the Plan or by a written instrument or instruments signed by all of the parties to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate. No waiver of any acts or obligations hereunder shall be effective unless such waiver shall be in a written instrument or instruments signed by each party claimed to have given or consented to such waiver and each party affected by such waiver.

(iii) Severability. If any term or provision of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, then, and in that event: (A) the performance of the offending term or provision (but only to the extent its application is invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be excused as if it had never been incorporated into this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, and, in lieu of such excused provision, there shall be added a provision as similar in terms and amount to such excused provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable, and (B) the remaining part of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate (including the application of the offending term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in full force and effect to the fullest extent provided by law.

(c) ENFORCEMENT. This Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall be solely governed in accordance with the laws (without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof) of the state of Delaware.

(d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Recipient may not assign his rights or benefits or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Amended and Restated Stock Option


Certificate, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Company, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all of the representations, warranties, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each party and such party's respective successors and permitted assigns, spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, and personal and legal representatives.

(e) NOTICES. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, all notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively and severally called "notices") required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are given with respect to this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate, shall be in writing, and shall be given by: (A) personal delivery (which form of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon delivery), (B) by telegraph or by private airborne/overnight delivery service (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon confirmed delivery by the delivery agency), (C) by electronic or facsimile or telephonic transmission, provided the receiving party has a compatible device or confirms receipt thereof (which forms of notice shall be deemed delivered upon confirmed transmission or confirmation of receipt), or (D) by mailing in the United States mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (which forms of notice shall be deemed to have been given upon the fifth {5th} business day following the date mailed).

WHEREFORE, the parties hereto have for purposes of this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate executed this Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate in the City of Monrovia, County of Los Angeles, State of California, effective as of the 12th day of February, 2003.

COMPANY:

STAAR Surgical Company,
a Delaware corporation

                                              By: /s/ John Bily
                                                  -----------------------
                                                  John C. Bily, Secretary

ATTEST:

[SEAL]

RECIPIENT:

/s/ Nicholas T. Curtis
----------------------
Nicholas T. Curtis


ATTACHMENT
TO
STOCK OPTION CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION


NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION

[To be signed by the Recipient only upon exercise of Option]

TO: Secretary
STAAR Surgical Company
1911 Walker Avenue
Monrovia, California 91016

The undersigned, the holder of an Option under that certain Amended and Restated Stock Option Certificate dated effective the _________ day of ____________________, _______ (the "Option Certificate"), between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the undersigned (the "Recipient"), hereby irrevocably elects, in accordance with the terms and conditions of that certain 1998 STAAR Surgical Company Stock Plan (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors on April 17, 1998 and approved by the shareholders on May 29, 1998, under which the Option Certificate was granted, to exercise the undersigned's Option to purchase (____)(1) shares of the Company's voting common stock, $ .01 per share par value ("Common Stock") (collectively and severally, the "Option Shares"), for the aggregate purchase price of ($______)(2).

(1) Insert number of Option Shares as specified in the Option Certificate which are vested Option Shares (as defined by the Plan) which the Recipient is exercising the Option to purchase.

(2) Number of Option Shares to be exercised as hereinabove specified multiplied by the Option Price per share.

Signature:________________________________________

Print Name:_______________________________________

Address:__________________________________________


Date:_____________________________________________


 

EXHIBIT 10.40

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This Employment Agreement is made and entered into by and between STAAR Surgical Company (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016 and Thomas Paul, PhD., (hereinafter the “Employee”), located at 1911 Walker Ave., Monrovia, CA, 91016 effective March 18, 2005.

RECITALS

     A. WHEREAS, the Company wishes to retain the services of Employee and Employee wishes to render services to Company as Vice President of Research and Development.

     B. WHEREAS, the Employee and the Company desire to enter into this Employment Agreement and to establish the terms and conditions of the Employee’s employment.

     C. WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee intend that this Agreement will supercede and replace any and all other employment agreements or arrangements for employment entered into by and between the Company and the Employee, and that such employment agreements or arrangements shall have no further force or effect.

AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the promises, covenants, and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
EMPLOYMENT

     1.1 Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Employee and the Employee hereby agrees to serve the Company in the capacity of Vice President Research and Development, based upon the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement.

     1.2 Duties . During the term of his employment, the Employee shall devote his full time, efforts, abilities, and energies to the Company’s business and, in particular, shall use his best efforts, skill, and abilities to promote the general welfare and interests of the Company. The Employee shall loyally, conscientiously, and professionally do and perform all such duties and responsibilities as shall be reasonably assigned by the Company and the Employee’s superiors from time to time, and shall

 


 

comply with all of the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, including, but not limited to, those contained in The Company’s Employee Handbook.

     1.3 Noncompetition, Nonsolicitation and Noninterference and Proprietary Property and Confidential Information Provisions .

          (a) Applicable Definitions .

     For purposes of this paragraph, the following capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth below:

                    (i) “ Business Segments ” — The term “Business Segments” is defined as each of Company’s (or Company’s affiliates’) products or product lines.

                    (ii) “ Competitive Business ” — The term “Competitive Business” is defined as any business that is or may be competitive with or similar to or adverse to any of Company’s (or Company’s affiliates’) Business Segments, whether such business is conducted by a proprietorship, partnership, corporation or other entity or venture.

          (b) Nonsolicitation and Noninterference .

               (1) Covenants . Employee hereby covenants and agrees that Employee shall not, either for Employee’s own account or directly or indirectly in conjunction with or on behalf of any person, partnership, corporation or other entity or venture:

                    (i) During the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year from the date this Agreement terminates or expires, solicit or employ or attempt to solicit or employ any person who is then or has, within twelve (12) months prior thereto, been an officer, partner, manager, agent or employee of Company or any affiliate of Company whether or not such a person would commit a breach of that person’s contract of employment with Company or any affiliate of Company, if any, by reason of leaving the service of Company or any affiliate of Company (the “ Nonsolicitation Covenant ”); or

                    (ii) During the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year from the date of the Agreement, on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any Competitive Business, or for the purpose of or with the reasonably foreseeable effect of harming the business of Company, solicit the business of any person, firm or company which is then, or has been at any time during the preceding twelve (12) months prior to such solicitation, a customer, client, contractor, supplier or vendor of Company or any affiliate of Company (the “Noninterference Covenant)”.

 


 

               (2) Acknowledgements . Each of the parties acknowledges that: (i) the covenants and the restrictions contained in the Nonsolicitation and Noninterference Covenants are necessary, fundamental, and required for the protection of the business of Company; (ii) such Covenants relate to matters which are of a special, unique and extraordinary value; and (iii) a breach of either of such Covenants will result in irreparable harm and damages which cannot be adequately compensated by a monetary award.

               (3) Judicial Limitation . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time, despite the express agreement of Company and Employee, a court of competent jurisdiction holds that any portion of this Nonsolicitation and/or Noninterference Covenant is unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, such Covenant shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time or to the maximum extent in all other respects, as the case may be, as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

               (4) Termination of Agreement . The covenants and agreements contained in the Nonsolicitation and Noninterference Covenant shall terminate and be of no effect if this Agreement is terminated by Company without Cause.

          (c) Proprietary Property; Confidential Information .

               (1) “ Applicable Definitions ” — For purposes of this paragraph, the following capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth below:

                    (i) “ Confidential Information ” — The term “Confidential Information” is collectively and severally defined as any information, matter or thing of a secret, confidential or private nature, whether or not so labeled, which is connected with Company’s business or methods of operation or concerning any of Company’s suppliers, customers, licensors, licensees or others with whom Company has a business relationship, and which has current or potential value to Company or the unauthorized disclosure of which could be detrimental to Company. Confidential Information shall be broadly defined and shall include, by way of example and not limitation: (i) matters of a business nature available only to management and owners of Company of which Employee may become aware (such as information concerning customers, vendors and suppliers, including their names, addresses, credit or financial status, buying or selling habits, practices, requirements, and any arrangements or contracts that Company may have with such parties, Company’s marketing methods, plans and strategies, the costs of materials, the prices Company obtains or has obtained or at which Company sells or has sold its products or services, Company’s manufacturing and sales costs, the amount of compensation paid to employees of Company and other terms of their employment, financial information such as financial statements, budgets and projections, and the terms of any contracts or agreements Company has entered into)

 


 

and (ii) matters of a technical nature (such as product information, trade secrets, know-how, formulae, innovations, inventions, devices, discoveries, techniques, formats, processes, methods, specifications, designs, patterns, schematics, data, compilation of information, test results, and research and development projects). For purposes of the foregoing, the term “trade secrets” shall mean the broadest and most inclusive interpretation of trade secrets as defined by Section 3426.1(d) of the California Civil Code (the Uniform Trade Secrets Act) and cases interpreting the scope of said Section.

                    (ii) “ Proprietary Property ” — The term “Proprietary Property” is collectively and severally defined as any written or tangible property owned or used by Company in connection with Company’s business, whether or not such property also qualifies as Confidential Information. Proprietary Property shall be broadly defined and shall include, by way of example and not limitation, products, samples, equipment, files, lists, books, notebooks, records, documents, memoranda, reports, patterns, schematics, compilations, designs, drawings, data, test results, contracts, agreements, literature, correspondence, spread sheets, computer programs and software, computer print outs, other written and graphic records, and the like, whether originals, copies, duplicates or summaries thereof, affecting or relating to the business of Company, financial statements, budgets, projections, invoices.

               (2) Ownership of Proprietary Property . Employee acknowledges that all Proprietary Property which Employee may prepare, use, observe, come into possession of and/or control shall, at all times, remain the sole and exclusive property of Company. Employee shall, upon demand by Company at any time, or upon the cessation of Employee’s employment, irrespective of the time, manner, cause or lack of cause of such cessation, immediately deliver to Company or its designated agent, in good condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by any cause beyond the reasonable control of Employee excepted, all items of the Proprietary Property which are or have been in Employee’s possession or under his control, as well as a statement describing the disposition of all items of the Proprietary Property beyond Employee’s possession or control in the event Employee has not previously returned such items of the Proprietary Property to Company.

               (3) Agreement Not to Use or Divulge Confidential Information . Employee agrees that he will not, in any fashion, form or manner, unless specifically consented to in writing by Company, either directly or indirectly use, divulge, transmit or otherwise disclose or cause to be used, divulged, transmitted or otherwise disclosed to any person, firm or corporation, in any manner whatsoever (other than in Employee’s performance of duties for Company or except as required by law) any Confidential Information of any kind, nature or description. The foregoing provisions shall not be construed to prevent Employee from making use of or disclosing information which is in the public domain through no fault of Employee, provided, however, specific information shall not be deemed to be in the public domain merely because it is

 


 

encompassed by some general information that is published or in the public domain or in Employee’s possession prior to Employee’s employment with Company.

               (4) Acknowledgement of Secrecy . Employee acknowledges that the Confidential Information is not generally known to the public or to other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use and that the Confidential Information derives independent economic value thereby, and Employee agrees that he shall take all efforts reasonably necessary to maintain the secrecy and confidentiality of the Confidential Information and to otherwise comply with the terms of this Agreement.

               (5) Inventions, Discoveries . Employee acknowledges that any inventions, discoveries or trade secrets, whether patentable or not, made or found by Employee in the scope of his employment with Company constitute property of Company and that any rights therein now held or hereafter acquired by Employee individually or in any capacity are hereby transferred and assigned to Company, and agrees to execute and deliver any confirmatory assignments, documents or instruments of any nature necessary to carry out the intent of this paragraph when requested by Company without further compensation therefore, whether or not Employee is at the time employed by Company. Provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee shall not be required to assign his rights in any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of Section 2870(a) of the California Labor Code , which provides, in pertinent part, that the requirement to assign “shall not apply to any invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

                    (i) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

                    (ii) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.”

     Employee understands that he bears the full burden of proving to Company that an invention qualifies fully under Section 2870(a). By signing this Agreement, Employee acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Agreement and of written notification of the provisions of Section 2870.

ARTICLE 2
COMPENSATION

     2.1 Salary . The Company shall pay the Employee a salary payable at the gross rate of $6346.15 per pay period, to be paid on a bi-weekly basis. Employee’s annual salary shall be reviewed periodically by Company for the purpose of determining whether Employee’s salary shall be increased.

 


 

     2.2 Employee Benefits . In addition to the compensation specified above, the Employee shall be permitted to participate in certain employee benefit programs in the same manner and subject to the same terms, conditions, and limitations as other full-time employees of the Company. The Employee shall also be eligible for four weeks vacation per year.

     2.3 Business Expenses . The Company will reimburse the Employee for reasonable business expenses as outlined in the company’s business expense policy and provided that these expenses were incurred on Company business and that expense reports regarding these expenses are submitted to the Company in a timely manner.

     2.4 Bonus . In addition to the salary described above, the Employee shall be eligible for an annual bonus of up to 25% of Employee’s base salary, with 30% of the 25% based on the achievement of individual objectives, 70% based on the achievement of Corporate financial targets. This bonus will be payable on Employee’s anniversary date of hire and subject to the successful achievement of the goals and objectives.

ARTICLE 3
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     3.1 Termination . This employment relationship may be terminated for any of the reasons provided below:

     a.  Termination for Cause . Company may terminate this Agreement for “Cause”, upon 15 days written notice. Cause means any of the following: (1) willful breach or habitual neglect of the duties which Employee is required to perform under the terms of this Agreement, (2) any act of dishonesty, fraud, insubordination, misrepresentation, gross negligence or willful misconduct, (3) conviction of a felony, or (4) intentional violation of any Company policy. With the exception of the covenants set forth in Paragraph 1.3, 4.1 and 4.3, upon such termination the obligations of Employee and Company under this Agreement shall immediately cease. Such termination shall be without prejudice to any other remedy to which Company may be entitled either at law, in equity, or under this Agreement. If Employee’s employment is terminated pursuant to this paragraph, the Company shall pay to Employee, immediately upon such termination, any accrued but unpaid compensation to which Employee is entitled on the date of such termination.

     b.  Termination for Poor Performance . Employer may terminate employee’s employment under this Agreement for “Poor Performance”. Poor Performance is a failure of the Employee to properly meet the duties and responsibilities of his position in a competent fashion, as determined by the Chief Executive Officer. Such termination for “Poor Performance” shall occur only after employee has been advised in writing of the failure to meet the duties and responsibilities, or

 


 

guidelines/goals and given a reasonable period of time of at least 30 days to cure the Poor Performance. Following the termination for Poor Performance, the Employee shall be entitled to payment of his base salary through the last day of his employment. Employee shall be entitled to no other payments or benefits after a termination for Poor Performance. With the exception of the covenants set forth in Paragraph 1.3, 4.1 and 4.3, upon such termination the obligations of Employee and Company under this Agreement shall immediately cease.

     c.  Death . Employee’s employment shall terminate upon the death of Employee. Upon such termination, the obligations of Employee and Company under this Agreement shall immediately cease. In the event of a termination pursuant to this paragraph, Employee shall be entitled to receive any amount of compensation earned but unpaid. All other rights Employee has under any benefit or stock option plans and programs shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans and programs.

     d.  Election By Employee . Employee’s employment may be terminated at any time by Employee upon not less than thirty (30) days written notice to Company. With the exception of the covenants set forth in Paragraphs 1.3, 4.1 and 4.3, upon such termination the obligations of Employee and the Company under this Agreement shall immediately cease. In the event of a termination pursuant to this paragraph, Employee shall be entitled to receive any amount of compensation earned but unpaid. All other rights Employee has under any benefit or stock option plans and programs shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans and programs.

     e.  Election by Company Due to a Change of Control . If Employee’s employment is terminated by Company due to the sale or disposition by the Company of substantially all of its business or assets or the sale of the capital stock of Company in connection with the sale or transfer of a controlling interest in Company to a third party or the merger or consolidation of Company with another corporation as part of a sale or transfer of a controlling interest in Company to a third party and if the Employee’s essential duties and responsibilities as set forth in the job description for the position that Employee is in at the time of the change of control are significantly changed due to a change in control, then in lieu of any other rights or benefits under this Agreement, Employee shall be entitled to six months base salary, and any option held by Employee which is unvested on the date of termination shall immediately vest. “A controlling interest” shall be defined as 50% or more of the common stock of the Company. “ Six months base salary” shall be defined as only the cash compensation paid to Employee pursuant to paragraph 2.1, as it may be modified from time to time, and shall not include employee benefits, bonus, stock options, automobile allowance or debt forgiveness, if any. With the exception of the covenants contained in Paragraphs 1.3(c), 4.1 and 4.3, upon such termination the obligations of Employee and the Company shall immediately cease.

 


 

     f.  Termination Without Cause . Company is entitled to terminate the Employee’s employment without cause for any reason; provided, however, that the Employee shall be entitled to 30 days written notice and five months pay as severance, as well as any accrued but unpaid compensation in lieu of any other rights or benefits under this Agreement, to which Employee is entitled on the date of such termination. With the exception of the covenants contained in Paragraphs 1.3(c), 4.1 and 4.3, upon such termination the obligations of Employee and the Company shall immediately cease.

ARTICLE 4
ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS

     4.1 Non-Interference . The Employee shall not now or in the future, either during or subsequent to the period of the Employee’s employment, disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the business of the Company in any manner, including, without limitation, inducing an employee to leave the employ of the Company or inducing an employee, a consultant, a sales representative, or an independent contractor to sever that person’s relationship with the Company either by interfering with or raiding the Company’s employees or sales representatives, disrupting the relationships with customers, agents, independent contractors, representatives or vendors, or otherwise.

     4.2 Conflicts of Interest . If the Employee is involved, directly or indirectly, in an activity that presents a potential or actual conflict of interest, as determined by the Company, by virtue of the Employee’s employment or employment relationship with the Company, the Employee shall immediately terminate such activity, employment and/or relationship unless the Employee has the express written permission of the Company to continue it. If the Employee has any doubts as to whether a potential or actual conflict of interest is involved, the Employee must disclose all pertinent facts to the Company before undertaking the activity. The Company shall make the final decision as to whether such a conflict or potential conflict exists in its sole and subjective discretion.

     4.3 Confidentiality . The Employee agrees, at all times during and after the Employee’s employment hereunder, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without the express written authorization of the Chairman of the Board of the Company, any trade secret, such as any financial

 


 

information or any secret, proprietary, or confidential information relating to the research and development programs, vendor and marketing programs, customers, customers’ information, sales or business of the Company, except as such disclosure or use may be required in connection with his work for the Company or is published or is otherwise readily available to the public or becomes known to the public other than by his breach of this Agreement. If it is at any time determined that any of the information or materials identified above are, in whole or in part, not entitled to protection as trade secrets, the Employee and the Company agree that they shall nevertheless be considered and treated as confidential information that is protected under this Agreement, in the same manner as trade secrets, to the extent permitted by law.

     The Employee further agrees, upon termination of this Agreement, to promptly deliver to the Company all notes, books, correspondence, drawings, computer storage information, and any and all other written and graphical records in his possession or under his control relating to the past, present or future business, accounts, or projects of the Company.

ARTICLE 5
MISCELLANEOUS

     5.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all other arrangements, communications, understandings, promises, stipulations, arrangements, whether any of the same are either oral or in writing, or express or implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, any implied-in-law or implied-in-fact covenants or duties relating to employment or the termination of employment. No change to or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless the same shall be in writing and signed by both the Employee and the President of the Company.

     5.2 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in any respect, by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected thereby.

     5.3 Applicable Law . This Agreement and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be governed by, interpreted under and enforced under the laws of the State of California.

 


 

     5.4 Counterparty . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto acknowledge that they have read this Agreement, fully understand it, and have freely and voluntarily entered into it.

               
      “EMPLOYEE”
 
           
DATED:
       
 
           
 
           
      “The Company”
 
           
DATED:
      By    
         
          STAAR Surgical Company

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.41

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This Employment Agreement is made and entered into by and between STAAR Surgical Company (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation located at 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016 and James Farnworth (hereinafter the “Employee”), located at 1911 Walker Ave., Monrovia, CA, 91016, effective March 18, 2005.

RECITALS

     A. WHEREAS, the Company wishes to retain the services of Employee and Employee wishes to render services to Company as Vice President Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance.

     B. WHEREAS, the Employee and the Company desire to enter into this Employment Agreement and to establish the terms and conditions of the Employee’s employment.

     C. WHEREAS, the Company and the Employee intend that this Agreement will supercede and replace any and all other employment agreements or arrangements for employment entered into by and between the Company and the Employee, and that such employment agreements or arrangements shall have no further force or effect.

AGREEMENT

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the promises, covenants, and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
EMPLOYMENT

     1.1 Employment . The Company hereby agrees to employ the Employee and the Employee hereby agrees to serve the Company in the capacity of Vice President Regulatory Affairs and Quality Assurance, based upon the terms and conditions set forth in this agreement.

     1.2 Duties . During the term of his employment, the Employee shall devote his full time, efforts, abilities, and energies to the Company’s business and, in particular, shall use his best efforts, skill, and abilities to promote the general welfare and interests of the Company. The Employee shall loyally, conscientiously, and professionally do and perform all such duties and responsibilities as shall be reasonably assigned by the Company and the Employee’s superiors from time to time, and shall

 


 

comply with all of the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, including, but not limited to, those contained in The Company’s Employee Handbook.

     1.3 Noncompetition, Nonsolicitation and Noninterference and Proprietary Property and Confidential Information Provisions .

          (a) Applicable Definitions .

     For purposes of this paragraph, the following capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth below:

                    (i) “ Business Segments ” — The term “Business Segments” is defined as each of Company’s (or Company’s affiliates’) products or product lines.

                    (ii) “ Competitive Business ” — The term “Competitive Business” is defined as any business that is or may be competitive with or similar to or adverse to any of Company’s (or Company’s affiliates’) Business Segments, whether such business is conducted by a proprietorship, partnership, corporation or other entity or venture.

          (b) Nonsolicitation and Noninterference .

               (1)  Covenants . Employee hereby covenants and agrees that Employee shall not, either for Employee’s own account or directly or indirectly in conjunction with or on behalf of any person, partnership, corporation or other entity or venture:

                    (i) During the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year from the date this Agreement terminates or expires, solicit or employ or attempt to solicit or employ any person who is then or has, within twelve (12) months prior thereto, been an officer, partner, manager, agent or employee of Company or any affiliate of Company whether or not such a person would commit a breach of that person’s contract of employment with Company or any affiliate of Company, if any, by reason of leaving the service of Company or any affiliate of Company (the “ Nonsolicitation Covenant ”); or

                    (ii) During the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year from the date of the Agreement, on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any Competitive Business, or for the purpose of or with the reasonably foreseeable effect of harming the business of Company, solicit the business of any person, firm or company which is then, or has been at any time during the preceding twelve (12) months prior to such solicitation, a customer, client, contractor, supplier or vendor of Company or any affiliate of Company (the “Noninterference Covenant)”.

 


 

               (2)  Acknowledgements . Each of the parties acknowledges that: (i) the covenants and the restrictions contained in the Nonsolicitation and Noninterference Covenants are necessary, fundamental, and required for the protection of the business of Company; (ii) such Covenants relate to matters which are of a special, unique and extraordinary value; and (iii) a breach of either of such Covenants will result in irreparable harm and damages which cannot be adequately compensated by a monetary award.

               (3)  Judicial Limitation . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time, despite the express agreement of Company and Employee, a court of competent jurisdiction holds that any portion of this Nonsolicitation and/or Noninterference Covenant is unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, such Covenant shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time or to the maximum extent in all other respects, as the case may be, as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

               (4)  Termination of Agreement . The covenants and agreements contained in the Nonsolicitation and Noninterference Covenant shall terminate and be of no effect if this Agreement is terminated by Company without Cause.

          (c) Proprietary Property; Confidential Information .

               (1) “ Applicable Definitions ” — For purposes of this paragraph, the following capitalized terms shall have the definitions set forth below:

                    (i) “ Confidential Information ” — The term “Confidential Information” is collectively and severally defined as any information, matter or thing of a secret, confidential or private nature, whether or not so labeled, which is connected with Company’s business or methods of operation or concerning any of Company’s suppliers, customers, licensors, licensees or others with whom Company has a business relationship, and which has current or potential value to Company or the unauthorized disclosure of which could be detrimental to Company. Confidential Information shall be broadly defined and shall include, by way of example and not limitation: (i) matters of a business nature available only to management and owners of Company of which Employee may become aware (such as information concerning customers, vendors and suppliers, including their names, addresses, credit or financial status, buying or selling habits, practices, requirements, and any arrangements or contracts that Company may have with such parties, Company’s marketing methods, plans and strategies, the costs of materials, the prices Company obtains or has obtained or at which Company sells or has sold its products or services, Company’s manufacturing and sales costs, the amount of compensation paid to employees of Company and other terms of their employment, financial information such as financial statements, budgets and projections, and the terms of any contracts or agreements Company has entered into)

 


 

and (ii) matters of a technical nature (such as product information, trade secrets, know-how, formulae, innovations, inventions, devices, discoveries, techniques, formats, processes, methods, specifications, designs, patterns, schematics, data, compilation of information, test results, and research and development projects). For purposes of the foregoing, the term “trade secrets” shall mean the broadest and most inclusive interpretation of trade secrets as defined by Section 3426.1(d) of the California Civil Code (the Uniform Trade Secrets Act) and cases interpreting the scope of said Section.

                    (ii) “ Proprietary Property ” — The term “Proprietary Property” is collectively and severally defined as any written or tangible property owned or used by Company in connection with Company’s business, whether or not such property also qualifies as Confidential Information. Proprietary Property shall be broadly defined and shall include, by way of example and not limitation, products, samples, equipment, files, lists, books, notebooks, records, documents, memoranda, reports, patterns, schematics, compilations, designs, drawings, data, test results, contracts, agreements, literature, correspondence, spread sheets, computer programs and software, computer print outs, other written and graphic records, and the like, whether originals, copies, duplicates or summaries thereof, affecting or relating to the business of Company, financial statements, budgets, projections, invoices.

               (2)  Ownership of Proprietary Property . Employee acknowledges that all Proprietary Property which Employee may prepare, use, observe, come into possession of and/or control shall, at all times, remain the sole and exclusive property of Company. Employee shall, upon demand by Company at any time, or upon the cessation of Employee’s employment, irrespective of the time, manner, cause or lack of cause of such cessation, immediately deliver to Company or its designated agent, in good condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by any cause beyond the reasonable control of Employee excepted, all items of the Proprietary Property which are or have been in Employee’s possession or under his control, as well as a statement describing the disposition of all items of the Proprietary Property beyond Employee’s possession or control in the event Employee has not previously returned such items of the Proprietary Property to Company.

               (3)  Agreement Not to Use or Divulge Confidential Information . Employee agrees that he will not, in any fashion, form or manner, unless specifically consented to in writing by Company, either directly or indirectly use, divulge, transmit or otherwise disclose or cause to be used, divulged, transmitted or otherwise disclosed to any person, firm or corporation, in any manner whatsoever (other than in Employee’s performance of duties for Company or except as required by law) any Confidential Information of any kind, nature or description. The foregoing provisions shall not be construed to prevent Employee from making use of or disclosing information which is in the public domain through no fault of Employee, provided, however, specific information shall not be deemed to be in the public domain merely because it is

 


 

encompassed by some general information that is published or in the public domain or in Employee’s possession prior to Employee’s employment with Company.

               (4)  Acknowledgement of Secrecy . Employee acknowledges that the Confidential Information is not generally known to the public or to other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use and that the Confidential Information derives independent economic value thereby, and Employee agrees that he shall take all efforts reasonably necessary to maintain the secrecy and confidentiality of the Confidential Information and to otherwise comply with the terms of this Agreement.

               (5)  Inventions, Discoveries . Employee acknowledges that any inventions, discoveries or trade secrets, whether patentable or not, made or found by Employee in the scope of his employment with Company constitute property of Company and that any rights therein now held or hereafter acquired by Employee individually or in any capacity are hereby transferred and assigned to Company, and agrees to execute and deliver any confirmatory assignments, documents or instruments of any nature necessary to carry out the intent of this paragraph when requested by Company without further compensation therefore, whether or not Employee is at the time employed by Company. Provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee shall not be required to assign his rights in any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of Section 2870(a) of the California Labor Code , which provides, in pertinent part, that the requirement to assign “shall not apply to any invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

                    (i) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

                    (ii) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.”

     Employee understands that he bears the full burden of proving to Company that an invention qualifies fully under Section 2870(a). By signing this Agreement, Employee acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Agreement and of written notification of the provisions of Section 2870.

ARTICLE 2
COMPENSATION

     2.1 Salary . The Company shall pay the Employee a salary payable at the gross rate of $5769.23 per pay period, to be paid on a bi-weekly basis. Employee’s annual salary shall be reviewed periodically by Company for the purpose of determining whether Employee’s salary shall be increased.

 


 

     2.2 Employee Benefits . In addition to the compensation specified above, the Employee shall be permitted to participate in certain employee benefit programs in the same manner and subject to the same terms, conditions, and limitations as other full-time employees of the Company. The Employee will also be eligible for three weeks vacation per year.

     2.3 Business Expenses . The Company will reimburse the Employee for reasonable business expenses as outlined in the company’s business expense policy and provided that these expenses were incurred on Company business and that expense reports regarding these expenses are submitted to the Company in a timely manner.

     2.4 Bonus . In addition to the salary described above, the Employee shall be eligible for an annual bonus of up to 15% of Employee’s annual base salary, which will be payable on an annual basis and subject to the successful achievement of company and individual goals and objectives.

ARTICLE 3
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     3.1 Termination . This employment relationship may be terminated for any of the reasons provided below:

     a.  Termination for Cause . Company may terminate this Agreement for “Cause”, upon 15 days written notice. Cause means any of the following: (1) willful breach or habitual neglect of the duties which Employee is required to perform under the terms of this Agreement, (2) any act of dishonesty, fraud, insubordination, misrepresentation, gross negligence or willful misconduct, (3) conviction of a felony, or (4) intentional violation of any Company policy. With the exception of the covenants set forth in Paragraph 1.3, 4.1 and 4.3, upon such termination the obligations of Employee and Company under this Agreement shall immediately cease. Such termination shall be without prejudice to any other remedy to which Company may be entitled either at law, in equity, or under this Agreement. If Employee’s employment is terminated pursuant to this paragraph, the Company shall pay to Employee, immediately upon such termination, any accrued but unpaid compensation to which Employee is entitled on the date of such termination.

     b.  Termination for Poor Performance . Employer may terminate employee’s employment under this Agreement for “Poor Performance”. Poor Performance is a failure of the Employee to properly meet the duties and responsibilities of his position in a competent fashion, as determined by the Chief Executive Officer. Such termination for “Poor Performance” shall occur only after employee has been

 


 

advised in writing of the failure to meet the duties and responsibilities, or guidelines/goals and given a reasonable period of time of at least 30 days to cure the Poor Performance. Following the termination for Poor Performance, the Employee shall be entitled to payment of his base salary through the last day of his employment. Employee shall be entitled to no other payments or benefits after a termination for Poor Performance. With the exception of the covenants set forth in Paragraph 1.3, 4.1 and 4.3, upon such termination the obligations of Employee and Company under this Agreement shall immediately cease.

     c.  Death . Employee’s employment shall terminate upon the death of Employee. Upon such termination, the obligations of Employee and Company under this Agreement shall immediately cease. In the event of a termination pursuant to this paragraph, Employee shall be entitled to receive any amount of compensation earned but unpaid. All other rights Employee has under any benefit or stock option plans and programs shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans and programs.

     d.  Election By Employee . Employee’s employment may be terminated at any time by Employee upon not less than thirty (30) days written notice to Company. With the exception of the covenants set forth in Paragraphs 1.3, 4.1 and 4.3, upon such termination the obligations of Employee and the Company under this Agreement shall immediately cease. In the event of a termination pursuant to this paragraph, Employee shall be entitled to receive any amount of compensation earned but unpaid. All other rights Employee has under any benefit or stock option plans and programs shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans and programs.

     e.  Election by Company Due to a Change of Control . If Employee’s employment is terminated by Company due to the sale or disposition by the Company of substantially all of its business or assets or the sale of the capital stock of Company in connection with the sale or transfer of a controlling interest in Company to a third party or the merger or consolidation of Company with another corporation as part of a sale or transfer of a controlling interest in Company to a third party and if the Employee’s essential duties and responsibilities as set forth in the job description for the position that Employee is in at the time of the change of control are significantly changed due to a change in control, then in lieu of any other rights or benefits under this Agreement, Employee shall be entitled to six month’s base salary, and any option held by Employee which is unvested on the date of termination shall immediately vest. “A controlling interest” shall be defined as 50% or more of the common stock of the Company. “Six months base salary” shall be defined as only the cash compensation paid to Employee pursuant to paragraph 2.1, as it may be modified from time to time, and shall not include employee benefits, bonus, stock options, automobile allowance or debt forgiveness, if any. With the exception of the covenants contained in Paragraphs 1.3(c), 4.1 and 4.3,

 


 

upon such termination the obligations of Employee and the Company shall immediately cease.

     f.  Termination Without Cause . Company is entitled to terminate the Employee’s employment without cause for any reason; provided, however, that the Employee shall be entitled to 30 days written notice and five months pay as severance, as well as any accrued but unpaid compensation in lieu of any other rights or benefits under this Agreement, to which Employee is entitled on the date of such termination. With the exception of the covenants contained in Paragraphs 1.3(c), 4.1 and 4.3, upon such termination the obligations of Employee and the Company shall immediately cease.

ARTICLE 4
ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS

     4.1 Non-Interference . The Employee shall not now or in the future, either during or subsequent to the period of the Employee’s employment, disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the business of the Company in any manner, including, without limitation, inducing an employee to leave the employ of the Company or inducing an employee, a consultant, a sales representative, or an independent contractor to sever that person’s relationship with the Company either by interfering with or raiding the Company’s employees or sales representatives, disrupting the relationships with customers, agents, independent contractors, representatives or vendors, or otherwise.

     4.2 Conflicts of Interest . If the Employee is involved, directly or indirectly, in an activity that presents a potential or actual conflict of interest, as determined by the Company, by virtue of the Employee’s employment or employment relationship with the Company, the Employee shall immediately terminate such activity, employment and/or relationship unless the Employee has the express written permission of the Company to continue it. If the Employee has any doubts as to whether a potential or actual conflict of interest is involved, the Employee must disclose all pertinent facts to the Company before undertaking the activity. The Company shall make the final decision as to whether such a conflict or potential conflict exists in its sole and subjective discretion.

 


 

     4.3 Confidentiality . The Employee agrees, at all times during and after the Employee’s employment hereunder, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without the express written authorization of the Chairman of the Board of the Company, any trade secret, such as any financial information or any secret, proprietary, or confidential information relating to the research and development programs, vendor and marketing programs, customers, customers’ information, sales or business of the Company, except as such disclosure or use may be required in connection with his work for the Company or is published or is otherwise readily available to the public or becomes known to the public other than by his breach of this Agreement. If it is at any time determined that any of the information or materials identified above are, in whole or in part, not entitled to protection as trade secrets, the Employee and the Company agree that they shall nevertheless be considered and treated as confidential information that is protected under this Agreement, in the same manner as trade secrets, to the extent permitted by law.

     The Employee further agrees, upon termination of this Agreement, to promptly deliver to the Company all notes, books, correspondence, drawings, computer storage information, and any and all other written and graphical records in his possession or under his control relating to the past, present or future business, accounts, or projects of the Company.

ARTICLE 5
MISCELLANEOUS

     5.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all other arrangements, communications, understandings, promises, stipulations, arrangements, whether any of the same are either oral or in writing, or express or implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, any implied-in-law or implied-in-fact covenants or duties relating to employment or the termination of employment. No change to or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding unless the same shall be in writing and signed by both the Employee and the President of the Company.

     5.2 Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in any respect, by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected thereby.

 


 

     5.3 Applicable Law . This Agreement and the rights and remedies of each party arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be governed by, interpreted under and enforced under the laws of the State of California.

     5.4 Counterparty . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto acknowledge that they have read this Agreement, fully understand it, and have freely and voluntarily entered into it.

               
      “EMPLOYEE”
 
           
DATED:
       
 
           
 
           
      “The Company”
 
           
DATED:
      By    
         
          STAAR Surgical Company

 

EXHIBIT 10.42

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT WITH CERTAIN DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

This Agreement is made and entered into this ___ day of ____________ (the "Agreement"), by and between STAAR Surgical Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term shall include, where appropriate, any Entity (as hereinafter defined) controlled directly or indirectly by the Company) and ______________ (the "Indemnitee").

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation has subjected directors and officers to litigation risks and expenses, and the limitations on the availability of directors and officers liability insurance have made it increasingly difficult for the Company to attract and retain such persons;

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance of the Indemnitee's rights to full indemnification against litigation risks and expenses (regardless, among other things, of any amendment to or revocation of any the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws or any change in the ownership of the Company or the composition of its Board of Directors); and

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in agreeing to continue to act as a director of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and the Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) "Corporate Status" describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a director of the Company, including as a member of any committee thereof, (ii) as an officer of the Company, (iii) in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company, or (iv) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of any other Entity at the request of the Company. For purposes of subsection (iv) of this Section 1(a), an officer or director of the Company who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary (as defined below) shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Company.

(b) "Entity" shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity.

(c) "Expenses" shall mean all direct and indirect fees, costs and expenses of any nature whatsoever actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the investigation, preparation of a defense, appeal of or settlement of any Proceeding (as defined below), including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees, disbursements and retainers (including,


without limitation, any such fees, disbursements and retainers incurred by the Indemnitee pursuant to Sections 8 and 11(c) of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services and other disbursements and expenses; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

(d) "Indemnifiable Expenses", "Indemnifiable Liabilities" and "Indemnifiable Amounts" shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in
Section 3(a) below.

(e) "Liabilities" shall mean judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

(f) "Proceeding" shall mean any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, whether or not he is serving in such capacity at the time any Expense or Liability is incurred for which indemnification or reimbursement can be provided under this Agreement, including a proceeding initiated by the Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement to enforce the Indemnitee's rights hereunder or an action brought by or in the right of the Company.

(g) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other Entity of which the Company owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Company) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity.

2. Services of the Indemnitee. In consideration of the Company's covenants and commitments hereunder, the Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as a director of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any obligation on the Indemnitee or the Company to continue the Indemnitee's service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

3. Agreement to Indemnify. The Company agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee as follows:

(a) Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(a) below, if the Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the Indemnitee's Corporate Status, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred or paid by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (referred to herein as "Indemnifiable


Expenses" and "Indemnifiable Liabilities", respectively, and collectively as "Indemnifiable Amounts").

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(b) below, if the Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the Indemnitee's Corporate Status, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Indemnifiable Expenses as well as against any amount paid by Indemnitee in settlement of the Proceeding.

4. Exceptions to Indemnification. Upon receipt of a written claim addressed to the Board of Directors for indemnification pursuant to Section 3, the Company shall determine by any of the methods set forth in Section 145(d) of the Delaware General Corporation Law whether the Indemnitee has met the applicable standards of conduct which makes is permissible under applicable law to indemnify the Indemnitee. If it is determined that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification under Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above in all circumstances other than the following:

(a) If indemnification is requested under Section 3(a) and it has been determined that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, the Indemnitee failed to act
(i) in good faith and (ii) in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

(b) If indemnification is requested under Section 3(b) and

(i) it has been determined that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, the Indemnitee failed to act (A) in good faith and (B) in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; or

(ii) it has determined that the Indemnitee is liable to the Company with respect to any claim, issue or matter involved in the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, no Indemnifiable Expenses shall be paid with respect to such claim, issue or matter unless the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Indemnifiable Expenses which such court shall deem proper.

5. Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts. The Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Amounts for which the


Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 3 of this Agreement and the basis for the claim. The Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to the Indemnitee within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of the request. At the request of the Company, the Indemnitee shall furnish such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and necessary to establish that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder.

6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of the Indemnitee's Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee's behalf in connection therewith. If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee's behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

7. Effect of Certain Resolutions. Neither the settlement or termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to award indemnification or to determine that indemnification is payable shall create an adverse presumption that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. In addition, the termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitee's action was unlawful.

8. Agreement to Advance Expenses; Conditions. The Company shall pay to the Indemnitee all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, as the same are incurred. In making any such advance, the ability of the Indemnitee to repay shall not be a factor. To the extent required by Delaware law, the Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay the amount of Indemnifiable Expenses paid to the Indemnitee if it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to indemnification with respect to such Expenses. This undertaking is an unlimited general obligation of the Indemnitee.

9. Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses. The Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Expenses for which the Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 8 of this Agreement, together with documentation evidencing that the Indemnitee has incurred such Indemnifiable Expenses. Payment of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 8 shall be made no later than ten (10) calendar days after the Company's receipt of such request.


10. Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated under this Agreement to pay Indemnifiable Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon delivery of written notice to the Indemnitee of the Company's election to do so. After the Company's assumption of the defense, the Company shall not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding; provided, however, that (i) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his own counsel in any such Proceeding at the Indemnitee's expense; and
(ii) if the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest by reason of the representation in such Proceeding of the Indemnitee and the Company and/or any other defendants by the same counsel, then the Indemnitee may retain his own counsel with respect to such Proceeding and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be an amount for which the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification from the Company under this Agreement, and (iii) if the Company does not retain counsel after assuming the defense of the Proceeding or if counsel does not vigorously defend the Proceeding, then the Indemnitee may retain his own counsel with respect to such Proceeding and the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be an amount for which the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification from the Company under this Agreement. The Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which the Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by the Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall be addressed to the Board of Directors and shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding and be accompanied by copies of any documents filed with the court in which the Proceeding is pending. In addition, the Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within the Indemnitee's power.

11. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Right to Petition Court. In the event that the Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Sections 3 and 5 above, or a request for an advance of Indemnifiable Expenses under Sections 8 and 9 above, and the Company fails to make such payment or advance in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Indemnitee may petition a court of law to enforce the Company's obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Burden of Proof. In any judicial proceeding brought under
Section 11(a) above, the Company shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of the Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

(c) Expenses. So long as the Indemnitee prevails in any action he files pursuant to Section 11(a) or if the Company and the Indemnitee settle such action, the Company agrees to reimburse the Indemnitee in full for any Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by the Indemnitee under Section 11(a) above, or in connection with any claim or counterclaim brought by the Company in connection therewith.


(d) Validity of Agreement. The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any Proceeding, including, without limitation, an action under
Section 11(a) above, that the provisions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable or that there is insufficient consideration for this Agreement and shall stipulate in court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) Failure to Act Not a Defense. The failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advance of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement shall not be a defense in any action brought under Section 11(a) above, and shall not create a presumption that such payment or advance is not permissible.

12. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Indemnitee as follows:

(a) Authority. The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company.

(b) Enforceability. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

13. Insurance. The Company maintains directors and officer liability insurance coverage on terms satisfactory to the Indemnitee, covering, among other things, violations of federal or state securities laws. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to maintain such coverage in effect. In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, the Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide the Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company's officers and directors.

(a) Inability to Obtain or Maintain Insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain director and officer liability insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, the coverage provided by the insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or the Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary or parent of the Company.

(b) Notice to Insurer. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to Section 8 hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall


thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemintee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

14. Fees and Expenses. During the term of the Indemnitee's service as a director, the Company shall promptly reimburse the Indemnitee for all reasonable travel and other reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with his service as a director or member of any board committee or otherwise in connection with the Company's business.

15. Contract Rights Not Exclusive. The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other rights which Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Company's by-laws or certificate of incorporation, or any other agreement, vote of stockholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee's official capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of Indemnitee's serving as a director of the Company.

16. Successors. This Agreement shall be (a) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock and/or assets of the Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) and (b) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue for the benefit of Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators after Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate Status.

17. Subrogation. In the event of any payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of contribution or recovery of Indemnitee against other persons, and Indemnitee shall take, at the request of the Company, all reasonable action necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

18. Change in Law. To the extent that a change in Delaware law (whether by statute or judicial decision) shall permit broader indemnification or advancement of expenses than is provided under the terms of the by-laws of the Company and this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to such broader indemnification and advancements, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to such extent.

19. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties.


20. Indemnitee as Plaintiff. Except as provided in Section 11(c) of this Agreement and in the next sentence, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any Entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof, or any third party, unless the Company has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding. This Section shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

21. Modifications and Waiver. Except as provided in Section 18 above with respect to changes in Delaware law which broaden the right of Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

22. Notices. Any notice or demand which is required or provided to be given under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given and received for all purposes when delivered by hand, telecopy, telex or other method of facsimile, or five days after being sent by certified or registered mail, postage and charges prepaid, return receipt requested, or two days after being sent by overnight delivery providing receipt of delivery, to the following addresses if to the Company, 1911 Walker Avenue, Monrovia, California 91016 or at any other address designated by the Company to the Indemnitee in writing; if to the Indemnitee, at the address set forth below such Indemnitee's name on the signature page hereto, or at any other address designated by the Indemnitee to the Company in writing.

23. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the provisions thereof relating to conflicts of law.

24. Inability of the Company to Indemnify. Both the Company and the Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. The Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the appropriate state or federal regulatory agency to submit for approval any request for indemnification, and has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company's right under public policy to indemnify the Indemnitee.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:
STAAR Surgical Company

By: /s/  David Bailey
    ----------------------------------------
Name:  David Bailey
Title: President, Chief Executive Officer:

INDEMNITEE:

/s/
--------------------------------------------
Name:


EXHIBIT 10.43

MANAGING DIRECTOR'S CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT DATED JUNE 22, 1993

between

1. DOMILENS Vertrieb fur medizinische Produkte GmbH, represented by

a) Guenther Roepstorff, shareholder

b) FRISIA BV, Shareholder, represented by its Managing Director with sole powers of representation

- referred to below as "Company" -

and

2. Mr. Guenther Roepstorff, Achtern Felln 20, 2087 Hasloh

ARTICLE 1 TASKS AND OBLIGATIONS

1. By virtue of a resolution of the meeting of shareholders of 22 May 1987 Mr. Roepstorff has been appointed as Managing Director immediate effect. He has sole authority to represent the Company. Mr. Roepstorff is exempt from the restrictions set out in s. 181 of the German Civil Code (BGB).

2. Mr. Roepstorff shall manage the business in compliance with the law, the provisions of this contract of employment and the Company's shareholders' agreement.

3. In the Company's line of business Mr. Roepstorff may conduct transactions on his own account and on the account of third parties, act on behalf of other companies or become a shareholder in such companies. The exemption is exclusively restricted to trade with all ophthalmology products, particularly with diagnostic and optical goods and with pharmaceuticals, in as far as these products were not part of the Company's distribution programme on 1 January 1993.

The exemption from the prohibition of competition is non-gratuitous. The consideration shall amount to 20% of the annual profit as stated in the commercial balance sheet before tax as a result of this work.

4. This shall only apply to companies in which Mr. Roepstorff is a shareholder if court rulings concerning the assumption of a disguised profit distribution in the case of a gratuitous exemption from the prohibition of competition also extends to the activities of such companies.

The agreed share of the profit shall be adjusted in accordance with any change in the circumstances.

ARTICLE 2 THE TERM OF THE CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT

1. This contract of employment shall commence on 1 January 1993 and may not be terminated before 31 December 1995. It shall be renewed for three years if it is not terminated at least six months before 31 December 1995 or six months before the end of one of the subsequent three-year periods.

2. Notice of termination must be given in writing.

3. Mr. Roepstorff's appointment as Managing Director may be revoked at any time by a resolution of the meeting of shareholders without prejudice to his claims to compensation under this contract of employment. The revocation shall be regarded as the termination of the contract of employment by the next possible date.


4. The control of employment shall end without notice of termination being needle at the end of the month in which Mr. Roepstorff reaches the age of 65.

ARTICLE 3 EMOLUMENTS

1. In return for this services Mr. Roepstorff shall be paid the following remuneration:

a) a gross annual salary of DM 234,000. -- which shall be paid in eleven equal installments of DM 18,000.- at the end of each month and DM 36,000.- on 30 November of each year,

b) a commission of 5% on all sales of lenses achieved in a sales area personally attended to by Mr. Roepstorff, payable at the end of the month following the month in which the sales are achieved,

c) an annual management bonus to be decided on by the meeting of shareholders after the adoption of the annual financial statements taking account of the business results for the financial year and Mr. Roepstorff's achievements,

d) expenses according to the expenses incurred and vouchers, payable at the end of the month in which the expenses are incurred.

2. In addition to the remuneration set out in para. 1 Mr. Roepstorff shall be given a car for business purposes and for his own personal use within the framework decided on by the meeting of shareholders.

The tax payable on this remuneration in kind shall be bome by Mr. Roepstorff.

ARTICLE 4 EMOLUMENTS IN THE EVENT OF SICKNESS, ACCIDENT, DEATH

1. If Mr. Roepstorff should be temporarily unfit for work due to sickness or for any other reason which is not his own fault, Mr Roepstorff shall keep his claims to the emoluments set out in Article 3 para. 1 (salary and guaranteed management bonus) as long as he remains unfit for work up to an uninterrupted period of six months.

2. If Mr. Roepstorff should pass away during the term of the contract of employment, his widow and his legitimate children, if they have not yet reached the age of 25 and are still learning a trade or profession, shall, as joint and several creditors, have a claim to the continuing payment of the salary set out in Article 3 para. 1 a) for the month in which Mr. Roepstorff passes away and for twelve months following this month.

3. The Company shall insure Mr. Roepstorff against accidents to the extent that is usual for the Company's managing directors.

ARTICLE 5 VACATION

Mr. Roepstorff shall be entitled to an annual vacation of 30 working days which may also be taken in parts.

ARTICLE 6 DIRECT INSURANCE

1 a) The Company has already taken out an endowment insurance in Mr.
Roepstorff favour. This shall be continued on the previous terms


1.b) With effect from 1 January 1993 the Company shall take out an endowment insurance in Mr. Roepstorff `s favour which shall guarantee him a monthly pension of at least DM 8,000.- when he reaches the age of 65. The sum insured shall be increased by benefits from profit sharing. It shall be due for payment on Mr. Roepstorff's death and no later than by the date when he reaches the age of 65.

2. The beneficiary for the insurance benefits are Mr. Roepstorff or, if he should pass away, the persons that Mr. Roepstorff has indicated to the Company. If Mr. Roepstorff has not indicated any persons to the Company the beneficiaries shall be his heirs.

3. The insurance premiums shall be paid by the Company as the policyholder. In addition to this, the Company shall pay the wage tax and church tax payable on the premiums. The wage tax and church tax on the premiums is payable at the end of the calendar year.

4. If the contract of employment should end before the insured event, the claims under the contract of insurance shall be limited to the benefits that are payable under the contract of insurance due to the payment of premiums until the date that Mr. Roepstorff leaves the Company (s. 2 para. 2 BetrAVG). Mr. Roepstorff shall have the right to continue the contract of insurance by paying the premiums himself or to convert it into a policy on which no premiums are payable.

5. It is not permitted to use the irrevocable right to benefits as security for a loan nor to assign or pledge this right.

ARTICLE 7 FINAL PROVISIONS

1. If any term of this contract of employment should be void, either in part or in full, or if it should cease to be legally valid at a later date, this shall not affect the validity of the remaining terms. In as far as it is legally permissible, the invalid term shall be replaced by another appropriate provision which comes closest in a commercial sense to what the Contracting Parties intended or would have intended if they had given consideration to the fact that the provision was void.

2. Any amendments or additions to this contract of employment must be made in writing.

3. This agreement shall replace the existing contract of contract of employment between the Parties dated 12 June 1987.

Hamburg, 22 June 1993

(Hamburg crossed out and replaced by an illegible word - translator's note.)

(signature) (signature)

The Company Gunther Roepstorff


EXHIBIT 10.44

SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT # 1 TO THE MANAGING DIRECTOR'S
CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT DATED NOVEMBER 25, 1997 BETWEEN
STAAR SURGICAL AG AND GUENTHER ROEPSTORFF

No. 1075 of the register of documents for 1997

Negotiated
in Pinneberg
on 25 November 1997
Before me, the officiating notary
AXEL MALLICK
officially based in Pinneberg,

the following appeared today of known identity:

1. Mr. Guenther Roepstorff, born on 05/08/1945, businessman resident in Achtern Felln 20, 25474 Hasloh business address: Holsteiner Chaussee 303a, 22457 Hamburg

2. Dr Volker Dietrich Anhausser, lawyer business address: Kriegsstraae 85, 76133 Karlsruhe

on the basis of an authorization to be submitted acting for:

a) STAAR SURGICAL AG
Hauptstrabe 104 C81-2560 Nidau

B) HIMSELF regarding the following ' 13

The persons appearing acting as specified requested the officiating notary to authenticate the following

AGREEMENT

REGARDING THE PURCHASE OF SHARES

and declared:

PREAMBLE

Mr. Guenter Roepstorff| is the sole owner and proprietor of all business shares of Domilens Vertrieb fuer medizinische Produkte GmbH with a nominal capital totalling DM 1,000,000.00 registered in the commercial register of the Local Court in Hamburg (HRB 38182). The initial capital contributions for the shares have been paid in full.


Staar Surgical AG is a joint stock company in accordance with Swiss law. The joint stock company is represented by Vladimir Feingold (president of the board of directors) and John Wolf (vice-president of the board of directors).
' 1 OBJECT OF PURCHASE, TRANSFER

(1)

The Seller sells the Buyer the business shares at the par value of DM 20,000.00
DM 30,000.00
DM 17,000.00
DM 233,000.00 and
DM 300,000.00

with all the appertaining rights to future profits and other ancillary rights which arise from 05 January 1998 onwards. The aforementioned business shares are united in a separate deed to form a business share of DM 600,000.00.

(2)

The economic transition deadline for the business shares described in paragraph 1 and for the combined business share is 05 January 1998.

(3)

In his capacity as sole shareholder and managing director, the Seller, Mr. Gruenter Roepstorff, grants his consent as is required in ' 11 para. 1 of the Articles, in the version of the Articles changed today before the officiating notary in register of documents no. 1077/1977.

' 2 PURCHASE PRICE

(1)

The purchase price is DM 7,800,000.00 (in words: seven million eight hundred thousand Deutschmarks). The purchase price was determined on the basis of the company valuation executed by the accountant Dipl.-Kauffrau Hortense Thielsen, Hamburg, of 29/07/97 which is an integral part of the agreement of purchase of the Company and is enclosed with this agreement as

APPENDIX 1.

The valuation was also based on the Company's audited annual accounts for 1994, 1995, 1996 and the non-audited interim balance sheet for the period January 1997 to 31 October 1997. The estimated further development of sales and profits for the period 1997 to the year 2000, predicted by the Seller was of decisive importance for determining the purchase price.


(2)

The purchase price is to be paid as follows: The payment of the purchase price is to be arranged on 05 January 1998, with the proviso that the proprietorship of the purchase price objects has been proven by then. The payment is to be transferred to an account which is still to be named, kept by the attesting notary in his own name for the Buyer on a trust basis. The notary drew the parties' attention to the standard deadlines in international payment transactions. The notary is instructed only to dispose of the purchase price In favour of the buyer once one of the parties of this agreement has proven that the buyer has become proprietor of the purchase object mentioned in ' 1 or when both parties declare this unanimously.

(3)

The Seller has made distributions in advance on the company profits expected for 1997.

If and in so far as these advance distributions should exceed the yields from the annual statement of accounts of 31/12/1997 applicable for the distribution of profits, any excess distributions are to be reimbursed without delay.

(4)

Additional uncovered expenses for taxes and contributions due to entering on the liabilities side in the annual statement of accounts of 31/12/1997 are to be reimbursed to the Buyer by the Seller. This also applies if this first results following external audits at a later date.

' 3 GUARANTEES FROM THE SELLER
The Seller guarantees the Buyer as follows:

(1)

The share capital has been paid in full. No repayments from the assets necessary to maintain the share capital have been made. The shares are not encumbered with third party's rights.

(2)

The annual statements of accounts on which the valuation of the Company is based have been drawn up according to the principles of proper accounting and the continuity of balance sheet preservation. They reflect the actual state of the Company with regard to their assets, income and financial situation. Any write-offs, devaluations, valuation adjustments and operating reserves, especially for taxes, were made in the sufficient amount.

(3)

The Seller has not concluded any agreements between him and the Company apart from the contract of employment as Managing Director, including any which affect the partnership beyond 31/12/97. There are also no agreements with the shareholder ECC GmbH who has withdrawn and the shareholders who are legally and financially behind ECC.

Agreements regarding cooperations, joint ventures etc were also not concluded.


(4)

There are no letters of support in favour of third parties.

(5)

The purchase of the initial contributions by the Buyer is not classified as taking over the property of another person as defined by ' 419 German Civil Code. The Seller assures that he additionally owns other actual net assets which are worth at least 20% of the purchase price agreed.

(6)

There are no preemptive rights, option rights or other purchase rights governing the object of purchase.

(7)

The fixed assets which were taken into consideration in the company valuation and are included in the list of the development of the fixed assets of 01/01/1996 and are handed over as

APPENDIX 2

are in the unrestricted possession of the Company and are also available for the unlimited use of the Company with the exception of disposals caused by operational use.

(8)

All objects to be found in the Company are capable of being used without any limitations.

(9)

Existing delivery and performance commitments can be met.

(10)

The brands and trademarks listed in

APPENDIX 3

are due only to the Company without any restrictions. They are not encumbered with any rights of third parties. In particular no third parties hold usufructs for these trademarks and brands. No licenses have been awarded to third parties.

Al1 brands and trademarks are valid. These rights have not been challenged by third parties. As far as the Seller is aware, no industrial property rights of third parties have been violated by the use of the brands and trademarks.


Measures required to maintain the proper rights have without exception been initiated in good time and sufficient provisions have been made to guarantee that the property rights are upheld.

Finally, all fees which are due have also been paid in full.

(11)

No other distribution agreements have been made with manufacturers apart from those listed in

APPENDIX 4

of this agreement. The texts of the agreements have been enclosed in full. There are no supplementary stipulations, side letters etc. In so far as no written agreements were made the agreements have been fully and correctly transcribed. The agreements and oral agreements do not affect the interests of STAAR SURGICAL.

The Seller further assures that there are no sales representatives or - from the Company's viewpoint - similar persons who are entitled to represent the Company in connection with the sales and distribution of their products or otherwise result in financial commitments or temporal obligations for the Company.

(12)

The fixed assets and inventories are free of rights of third parties. In particular they have neither been attached nor has their ownership been transferred by way of security.

(13)

The Seller commits himself in good time before his withdrawal to train a successor for the management of the Company and to pass on to him/her all contacts with people, companies and institutions which are of importance for the management, in particular for sales and distribution, so that these can be implemented in the Company without any problems.

(14)

The orders on hand can be processed smoothly without exception. The individual orders are reasonably priced in accordance with the business procedures of the Company exercised to date. The orders are processed in accordance with the agreement. There are no deals pending which are connected with particular risks. The Seller is not aware of any other circumstances which could conceal the risk of permanently negatively affecting the intrinsic value or the earning power of the Company.


(15)

The list of customers which is submitted as

APPENDIX 5

is complete. The gross margins stated in it are correct.

(16)

There are no restrictions from authorities, judicial or neighbourly measures on the business currently practised. By conducting this business, as far as the Seller knows, no regulations of industrial law, criminal law or any other public legal matters are being violated.

(17)

The list of the company's liabilities which is submitted as

APPENDIX 6

is complete and correct.

The Company has fulfilled all its financial obligations punctually.

(18)

The Company does not receive any investment subsidies or other subsidies.

(19)

The Company is neither involved in a law suit or execution proceedings, nor is there any risk of a law suit or execution proceedings being lodged. An exception in this case is the legal action with the customer Morawetz GmbH against which claims to the amount of approx. DM 18,000.00 have been lodged. Bankruptcy proceedings have been petitioned for this customer's assets.

(20)

All known fiscal commitments have been fully met.

(21)

The list of stock in hand "Inventory October 1997 of 03/11/97" which has been submitted by the Seller and enclosed as

APPENDIX 7

contains the complete inventory. The values specified are the net purchase prices. The objects are at the free disposal of and unencumbered proper of the Company. The purchase prices have been paid. All inventories are fully functional and vendible.

Therefore no value adjustment was necessary.

(22)

There are no legal disputes between the (previous) shareholders and the Company.


(23)

The accounts receivables list which is submitted as

APPENDIX 8

is complete and correct. The claims are all good with the exception of the above mentioned claim against Morawetz GmbH. The Seller guarantees that he is not aware of any conditions, and there are also no signs of any which could make the ability of the claims listed to be collected questionable.

(24)

The Company has sufficient own financial funds to maintain the business operation as it has in the past and make the targeted profits.

(25)

No bad debt losses due to short term expiry of the limitation of action have to be dealt with.

(26)

There are only loan commitments to Bankhaus Wolbern & Co., Hamburg. A credit limit of DM 1.5 million has been granted which has been taken advantage of to the amount of DM 1,242,467.86 as of 14/11/97. The details of the loan commitment are outlined in the bank's letter of 23 July 97 which is submitted as

APPENDIX 9.

The credit balances are listed in the "Daily bank statement" lists,

APPENDIX 10.

(27)

None of the existing sales agreements are in conflict with the interests of the Buyer.

' 4 EMPLOYMENT

(1)

In

APPENDIX 11

all employees are listed with which written or oral contracts of employment have been made. Without any exceptions, identical contracts of employment have been concluded with the employees. Solely the wage agreements are different. With the sales representatives the employment form was concluded in each case which is submitted as

APPENDIX 12

With the other employees, a contract of employment was concluded subject to the proviso of the contract text enclosed as

APPENDIX 13.

The sample contracts of employment duly reflect the full agreements.


(2)

The list Appendix 11 referred to above specifies in full the total gross emoluments including bonuses, commissions and shares in profits. After the agreement has been concluded the contracts of employment are only concluded, changed or terminated with the prior approval of the Buyer.

(3)

Within the past 12 months no pay or wage increases have been made or assured by the Seller which have not been recorded in the payroll - Appendix 11. The increases which were expressed or assured therefore have no influence on the total payroll. Neither were agreements made to the effect that employees are entitled to old age or survivors' pensions. Assurances with regard to this were also not made.

There are no financial commitments made on the basis of Company practice.

Employees who have left the company and their dependants have not been made any undertakings that they should receive pensions or other payments.

The exception here is the Seller. As managing director he has been made a pension undertaking to receive a gross pension of DM 8,000.00 monthly. This undertaking does not however represent any financial burden for the Company with the exception of the contributions for the direct insurance as well as the employer's pension liability insurance. The financial commitments in the insured event are covered by an adequate employer's pension liability insurance.

(4)

Binding collective wage agreements, works agreements and commitments on the basis of Company practice to a degree of financial importance do not exist apart from Christmas and holiday pay.

(5)

The Seller will prevent, that after the agreement has been concluded new contracts for the Company will be concluded with today's shareholders or their near relatives without the Buyer issuing its prior approval.

' 5 MANAGING DIRECTOR CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT OF THE SELLER

(1)

The current contract of employment of the Seller is continued basically at the same financial conditions, however is considerably changed in the layout as is evident from


APPENDIX 14

The Seller receives an annual gross salary of DM 450,000.00 plus a share in profits of 5% of the annual net profit.

The Buyer's decision to buy is considerably based on the future trustworthy cooperation with the Seller. Additionally, that the succession of the Company is secured. On the basis of the latter, the Seller has agreed in ' 3 item 13 to train a successor in good time before he withdraws.

To cover the financial risk of the Company in the event of the Seller suddenly withdrawing due to death of the Seller, the Company will take out a term life Insurance policy on the life of the Seller Guenter Roepstorff. The Company in doing so is granted an irrevocable preemptive right. The sum insured will be DM 5.0 million. The policy will run for 10 years. If the event insured occurs, the sum insured received by the Company is left out of count when determining the amount of compensation for the Seller's business share in the Company.

(2)

The gross remuneration of the Seller is to be adapted to the modified situations of the Company. The details are regulated by the modified Managing director contract of employment in force from 05/01/1998.

(3)

The pension agreement is not affected by the paragraphs above.

(4)

The Seller will repay all financial commitments which he has towards the Company which result from

APPENDIX 15

by 31/12/1997 at the latest.

Additionally the company has extended other loans to third parties the current standing of which can be seen in

APPENDIX 16

The Seller guarantees that these loans will be paid back by 31/12/1997 at the latest.

' 6 COMPETITION CLAUSE

(1)

The Seller will not enter into competition neither indirectly nor directly with the Buyer, the Company or a company affiliated with these for the duration of 12 years from the day of the conclusion of this agreement. This prohibition to compete is limited to the field of ophthalmology. This mean: that for the relationship after the contract, a post-contractual prohibition to compete will exist for two years.


(2)

The Seller understands that the restrictions on competition were a decisive factor for the Buyer when concluding this agreement.

(3)

The Seller is aware that the Buyer supplies customers in Germany directly. Even after this agreement has been concluded and enforced, the Buyer may supply the customer Benemed without any restrictions. For the rest, the Buyer will terminate its other existing customer relations within an appropriate period from the enforcement of the agreement.

(4)

The Seller will ensure and commits itself, if necessary to agree at a shareholders' meeting that the Company ends the business relations with other suppliers within an appropriate period in accordance with an agreement having been made, in so far as they supply products which could be supplied by the Buyer, its parent company or subsidiaries.

(5)

The buyer intends to grant the Company the exclusive sales rights for Germany at a point in time which cannot yet be defined.

' 8 RESPONSIBILITY FOR TAXES, CONTRIBUTIONS AND OTHER CHARGES TO BE PAID

(1)

Any payment of taxes from the period up to 31/12/1997, if these are not listed in the balance sheet, reduce the purchase price in so far as they are based on expenditure of the Seller or members of his family which are not recognized as business expenses or other hidden profit distributions.

(2)

The payments for income tax on wages and salaries and social insurance contributions due before the transfer deadline for the employees have been or will be correctly determined, cleared and paid.

(3)

All tax returns have been given in correctly and punctually.

(4)

The buyer will inform the Seller without delay of a pending fiscal audit and give the Seller the opportunity to defend itself against this.

' 9 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Seller once again expressly assures that there are no pending legal proceedings against the Company and that there are no claimed or threatened legal or contractual claims against the Company with the exception of the claims expressly mentioned in this agreement.


' 10 CONSEQUENCES IN THE EVENT OF BREACH OF AGREEMENT

(1)

If the Seller should not meet his obligations taken on with this agreement at all or in full or does not meet them in keeping with the agreement in any other way, the Buyer is entitled to set a reasonable period of grace to give the Seller the opportunity to create the state as conformable to the agreement. The period of grace should be no less than two weeks. It is however dispensable if the state as conformable to the agreement cannot be created or the Seller refuses performance or if this is unreasonable for the Buyer.

(2)

If the state as conformable to the agreement is not created within the time set or if the period of grace is dispensable, the Buyer can either demand that the financial prejudice sustained be made good or make use of the legally available rights with the exception of rescission.

(3)

The following applies for the compensation for financial prejudice sustained:

To be compensated is the expense of the Buyer, which is required to create the state as conformable to the agreement, or which results from the state as conformable to the agreement not being able to be created at all, in full permanently or only temporarily.

The expense proven by the Buyer is to be compensated. Advantages in excess what is required are duly taken into account. For the rest, the Buyer is to be financially reimbursed so that it is in the same position financially as it would be if the undertakings were correct or as it would be if the obligations had been executed as stipulated by the agreement.

' 11 COST OF THE AGREEMENT

The notary's office's costs for the authentication of this agreement are to be equally borne by both parties of this agreement. For the rest, each party pays for its own consulting costs separately.

' 12 PURCHASE THROUGH TRUSTEES

(1)

Both parties are in agreement that the shares will be purchased through Dr Volker D. Anhausser, lawyer in Karlsruhe, as trustee for the Buyer. This is because both parties consider it to be wise that it does not become known on the relevant market that the Buyer has shares in the Company.

(2)

Furthermore both parties are in agreement that, even if the purchase takes place through the trustee, the contractual parties treat each other as if the Buyer were the direct contractual partner.


(3)

This agreement is also met and enforced with the authentication of the assignment of the shares to the amount of DM 600,000.00 by the Swiss notary Dr Suter on Friday 21 November 1997.

(4)

Dr Anhausser (lawyer) enters into this agreement as party in so far as he commits himself to purchase the business shares for the Buyer as a trustee.

' 13 ASSIGNMENT OF THE SHARES

(1)

The Seller herewith declares the assignment of the shares listed in ' 1 para. 1 which following the agreement made with ECC GmbH still have to be formally assigned to him.

(2)

Dr Volker D. Anhausser, lawyer, accepts the assignment in his own name, however as trustee of the Buyer, STAAR SURGICAL AG, Nidau, Switzerland.

(3)

The agreement is subject to the condition precedent that the Seller purchases from the current copartner ECC GmbH the shares described in detail in ' 1 of this document by 10 December 1997. The assignment becomes effective with the assignment of the shares to the Buyer.

' 14 CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION

(1)

This agreement including all appendices, additional agreements and ancillary agreements is subject to German law. The parties are in agreement that the uniform UN law on the sale of goods should not apply.

(2) A court of arbitration decides about all legal disputes from this agreement and from all existing and future additional agreements and ancillary agreements ousting the jurisdiction of normal courts subject to the proviso of the arbitration agreement concluded in a separate deed.

' 15 LIMITATION OF ACTIONS

The parties agree a uniform limitation period of 4 years for all claims resulting from this contractual relationship.


' 16 OPTION TO BUY

For each sale, the parties agree a right of first refusal. In this instance, it is of no consequence whether the shares in the Company are being sold in pad or in full. The purchase price at which the shares are to be offered is to be determined with binding force for both parties by the Chamber of Auditors based in Dusseldorf.

(2)

The Seller's obligation to offer the shares for sale also exists if the parties unanimously establish that a further cooperation is no longer possible. In this case, a purchase price should if possible be determined by mutual agreement. Each contractual party can force the other to sell at a price which corresponds to 120% of the determined value of the shares.

(3)

If a third party with the approval of the board of directors of the Buyer's parent company should purchase shares in the parent company, which constitute a controlling interest, the Seller has the right to sell his shares in the Company. if in this case, he no longer wishes to continue the cooperation. This is to be assumed if either the majority of the shares issued which are freely traded on the market, *verb is missing* or in the case the assets are purchased or through a merger. The same applies if a share majority is acquired with which a decisive change in the executive management of the parent company (Staar Surgical Company) is enforced. The Buyer itself or a third pad to be named by it, in this case has the obligation to buy the shares at the determined value of the shares.

If the third party is not a buyer which was approved by the board of directors of the parent company, the Buyer or a third party to be named by it, must buy the shares at a price which constitutes 150% of the determined value if the Seller wishes to terminate cooperation (with the Company) in this case.

' 17 WRITTEN FORM

Changes and supplements to this agreement require the written form and if legally required an additional notary's authentication. This also applies to a change of this written form clause. The written form clause should not be contracted out of the agreement formlessly, especially not orally.

' 18 ESCAPE CLAUSE

(1)

If clauses of this agreement or a clause included in it in future are fully or partially legally invalid or not executable or later lose their validity or practicability, the validity of the other clauses is not affected. The same applies if it should be shown that the agreement has a gap in the regulations.

(2)

In place of the invalid or impracticable clause or to fill the gap an appropriate regulation should apply which in so far as legally possible is as nearest to what the parties desired or would have wanted defined by and for the purpose of the agreement in so far as they had considered the matter on concluding the agreement or when later including a point.


(3)

The same also applies if the invalidity of a clause is based on a measure of performance or time (deadline) specified in the agreement; in this case the legally permissible measure of performance or time (deadline) as near to the one desired should apply.

(4)

The parties are obliged to lay down whatever is valid according to paragraphs 1-3 through a formal modification or supplement to the text of the agreement in proper form.

PARTS OF THE AGREEMENT

This agreement was concluded with reference to the following appendices:

Appendix 1:       Company valuation of accountant Hortense Thielsen
Appendix 2:       List of the development of the fixed assets as of 01/01/1996
Appendix 3:       Copies of brand and trademark registrations
Appendix 4:       Sales agreements with manufacturers
Appendix 5:       List of customers
Appendix 6:       List of liabilities
Appendix 7:       List of stock in hand
Appendix 8:       List of accounts receivables
Appendix 9:       Letter from Bankhaus Wolbern of 23/07/97
Appendix 10:      List of  "Daily bank statements"
Appendix 11:      List of employees with wage/salary specifications
Appendix 12:      Sample contract of employment sales representatives
Appendix 13:      Sample contract of employment in-house staff
Appendix 14:      Modification to the Managing director contract of employment
Appendix 15:      List of liabilities of the Seller owed to the Company as well
                  as loans to third parties

The following negotiation was read out to those appearing, approved by them and signed by their own hand as follows:

signed G. Roepstorff
signed Volker D. Anheuser L.S.
signed Mallick, notary


EXHIBIT 10.45

SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT #2 TO THE MANAGING DIRECTOR'S CONTRACT
OF EMPLOYMENT DATED JANUARY 1, 1998 BETWEEN DOMILENS AND
GUENTHER ROEPSTORFF

ADDENDUM
TO THE MANAGING DIRECTOR'S CONTRACT OF 22 JUNE 1993

(seal of Axel Mallick, notary in Pinneberg)

signature

Notary

The contract of employment shall be amended as from 1 January 1998:

Article 1

Paragraph 1

shall be amended as follows:

Mr. Roepstorff is no longer exempted from the restrictions set out in section 181 of the German Civil Code (BGB).

Paragraph 2

shall be amended as follows:

- He shall comply with the restrictions set out therein. He shall follow the resolutions and instructions of the meeting of shareholders.

- Mr. Roepstorff must obtain the prior approval of the meeting of shareholders for all measures and transactions which go beyond the Company's usual trading operations. This shall particularly include:


1. The purchase of real estate and all dispositions concerning such real estate, rights lo real estate, rights in respect of a real estate right and the obligation to exercise such real estate rights.

2. Structural building measures including conversions and repairs. (structural building measures crossed out and replaced by "important measures"? - translator's note)

3. The granting of all types of securities, the approval of loans outside or inside the usual business transactions and the assumption of third-party liabilities, the granting of loans and guarantees to the Company's employees.

4. The taking out of new loans which go beyond the credit limit of the existing loan of DM 1 ,500000.- and the termination of loans.

5. The granting of new powers of procuration (prokura) and commercial authority (Handlungsvollmachten - narrower than "prokura" (translator's note) and the revocation of such.

6. The setting up, sale and closure of offices and plants.

7. The purchase of other enterprises, the purchase, change or termination of dormant equity holdings including the purchase of shares in the Company; furthermore voting in associated companies.

8. Taking on and ending continuous obligations if the obligations under the contract may exceed 150,000.- in total.

9. The conclusion and amendment of pool agreements, integrated inter-company relations and co-operations

10. The closure or any major restriction in the lines of business in which the Company engages and the inclusion of new lines of business which have nothing to do with the field of ophthalmology

11. Promising gifts and hand gifts which go beyond what is usual

12. Agreements with any kind of relatives and with companies in which the managing director or his relatives are shareholders.

13. The recruitment of employees who are to have a annual gross salary in excess of DM 120,000.-.

14. Any (major) change in the employees' remuneration and all other major amendments to contracts of employment. ("major" inserted in handwriting - translator's note)

15. Taking legal action other than such action as is necessary to collect outstanding debts. (an illegible word inserted in handwriting before legal action - translator's note)

16. The conclusion, amendment and ending of contracts which grant the right to share in the Company's earnings in any kind of form


17. The restrictions set out in Article 6 of the Company's shareholders' agreement shall apply in addition.

- Mr. Roepstorff shall at all times protect the Company's economic, financial and organizational interests. In all decisions he must act immediately, exercising the care of a proper businessman as laid down by the law, the resolutions of the shareholders, the rules of procedure, in as far as they exists, and the provisions of this agreement.

- Mr. Roepstorff may not grant other shareholders or himself or persons or companies close to him any advantages of any kind under contract or through unilateral acts. In the event of any breach of this rule the Company must be compensated for the advantage which has been granted.

- Mr Roepstorff must devote his entire energies and all his expertise and experience solely to the Company. He must be available for service if and in as far as this is in the interests of the Company. Any acceptance of a non-gratuitous or a gratuitous side-line occupation and of any positions on supervisory boards, advisory boards or similar positions shall require the prior written approval of the meeting of shareholders. (Crossed out: This does not apply to the Consulting Agreement with the shareholders of the STAAR SURGICAL Group.)

Paragraph 4

To be deleted in full.

Article 2

Paragraph 1

shall be amended as follows:

The contract shall be prolonged until the end of 31 December 2007. During this time neither party may terminate the contract unless there are important grounds for doing so. Such important grounds include:


- Any breach of this contract and the shareholders' agreement

- Any irreconcilable difference in business policy

- Any criminal acts to the detriment of the Company

Article 3

Paragraph 1a-d shall be documented as follow in accordance with the existing agreements:

a. As previously, the annual salary shall amount to DM 450,000.-. It shall be paid in the following installments, each of which shall be due at the end of the month:

b. To be deleted in full.

c. The management bonus shall amount to 5% of the net annual profit.

d. Expenses shall be reimbursed on the production of a voucher according to the tax laws.

The following clause is to be added:

Mr. Roepstorff agrees that the meeting of shareholders may adjust his pay as appropriate if the Company's economic circumstances should deteriorate. This shall be irrebutably assumed if the Company's earnings position declines (crossed out: by half or more than the earnings achieved in 1996 (replaced by:
to DM 1 .0 million or less).

Paragraph 2

The following clause is to be added:

In as far as the vehicle is permanently or temporarily equipped with a car telephone Mr. Roepstorff shall not be permitted to conduct private conversations. He must strictly observe this prohibition.


Furthermore the contract shall be supplemented as follows:

I. For the duration of this contract of employment Mr. Roepstorff may not become a shareholder in enterprises that compete with the Company or with which the Company has business relations, neither directly nor indirectly.

II. For the duration of two year after the end of this contract of employment Mr. Roepstorff undertakes not to work in any way for a company that operates in the same area as the company and in this area not to conduct any transactions on his own account or on the account of a third party and not to acquire any indirect or direct share in a company that operates in the same area as the Company.

III. Mr. Roepstorff undertakes to maintain strict confidentiality vis-a-vis third parties concerning all matters confided to him or otherwise revealed to him, particularly concerning the participating interests in the Company and concerning such business matters which are regarded as business secrets. This particularly means lists of customers, contracts, business policy and supply sources. The provisions of the Data Protection Act must be observed. The above obligations shall also continue after Mr. Roepstorff has left the Company.

IV. On leaving the Company or on being discharged of his obligation to serve the Company Mr. Roepstorff must immediately surrender all documents, correspondence, records and similar which concern the Company's interests and which are in his possession. It is expressly agreed that he shall have no right of retention in respect of such documents. It is also expressly prohibited to make photocopies/duplicates of statements of costs, statistic and similar or to pass them on to third parties.

V. All inventions, trade marks, patents, copyrights and other working results that qualify for protection shall be the property of the Company, even if they should be created by pure chance. Mr. Roepstorff therefore guarantees that all rights shall be granted free of charge in this respect. This also applies to such rights in the above meaning which Mr. Roepstorff obtains, publishes and/or invents, in part or in full, two years after the expiry of the contract of employment.

(signature) (signature)


EXHIBIT 10.46

SUPPLEMENTARY AGREEMENT #3 TO THE MANAGING DIRECTOR'S CONTRACT OF
EMPLOYMENT DATED JANUARY 1, 2003 BETWEEN DOMILENS AND GUENTHER ROEPSTORFF

SECTION 3 REMUNERATION

Section 3, sub-paragraph 1 a) to c) shall be revised as follows:

(1) The annual remuneration amounts to E292.500,00 effective as of 1st January 2003. This annual remuneration shall be paid in equal monthly amounts of E22.500,00, respectively due for payment at the end of the month. At the end of November the amount shall be increased to E45.000,00.

(2) Furthermore, Mr Roepstorff shall receive an annual bonus payment up to an amount of maximum E150.000,00. The payment of the bonus is dependent on Mr Roepstorff reaching variable milestones which will be newly determined every year by the CEO of Staar Surgical or his authorized representative.

A company car was made available to Mr Roepstorff for his work in the framework of this Agreement, which may also be used on a private basis. Mr Roepstorff shall keep records of the kilometers driven in the company car for his private use. The parties herewith intend to clarify and record the fact that Mr Roepstorff also has a future claim to a company car corresponding to the value of the car currently driven.

SECTION 4 REMUNERATION IN THE CASE OF SICKNESS, DEATH

(1) In the case of a temporary incapacity to work on the part of Mr Roepstorff caused by sickness or other reasons for which Mr Roepstorff is not responsible, the remuneration shall continue to be paid for six months according to Section 3 (1) during the period of the incapacity to work. The amount will hereby be deducted which corresponds to the sickness allowance paid by the health insurance company. The continuation of the payment of the remuneration shall only be made to the end of the Agreement at the latest.

(2) Should Mr Roepstorff pass away during the term of this Agreement, his widow and legitimate children, provided they have not yet reached the age of 25 and are still in professional training, shall have a claim as joint and several creditors to the continuation of payment of the salary according to Section 3 for the month in which Mr Roepstorff passed away and the following six months.

SECTION 5 HOLIDAY

(1) The holiday claim agreed up to now with Mr Roepstorff of an annual holiday of 30 workdays shall be increased every third year of employment by one day, whereby the first increase in the annual holiday shall take place in the year in which Mr Roepstorff has reached the age of 58. Further increases shall subsequently take place on a three-year basis.


The parties are furthermore in agreement that Mr Roepstorff is entitled to transfer each year ten days of his annual holiday to the next calendar year. The transferred holiday expires at the end of the transferred year to which the annual holiday was transferred, should Mr Roepstorff not have taken the transferred annual holiday.

In other respects the Agreement shall be supplemented as follows:

Change in Control

The parties are in agreement that the contractual relationship on hand shall be continued with unchanged conditions even in the case of there being a change in control. This shall not apply if a possible successor of the present shareholders wishes to terminate the contractual relationship. In this case Mr Roepstorff shall receive a redundancy payment to the amount of half a month's salary for each year he has been employed with the company. The same correspondingly applies in the case of his position being considerably reduced as a result of the change in control or if the headquarters of the company is relocated to over 75 km away from the present headquarters. Mr Roepstorff is entitled to end the contractual relationship himself within the first six months of acquiring knowledge of the change in control with a notice period of twelve months. After this period, Mr Roepstorff shall receive a bonus of six monthly salaries if he has continued to manage the business during the notice period of twelve months.

Euro conversion

The parties are in agreement that sums of money, in as far as they have been shown up to now in Deutsche Mark, shall be converted to euros. This particularly applies to sums of money included in Section 1, paragraph 2 of the Supplementary Agreement dated 25th November 1997.

/s/ Gunther Roepstorff       CEO STAAR Surgical
---------------------
Domilens GmbH                /s/ David Bailey
                             ---------------------------


Exhibit 10.56

PROMISSORY NOTE

$560,000.00 MARCH 29, 2002

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, POLLET & RICHARDSON, A LAW CORPORATION ("Maker"), hereby promises to pay STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY, or order ("Holder"), at the address designated on the signature page of this Note, or at such other place as Holder may designate by written notice to Maker, the principal sum herein below described ("Principal Amount"), together with interest thereon, in the manner and at the times provided and subject to the terms and conditions described herein.

1. PRINCIPAL AMOUNT.

The Principal Amount means the sum of $560,000.00

2. INTEREST.

Interest on the Principal Amount from time-to-time remaining unpaid shall accrue from the Commencement Date (as that term is defined herein) at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum, compounded annually. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and a thirty (30) day month.

3. PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST.

Subject to paragraph 9, below, Maker shall pay the Principal Amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Principal Amount and all other indebtedness due under this Note in forty-seven (47) equal monthly installments of ten thousand dollars ($10,000) each, commending one (1) month from the Commencement Date, and concluding three (3) years and eleven (11) months from the Commencement Date, and one (1) payment due four (4) years from the Commencement Date, for all sums remaining due under this Note (i.e., approx. $153,552). If the date set for payment by Maker of any installment or other sum due under this Note falls on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday recognized by either the United States of America or the State of California, payment under this Note shall be due on the first subsequent business day.

4. COMMENCEMENT DATE.

The Commencement Date shall be June 1, 2002.

5. SECURITY/RELEASE OF SECURITY.

Maker shall pledge as security for the repayment of all sums payable under this Note all of Maker's accounts receivable, both those existing at the time of the execution of this Note and those which come into existence at a future date prior to the exoneration of this Note. Maker shall execute a Security Agreement of even date evidencing Holder's security interest in the accounts receivable. If, at a future date, Maker obtains a line of credit from a third party, not to exceed $250,000, secured by Maker's accounts receivable, Holder's security interest in Maker's accounts receivable will be subordinated to the security interest of the party which


extends the line of credit to Maker. This Note shall be recourse as to Maker, but non-recourse as to Maker's shareholders, officers, directors, agents and employees.

6. PREPAYMENTS.

Maker shall have the right to prepay any portion of the Principal Amount and interest due without prepayment penalty or premium or discount.

7. MANNER OF PAYMENTS/CREDITING OF PAYMENTS.

Payments of any amount required hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States or in such other property as Holder, in its sole and absolute discretion, may accept, without deduction or offset, and shall be credited first against accrued but unpaid fees and costs, if any, thereafter against accrued but unpaid interest, if any, and thereafter against the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount.

8. INTEREST ON DELINQUENT PAYMENTS.

Any payment under this Note not paid when due shall bear interest at the same rate and method as interest is charged on the Principal Amount from the due date until paid.

9. ACCELERATION UPON DEFAULT.

At the option of Holder, all or any part of the indebtedness of Maker hereunder shall immediately become due and payable, irrespective of any agreed maturity date, upon the happening of any of the following events of default:

(a) If Maker shall breach any condition or obligation imposed on Maker pursuant to the terms of this Note, the Settlement Agreement and General Release or even date, or the Security Agreement of even date, provided however that if any such breach is reasonably susceptible of being cured, Maker shall be entitled to a grace period of fifteen (15) days following written notice of such event of default to cure;

(b) If Maker shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(c) If a custodian, trustee, receiver, or agent is appointed or takes possession of substantially all of the property of maker;

(d) If Maker shall be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent or admit in writing Maker's inability to pay Maker's debts as they become due;

(e) If any petition is filed against Maker under the Bankruptcy Code and either (A) the Bankruptcy Court orders relief against Maker, or (B) such petition is not dismissed by the Bankruptcy Court within thirty (30) days of the date of filing;

(f) If any attachment, execution or other writ is levied on substantially all of the assets of Maker and remains in effect for more than five (5) days; or

(g) If Maker shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, intervenor, liquidator or agent of maker, or commence any proceeding related to Maker under any bankruptcy or reorganization statute, or under any arrangement, insolvency,


readjustment of debt, dissolution, or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now or hereafter in effect.

Maker shall notify Holder immediately if any event of default occurs.

10. COLLECTION COSTS AND ATTORNEY'S FEES.

Maker agrees to pay Holder all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, paid or incurred by Holder in connection with the collection or enforcement of this Note or any instrument securing payment of this Note, including without limitation, defending the priority of such instrument or conducting a trustee sale thereunder. In the even any litigation is initiated concerning the enforcement, interpretation or collection of this Note by the parties hereto, the prevailing party in any such proceeding shall be entitled to receive from the non-prevailing party all costs and expenses including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' and other fees incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such action or proceeding.

11. NOTICE.

Any notice to either party under this Note shall be given by personal delivery or by express mail, Federal Express, DHL or similar airborne/overnight delivery service, or by mailing such notice by first class or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at the address set forth below, or to such other address as either party from time to time may designate by written notice. Notices delivered by overnight delivery service shall be deemed delivered the next business day following consignment to such delivery service. Mailed notices shall be deemed delivered and received in accordance with this provision three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail.

12. USURY COMPLIANCE.

All agreements between Maker and Holder are expressly limited, so that in no event or contingency whatsoever, whether by reason of the consideration given with respect to this Note, the acceleration of maturity of the unpaid Principal Amount and interest thereon, or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to Holder for the use, forbearance, or detention of the indebtedness which is the subject of this Note exceed the highest lawful rate permissible under the applicable usury laws. If, under any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision of this Note shall involve transcending the highest interest rate permitted by law which a court of competent jurisdiction deems applicable, then the obligations to be fulfilled shall be reduced to such maximum rate, and if, under any circumstances whatsoever, Holder shall ever receive as interest an amount that exceeds the highest lawful rate, the amount that would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the unpaid Principal Amount under this Note and not to the payment of interest, or, if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of the Principal Amount under this Note, such excess shall be refunded to Maker. This provision shall control every other provision of all agreements between Maker and Holder.

13. JURISDICTION; VENUE.

This Note shall be governed by, interpreted under and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding any law relating to the conflict of laws. Any action to enforce payment of this Note shall be filed and heard solely in Los Angeles County, California.


14. BUSINESS PURPOSE.

This Note is entered into by Maker in connection with a business transaction and not for personal, family or household purposes.

MAKER:

Pollet & Richardson
A Law Corporation

By: /s/ Eric E. Richardson, Jr.
    -----------------------------
    Eric E. Richardson, President

MAKER'S ADDRESS:

10900 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 500
Los Angeles, California 90024

HOLDER'S ADDRESS:

STAAR SURGICAL COMPANY
1911 Walker Avenue
Monrovia, California 91016
Attn: Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 14.1

STAAR SURGICAL CODE OF ETHICS

This Code of Ethics (the Code) has been adopted by the Board of Directors of STAAR Surgical (the Company) as a supplement to the existing codes and policies of the Company.

1. Scope. This Code of Ethics applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company.

2. Ethical Conduct. Each director, officer and employee shall promote honest and ethical conduct, including the avoidance and ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships.

a. We encourage participation in the political process, and recognize that participation is primarily a matter of individual involvement. Any payment of corporate funds to any political party, candidate or campaign may be made only if permitted under applicable law and approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer.

b. Gifts of cash or property may not be offered or made to any officer or employee of a customer or supplier or any government official or employee unless the gift is nominal in value and legal.

c. Employees of the Company should decline or turn over to the Company gifts of more than nominal c value or cash from persons or companies that do (or may expect to do) business with STAAR Surgical.

d. Business entertainment (whether we do the entertaining or are entertained) must have a legitimate business purpose, may not be excessive, and must be legal.

e. An employee who has a financial interest in, or performs work for, a company with which we do business must disclose that interest or work to the appropriate human resource manager. A "financial interest" in another company includes stock ownership by the employee, members of his or her immediate family and any related trusts or estates but excludes ownership of a small amount of stock in a publicly held company.

f. We do not discriminate in the hiring, discharge, compensation, promotion, or benefits offered to any employee, applicant or retiree on the basis of race, sex, religion, age, disability, or any other unlawful basis. We respect the privacy and dignity of our employees. Harassment of any form is strictly prohibited.

1

g. We conduct our business in compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations.

3. Company Records and Communications. Accurate and reliable records of many kinds are necessary to meet the Company's legal and financial obligations and manage our business. Therefore, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and all accounting employees shall promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications made by the company such as:

a. Becoming familiar with the disclosure requirements applicable to the Company as well as the business and financial operations of the Company.

b. Providing a system for the careful review of all such reports, documents and communications.

c. Adequately supervising the preparation of the financial disclosure in the periodic reports required by the the Company, including reviewing and analyzing the financial information to be disclosed.

d. Consulting, when appropriate, with professional advisors for advice with respect to such reports, documents and communications.

e. Fully complying with the provisions of the Company's Insider Trading Policy and the Company's Corporate Communication Policy.

4. Prompt Internal Reporting. Violations (or potential violations ) of this code must be reported to the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Audit Committee either by direct contact or the use of the Company "hot-line". The report through the Company hot-line can be made anonymously. Employees who make reports of suspected violations of the Code, or other matters regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or audit matters, will be protected from retaliation such as discipline or involuntary termination of employment as a result of their reports. Every reported allegation of illegal or unethical behavior will be thoroughly and promptly investigated.

5. Any amendment to this code must be approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, and the Company shall, within 5 business days of such amendment (other than a technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendment), report such amendment on a form 8-K.

6. If the company approves any material departure from the provisions of the Code, or if the Company fails to take action within a reasonable period of time, the Company shall, within 5 business days of such an event, report such event on form 8-K.

7. Each designated manager will be asked to certify annually, in writing, their compliance with the Code substantially as follows:

a. I have reviewed and understand the Code of Ethics. I hereby confirm that during (the most recently completed year)

i. I have complied with the Code.

ii. I do not have personal knowledge of any code violations by others; and

2

iii. All who report directly to me have certified in writing their compliance with the Code.

b. The Assistant Vice President of Human Resources will be responsible for obtaining certifications not later than February 15 with respect to the preceding year.

8. Sanctions. If a Compliance Officer determines that a person may have violated a provision of this code, the violation shall be reported to the Board of Directors of the Company. If the Board of Directors determines that a violation has occurred, it may, among other things:

- Terminate the employment of such person (this shall be deemed to be "for cause" for any employee with an employment agreement).

- Place such person on a leave of absence.

- Counsel such person.

- Authorize such other action as it deems appropriate.


.

.
.

EXHIBIT 21.1

LIST OF SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES

                                                         STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION
                                                           OR ORGANIZATION OF EACH SUCH SIGNIFICANT
                                                          SUBSIDIARY, AND NAMES (IF ANY) UNDER WHICH
NAME OF SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY                           EACH SUCH SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY DOES BUSINESS
------------------------------                           ----------------------------------------------
STAAR Surgical AG                                                          Switzerland


Canon STAAR Co., Inc.                                                         Japan
   (Canon STAAR Kabushiki Kaisha)

Domilens GmbH                                                                Germany
   (Domilens fuer medizinische produkte GmbH)


EXHIBIT 23.1

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM'S CONSENT

To the Board of Directors
STAAR Surgical Company

We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (No. 333-111154) and (No. 333-60241) and S-3 (No. 333-116901), (No. 333-111140) and (No. 333-106989) of STAAR Surgical Company of our reports dated March 16, 2005 relating to the consolidated financial statements, related schedule and the effectiveness of STAAR Surgical Company's internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.

                                              /s/ BDO SEIDMAN, LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 16, 2005


 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, David Bailey, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:
      1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of STAAR Surgical Company;
      2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
      3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
      4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
        a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
        b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
        c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
        d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
      5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
        a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
        b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
  By:  /s/ David Bailey
 
 
  David Bailey
  President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and
  Director (principal executive officer)
Date: March 30, 2005
 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, John Bily, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:
      1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of STAAR Surgical Company;
      2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
      3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
      4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
        a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
        b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
        c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
        d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
      5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
        a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
        b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
  By:  /s/ John Bily
 
 
  John Bily
  Chief Financial Officer
  (principal accounting and financial officer)
Date: March 30, 2005
 

Exhibit 32.1
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
      In connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”) by STAAR Surgical Company (“Registrant”), each of the undersigned hereby certifies that:
        1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
 
        2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Registrant as of and for the periods presented in the Report.
  By:  /s/ David Bailey
 
 
  David Bailey
  President, Chief Executive Officer,
  Chairman and Director
  (principal executive officer)
Dated: March 30, 2005
  By:  /s/ John Bily
 
 
  John Bily
  Chief Financial Officer (principal
  accounting and financial officer)
Dated: March 30, 2005
      A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to STAAR Surgical Company and will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.